National Development Strategy 1, 2021 to 2025

1. Zimbabwe has implemented several economic blueprints aimed at promoting sustainable economic growth, employment and new wealth creation, national development and poverty alleviation. However, the development results achieved have been sub-optimal and insufficient to spur the economy to expected levels of sustainable economic development due to both exogenous and endogenous factors.

2. The Vision 2030 was launched in September 2018 to chart Zimbabwe’s new development trajectory to achieve an Upper Middle Income Society by 2030, for an empowered and prosperous Zimbabwe. The Vision reflects the collective aspirations and determination of the people of Zimbabwe to achieve and sustain economic growth, broad based transformation, while conferring equal opportunities for all.

3. The National Development Strategy 1: 2021-2025 (NDS1) is the successor to TSP and is the first 5-year Medium Term Plan aimed at realising the country’s Vision

2030. The Strategy will build on the success of the TSP, notably entrenching macroeconomic stability, necessary for economic recovery and growth, and conferring new opportunities for wealth creation, innovation and enterprise development.

4. The NDS1 is the culmination of extensive and structured stakeholder consultations through fourteen (14) Thematic Working Groups, and the consolidation of the policy proposals and strategies arising from extensive, across the board stakeholder consultations.

5. The objectives of The NDS1 are- to: i. Strengthen macroeconomic stability, characterised by low and stable inflation, as well as exchange rate stability; L[ ii. Achieve and sustain inclusive and equitable Real GDP growth; iii. Promoting new enterprise development, employment and job creation; iv. Strengthen Social Infrastructure and Social Safety nets; v. Ensure sustainable environmental protection and resilience; vi. Promote Good Governance and Corporate Social investment; and vii. To modernise the economy through use of ICT and digital technology.

6. Through the broad based stakeholder consultative process, the NDS1 National Priorities were identified as: Economic Growth and Stability; Food Security and Nutrition; Governance; Moving the Economy up the Value Chain & Structural Transformation; Human Capital Development; Environmental Protection; Climate Resilience and Natural Resource Management; Housing Delivery; ICT and Digital Economy; Health and Well-being; Transport, Infrastructure & Utilities; Image building and International Engagement and Re-engagement; Social Protection; Youth, Sport and Culture and Devolution.

7. The NDS1 is underpinned by the Integrated Results Based Management (IRBM) system, which inculcates a culture of high performance, quality service delivery, measurement, goal clarity, continuous improvement and accountability across the public sector.

8. The successful implementation of the NDS1 is preconditioned on a number of key success factors. Among them is the pace of global recovery from the COVID-19 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 pandemic, local economic recovery on the back of firming international mineral prices and agriculture recovery.

9. On the domestic front, consolidating macroeconomic stability during NDS1 period will be critical in creating certainty and confidence in the economy by anchoring exchange rate and inflation. During the NDS1, priority will be to deepen fiscal and x monetary coordination, ending all quasi fiscal activities, curbing all unbudgeted expenditures and strengthening the foreign exchange system.

10. The successful implementation of the NDS1 requires public sector transformation which comprehensively addresses all aspects of the existing silo mentality while building collective accountability. In this regard, Government will upscale the change management strategy and fully implement the Whole of Government Approach.

11. During the implementation of the NDS1, cross cutting issue s such as gender, youth, people living with disabilities, arts and creative industry, environment and information communication technology will be mainstreamed in all Thematic Working Programmes in order to ensure that the aspirations are realised within the context of the NDS1. THE NDS1 MACROECONOMIC FRAMEWORK

12. The economy experienced sustained recession in 2019 and 2020, with GDP estimated to have contracted by -6% and -4.1% respectively. Accounting for the economic contraction, were significant output losses in agriculture, mining, manufacturing, tourism and electricity generation. The decline in output reflects mainly the negative effects of prolonged drought episodes, Cyclone Idai experienced in March 2019 and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

13. The 2021 -2025 Macroeconomic Framework is premised on the adoption and swift implementation of bold policies and programmes aimed at achieving economic transformation through the creation of a thriving private-sector led, open and competitive economy, with sound macroeconomic policies anchored on fiscal discipline, monetary and financial sector stability, a business friendly environment which promotes both foreign and domestic investment. xi

14. The macroeconomic objectives for the five-year period of the NDS1 are: o Achieve an average annual real GDP growth rate of above 5%; o Maintain fiscal deficits averaging not more than 3% of GDP in line with SADC targets; o Achieve and maintain single digit inflation; o Increase international reserves to at least 6 months import cover by 2025; o Establish a market determined and competitive foreign exchange rate regime; o Maintain public and publicly guaranteed external and domestic debt to GDP at below 70% of GDP; o Maintain a current account balance of not more than -3% of GDP; o Create at least 760,000 formal jobs over the five-year NDS1 period; o Improve infrastructure development and investment in energy, water, sanitation, roads, health, education, housing and social amenities; and o Accelerate value addition and beneficiation of agriculture and mining production.

15. Average GDP growth rates of above 5% over the NDS1 period (2021-2025), will be a pre-requisite for the country to reach upper middle income status by 2030.

16. Increases in agriculture production and productivity, especially by smallholder farmers will ensure food and nutrition security, enhanced income, increased opportunities for value addition and the development of agro-business value chains. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

17. Enhancing investment in mining towards exploration, beneficiation and value addition of minerals including levelling the field to accommodate small scale miners will create more jobs and increase foreign currency earnings for the country.

18. Maintaining prudent fiscal management, guided by the principle of living within our means will be key in ensuring macroeconomic stability and building the internal resilience of the economy. xii

19. The NDS1 seeks to consolidate the gains made so far on the monetary policy front, with major outcomes being currency and price stability. The following will be the Monetary Policy targets:- o Reduce inflation to single digit of between 3% - 7% by 2025 in line with the SADC Macroeconomic Convergence Target; o Align reserve money growth to levels consistent with low and stable inflation as well as exchange rate stability; and o Eliminate quasi-fiscal operations.

20. The NDS1 will sustain a market clearing foreign exchange rate regime and sequence measures to ensure the Zimbabwe dollar as the dominant legal tender by 2025.

21. During the NDS1 period, the foreign exchange system will be strengthened and this will be complemented by building international foreign exchange reserves of at least 6 months of import cover.

22. In order to realise improved financial sector stability, the RBZ will strengthen the prudential supervisory policy framework, implement Financial Sustainability Standards, ensure banks maintain adequate capital levels, fully implement the Basel III Accord, and ensure an efficient National Payments System.

23. To foster operational synergies and strengthen operational efficiency, Treasury and the RBZ will establish a liquidity management committee responsible for liquidity and cash-flow management; synchronisation of liquidity injections and withdrawals; enhancing information sharing and the two institutions.

24. In light of the high concentration of primary commodity exports, Government, during the NDS1 period, will focus on value addition and beneficiation. Investment in value addition will transform Zimbabwe’s economic structure from one highly xiii dependent on the export of minerals and agricultural raw materials to an economy trading high value processed goods.

25. External debt arrears clearance will be considered in line with progress made with Government’s engagement and re-engagement with the international community. The successful negotiation of a debt and arrears clearance programme with external creditors will open new lines of credit for the economy.

26. In order to reduce fiscal risks emanating from State Owned Enterprises (SOEs), Government will, expedite SOEs reforms targeting commercialisation, improved governance, provision of services at viable prices, full or partial privatisation, outright disposals and amalgamation of some of the SOEs into existing Government Departments. ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY

27. Economic growth and stability is a prerequisite for sustainable development, which contributes to improved livelihoods for all. Sustained economic growth creates certainty and confidence in the economy. The overall success of the NDS1 is, therefore, premised on realising increased economic growth and stability. Key priority areas under Economic Growth and Stability are:- i. Macroeconomic stability; ii. Stable monetary policy and financial stability; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 iii. Sustained, Inclusive Growth.

28. Production and productivity in key locomotive (anchor) sectors: agriculture, mining, manufacturing, and tourism will be critical in achieving the overall goal of sustainable economic growth. This will catalyse economic growth in other sectors of the economy, including the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) sectors and the semi-formal activities that are ordinarily at the margins of the economy. xiv ECONOMIC GROWTH ENABLERS

29. During the NDS1, efficient infrastructure delivery will be key in the realisation of National Priorities and overall socio-economic development. This will involve restoring basic infrastructure services including expansion in critical areas mainly targeting key sectors of energy, transport, water and sanitation, Information and Communication Technology and Housing. STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION AND VALUE CHAINS

30. To create new and accelerate the domestication of existing value chains, during the NDS1, the country’s macroeconomic: fiscal, monetary and trade policy environment as well as incentive and regulatory frameworks, will be revamped to promote diversification and competitiveness. HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT

31. Human Capital Development and Innovation will drive the NDS1 and the country’s prospects towards Vision 2030. The focus will be on creating a knowledge driven economy for sustained growth, innovation for industrialisation and modernisation of Zimbabwe through reconfiguration of the education system with a strong emphasis on Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts and Mathematics (STEAM). HOUSING DELIVERY

32. Given the huge housing backlog and the inadequacies of attendant infrastructure, Government will, through the NDS1, prioritise citizens’ access to affordable and quality settlements in urban and rural areas. Focus will be on construction of new housing units and upgrading of informal settlements equipped with the necessary basic and social services infrastructure and amenities in order to improve the quality of life. xv HEALTH AND WELL BEING

33. Health is a fundamental human right in terms of the Constitution of Zimbabwe. Improved health is central to human happiness, well-being and economic progress, as healthy populations live longer, are more productive and accumulate more savings.

34. The overall outcome of the Health and Wellbeing priority area during the NDS1 Period is to improve quality of life, increase life expectancy at birth, benefiting from underlying strengths within the Health System that include; skilled, knowledgeable and professional health workforce, firm foundations of Primary Health and Hospital Care and improved quality of Public Health Expenditure. CROSS CUTTING ISSUES

35. The following cross cutting issues have been mainstreamed throughout the NDS1 Period: Youth and Gender; Financial Inclusion; Social Protection; Poverty Alleviation and Safety Nets; Environmental Protection; Climate Resilience and Natural Resources Management; Institutional Alignment, Governance and Property Rights. DEVOLUTION AND DECENTRALISATION

36. During the NDS1 period Government through Devolution and Decentralisation will provide NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 organisational structures that allow citizens to participate in development planning, consistent with the tenets enshrined in the Constitution of Zimbabwe that compel devolvement of powers and responsibilities to competent Provincial/ Metropolitan Councils and Local Authorities, whilst upholding the unitary architecture of the Zimbabwean State. xvi IMAGE BUILDING, INTERNATIONAL ENGAGEMENT AND RE- ENGAGEMENT

37. The engagement and re-engagement drive in support of a shift from traditional to economic diplomacy will improve the country’s image, strengthen relations with the international community and will boost trade and investment as we march towards Vision 2030. NDS1 FINANCING

38. Possible financing options underpinning theNDS1 include : fiscal revenues, loans, grants, public entities own resources and private sector resources including, Public Private Partnerships (PPPs), Foreign Direct Investment and Diaspora investments. Further, a compendium of duly costed, high impact programmes and projects, with clear sources of funding will be implemented during the Strategy Period as will be outlined in the NDS1 Programmes and Projects Investment Plan. MONITORING AND EVALUATION

39. Monitoring and Evaluation will commence at the outset of the Strategy Period and will be tracked through an e-enabled Information Management System. The M&E will focus on tracking progress towards results (goals, desired outcomes and outputs), under the NDS1. xvii ACRONYMS AFSTS Agriculture and Food Systems Transformation Strategy AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome AKIS Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Services APIS Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients ASM Artisanal and Small Scale Miners BASA Bilateral Air Service Agreements BIPPAs Bilateral Investment Promotion and Protection Agreements BMR Base Metal Refinery BOOT Built Own Operate and Transfer BOT Built Operate and Transfer CAMPFIRE Communal Areas Management Programme for Indigenous Resources CBM Coalbed Methane CBNRM Community Based Natural Resources Management CCIs Cultural and Creative Industries CERID Centres for Educational Research, Innovation and Development CKD Completely Knocked Down COMESA Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa COVID-19 Corona Virus Disease-2019 CPI Consumer Price Index CSC Cold Storage Commission CSOs Civil Society Organisations DAH Development Assistance for Health ECD Early Childhood Development e-LMIS Electronic Logistics Management Information System NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 EPOs Exclusive Prospecting Orders ESAP Economic Structural Adjustment Programme FFYNDP First Five Year National Development Plan FTLRP Fast Track Land Reform Programme FBDGs Food Based Dietary Guidelines GDP Gross Domestic Product GIR Gross Intake Rates GIS Geographic Information System GISP Government Internet Services Provider GMB Grain Marketing Board HEXCO Higher Education Examination Council xviiL HGF Housing Guarantee Fund HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HMIS Health Management Information System HRGP Horticulture Recovery and Growth Plan HSB Health Service Board HTEIs Higher and Tertiary Education Institutes IATA International Air Transport Association ICRC Independent Complaints Review Commission ICTs Information and Communication Technologies IRBM Integrated Results Based Management ISMO Independent System and Market Operator JSC Judicial Service Commission KPIs Key Performance Indicators KRAs Key Result Areas KSF Key Success Factor M&E Monitoring and Evaluation MEPF Macro- Economic Policy Framework MERP Zimbabwe Millennium Economic Recovery Programme MDAs Ministries, Departments and Agencies MfDR Management for Development Results MICE Meetings Incentive Conferences and Exhibition MILF Mining Industry Loan Fund MIS Management Information Systems MMCZ Minerals Marketing Corporation of Zimbabwe MMR Maternal Mortality Ratio MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises MTP Medium Term Plan MW Megawatts NAMACO National Manpower Advisory Council NATPHARM National Pharmaceutical Company NCDs Non-Communicable Diseases NDS1 National Development Strategy 1 NEDPP National Economic Development Priority Programme NERP National Economic Revival Programme NP National Priority NPRC National Peace and Reconciliation Commission NRZ National Railways of Zimbabwe NSPPF National Social Protection Policy Framework NSPSC National Social Protection Steering Committee NSSA National Social Security Authority NTD Neural Tube Defects OPC Office of the President and Cabinet PBB Programme Based Budgeting PFMS Public Financial Management System PGMs Platinum Group Metals PPG Public and Publicly Guaranteed PPPs Public–Private Partnerships PPS Personnel Performance System PRAZ Procurement Regulatory Authority of Zimbabwe PSR Public Sector Reforms RAM Rural Assembly Markets RBZ Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe RISDP Regional Indicative Strategic Development Plan ROOT Repair Own Operate and Transfer SACCOS Savings and Credit Cooperatives SADC Southern African Development Community SDF Standards Development Fund SDGs Sustainable Development Goals SEPs State Enterprises and Parastatals SGR Strategic Grain Reserve SKD Semi Knocked Down SLA Service Level Agreements SMEDCO Small and Medium Enterprises Development Corporation SMEs Small to Medium Enterprises SMP Staff Monitored Programme SOEs State Owned Enterprises STEAM Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts and Mathe- matics STEM Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 STERP Short Term Emergency Recovery Programme SWGs Sector Working Groups TBs Treasury Bills ThWGs Thematic Working Groups TNDP Transitional National Development Plan TNF Tripartite Negotiating Forum TSA Tourism Satellite Account TSP Transitional Stabilisation Programme TVET Technical Vocational Education and Training U5MR Under-5 Mortality Rate UPR Universal Periodic Review WASH Water, Sanitation and Hygiene WoGPMS Whole of Government Performance Management System ZAMCO Zimbabwe Asset Management Corporation ZCHPC Zimbabwe Centre for High Performance Computing ZEDF Zimbabwe Education Development Fund ZETDC Zimbabwe Electricity Transmission and Distribution Company ZHRC Zimbabwe Human Rights Commission ZIDA Zimbabwe Investment and Development Agency ZEDS Zimbabwe Economic Development Strategy ZIMCHE Zimbabwe Council for Higher Education ZIMDEF Zimbabwe Manpower Development Fund ZIMPREST Zimbabwe Programme for Economic and Social Transfor- mation ZIMRA Zimbabwe Revenue Authority ZIMASSET Zimbabwe Agenda for Sustainable Socio-Economic Trans- formation ZIMSEC Zimbabwe School Examinations Council ZINGSA Zimbabwe National Geospatial and Space Agency ZINSA Zimbabwe Indigenous National Security Association ZINWA Zimbabwe National Water Authority ZISCO Zimbabwe Iron and Steel Company CHAPTER 1 CONTEXT OF THE NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 (2021-2025) Introduction

40. Since independence in 1980, Zimbabwe has implemented several economic blueprints aimed at promoting sustainable economic growth, development and poverty alleviation. Through the implementation of these blueprints, Zimbabwe managed to transform itself to the current levels of development.

41. However, the development results achieved have not been strong enough to spur the economy to expected levels of sustainable economic development due to both exogenous and endogenous factors.

42. Figure 1 below shows Zimbabwe’s economic blueprints and the corresponding growth rates from 1980 to 2020. Figure 1: National Economic Blueprints and Real GDP growth rates: 1980-2020 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020 Policy Thrust under the Second Republic

43. The ushering in of the New Dispensation in November 2017 saw the launch of Vision 2030 to chart Zimbabwe’s new development trajectory. The Vision reflects the collective aspirations and determination of the people of Zimbabwe to achieve a Prosperous and Empowered Upper Middle Income Society by 2030.

44. As spelt out in Vision 2030, achieving a Prosperous and Empowered Upper Middle Income Society will depend on the formulation and implementation of bold and robust policies as well as other interventions that Government will undertake through Short and Medium-Term National Development Plans. Figure 2 below shows the road map to the realisation of the aspirations of Vision 2030. Figure 2: Development Framework for Vision 2030 Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020 2 Transitional Stabilisation Programme (TSP)

45. The TSP (October 2018-December 2020) was implemented as a first step of a three- phase process to attain the country’s Vision 2030 outcomes.

46. The TSP sought to strengthen key priorities that form the foundation for the implementation of Medium-Term Plans. The TSP was aimed at stabilising the macro- economy and the financial sector, introducing necessary policy and institutional reforms to transform the economy to a private sector led economy, as well as launching quick-wins to stimulate growth.

47. Further, the TSP was crafted to deal with distortions and challenges that would retard growth of the economy in the long run. These include persistent and unsustainable budget deficits, inflationary pressures, uncontrolled domestic borrowing and unsustainable debt levels.

48. These distortions and challenges hindered Government efforts to come up with a long-term development strategy, since sustained macro-economic stability is a prerequisite to long term National Development Planning and implementation.

49. Significant progress was made in the implementation of the TSP across various Pillars. These include fiscal consolidation, restoration of monetary policy, stabilisation of the exchange rate, the undertaking of governance and institutional reforms, entrenched engagement and re-engagement with the international NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 community, facilitation of investment and infrastructure development.

50. Fiscal consolidation during the TSP was achieved through expenditure containment measures as well as limiting recourse to the Central Bank overdraft. During the TSP period, Treasury Bills (TBs) were only issued within the framework of the Budget.

51. In addition, Government managed to contain the Public Wage Bill to below 50% of Government revenues. 3

52. Additionally, the Zimbabwean dollar was re-introduced. Exchange rate stabilisation was also successfully achieved through the implementation of the foreign currency auction system.

53. Several strides were made in transforming the governance ecosystem to ensure that the country’s institutions, systems and practices conform to the provisions of the new Constitution. In order to guarantee constitutional provisions, including fundamental rights, freedoms and responsibilities under the TSP, Government aligned more than 75% of the laws to the Constitution. This was also further complimented by implementation of various public sector reform measures to enhance institutional and individual performance towards provision of quality services to the citizenry.

54. Under the Infrastructure and Utilities pillar, a number of roads and other related infrastructure were constructed throughout the country. Besides the road networks, notable achievements were recorded in rail, water and sanitation, information communication technology, aerospace, energy and power, irrigation, housing and office accommodation infrastructure.

55. In Education, a total of 153 new educational institutions were registered during the TSP period. Government, through Private Public Partnerships (PPPs), completed the construction of new infrastructure at 8 Universities, 8 Polytechnics and 4 Teachers Colleges. These include: Gwanda State University, Manicaland State University of Applied Sciences, Marondera University of Agriculture, Lupane State University, Madziwa Teacher’s College, Mkoba Teacher’s College, Masvingo Technical College, Joshua Mqabuko Polytechnic College and Hwange Teacher’s College, among others.

56. Notwithstanding these achievements, the TSP faced a number of challenges during its implementation. These include among others, high inflationary pressures, exchange rate volatility, continued illegal sanctions against the country, and exogenous shocks like droughts, Cyclone Idai and the COVID-19 pandemic. These 4 shocks affected the entire economy with the greatest impact being on agricultural production and electricity generation, with extended effects also felt on other sectors of the economy.

57. Consequently, the economy was left in a weak position during the better part of the TSP period, hence affecting a number of planned targets. Thrust of the National Development Strategy 1: 2021-2025

58. The National Development Strategy 1: 2021-2025 (NDS1) is the successor to the TSP and is the first 5-year Medium Term Plan aimed at realising the country’s Vision

2030. The Strategy will build on the successes realised by the TSP as well as addressing its challenges, particularly the unfinished efforts in the area of macroeconomic stability and growth.

59. The NDS1 outlines the strategies, policies, legal and institutional reforms and the programmes and projects that will be implemented over the ¿ve-year period, 2021 -2025, to achieve accelerated, high, inclusive, broad based and sustainable economic growth as well as socio-economic transformation and development.

60. Through the broad based stakeholder consultative process, the following National Priorities were identified:- Economic Growth and Stability; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Food and Nutrition Security; Governance; Moving the Economy up the Value Chain & Structural Transformation; Human Capital Development; Environmental Protection, Climate Resilience and Natural Resource Management; Housing Delivery; Digital Economy; 5 Health and Well-being; Infrastructure & Utilities; Image Building and International Engagement and Re-engagement; Social Protection; Youth, Sport and Culture; and Devolution.

61. The National Priorities were crafted taking into consideration the TSP Mid-Term Review, Vision 2030, Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), Africa Agenda 2063, SADC Regional Indicative Strategic Development Plan (RISDP) as well as provincial and district profiles.

62. Implementation of programmes, policies and interventions to realise these priorities will transform the Zimbabwean economy from a natural resource economy to a knowledge driven economy. This will also move the country from a lower middle income society towards an upper middle income society.

63. Figure 3 below shows the NDS1 pathways of change towards Vision 2030. 6 Figure 3: NDS1 Pathways of change towards Vision 2030 Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020

64. In order to enhance coordination and implementation of programmes and projects, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 central to the realisation of the NDS1 targeted results, monitoring and evaluation of the Strategy will be through Thematic Working Groups (ThWGs) as part of the consultative process.

65. Table 1 below shows the relationship between National Priorities, Vision 2030 and the SDGs. The SDGs and Africa Agenda 2063 have a 70% convergence, therefore 7 by aligning the SDGs to the National Priorities, 70% of Agenda 2063 issues will be mainstreamed into NDS1. Table 1: Relationship between Vision 2030, SDGs and National Priorities Vision 2030 Pillar SDG National Priority Inclusive Growth SDG 2,13 Food and Nutrition Security SDG6, 7, 9, 11 Infrastructure & Utilities SDG 8, 9, 12 Moving the Economy up the Value Chain & Structural Transformation Governance SDG 10, 16 Governance SDG 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 Environmental Protection, Climate Resilience & Natural Resource Management Infrastructure and Utilities SDG 9 , 11 Housing Delivery Social Development SDG 3, 5, 6 Health & Well-being SDG 4, 8, 17 Human Capital Development SDG1,2, 10, 11 Social Protection SDG 8, 10 Devolution Macroeconomic Stability & SDG 10, 17 Image Building & International Re- Financial Re-engagement engagement SDG 8, 10, 17 Economic Growth & Stability Cross-cutting SDG 11 Youth, Sport & Culture Digital Economy Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020 Managing for Development Results Under NDS 1

66. The attainment of the targets of Vision 2030 from the current baseline requires the country to re-invigorate and re-orient itself towards a transformative agenda of Managing for Development Results (MfDR). MfDR emphasises on achievement of results that positively impact on the economy and people’s livelihoods. To this end, 8 the NDS1 is underpinned by the IRBM system. IRBM inculcates a culture of high performance, quality service delivery, measurement, goal clarity, continuous improvement and accountability across the public sector.

67. In this regard, Government, for the first time in the history of crafting national blueprints, designed National and Sectoral Results Frameworks to systematically guide the formulation and implementation process of the NDS1. The frameworks allowed Government to define National Priorities, Key Result Areas, National Outcomes, Key Performance Indicators, and Targets among other parameters. This framework was replicated at Sectoral Level in order to allow for creation of strong linkages with Ministries, Departments and Agencies (MDAs), where the implementation of Programmes, Projects and other interventions take place.

68. The Programmes, Projects and other interventions, which are key components of this Strategy, as outlined in all the following Chapters of the blueprint, will be supported in the National Budget through the Programme Based Budgeting (PBB) System, which Government has adopted for all MDAs. This process will fully integrate National Planning and National Budgeting in line with IRBM principles as the country progresses towards Vision 2030, as shown in Figure 4 below. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 9 Figure 4: Road map to the achievement of Vision 2030 aspirations Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020

69. The National and Sectoral Development Results Frameworks allows for horizontal and vertical linkages, hence improving efficacy in programming. Broadly, the National Priorities are aimed at contributing towards economic growth and development, reducing poverty and inequality and transforming institutions to enhance public sector efficiency and effective service delivery.

70. By implementing the IRBM system, Government is aiming to re-invigorate and re- engineer systems and processes for better performance and delivery of quality services. This will be enabled through linkage of planning, budgeting, implementation, monitoring and evaluation. The Managing for Development Results thrust will strengthen the Whole of Government Approach (WoGA), which emphasises joint programming and inclusivity.

71. In this regard, Government has also developed a robust Monitoring and Evaluation system that will anchor the NDS1. Under the SMART Zimbabwe 2030, which is a 10 broad strategy that includes the e-Government Programme, a Whole of Government Performance Management Solution (WoGPMS) will be used to monitor all programmes and projects implemented by the Government on a real time bases during the NDS1. This Strategy, therefore, requires acceleration and intensification of the implementation of ICT systems in both the public and private sectors.

72. These institutional and systems reform measures will be accompanied by a strengthening of the Personnel Performance System (PPS) in order to change the mind set of public officials and imbue them with a market facing culture characterised by servant leadership, patriotism and loyalty. Government will, therefore, put in place performance management instruments including the introduction of Performance Contracts for Heads of Ministries, Heads of State Enterprises and Parastatals, as well as Heads of Local Authorities.

73. All public entities will develop their strategic plans in line with the IRBM approach and being guided by the NDS1.

74. The implementation of the NDS1 will require a mind-set change and a new way of thinking and doing business. This mind-set change will require public officials and the private sector to think, act and produce desired outcomes and outputs timeously.

75. The change management strategy of Systems and Whole of Government Approach, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 which is being championed by the Tripartite, namely Office of the President and Cabinet (OPC), Public Service Commission (PSC) and Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, will anchor the NDS1. NDS1 Key Success Factors

76. The successful implementation of NDS1 is preconditioned on a number of key success factors. Among them is the pace of the global economy recovery from the 11 COVID-19 pandemic. The recovery will have implications on domestic socio- economic progress.

77. On the domestic front, consolidating macroeconomic stability during the NDS1 Period will be critical for enhancing certainty and confidence in the economy by anchoring exchange rate and inflation. During the Strategy Period, priority will be to strengthen fiscal and monetary coordination, ending all quasi fiscal activities, curbing of all unbudgeted expenditures and deepening the market based foreign exchange rate system.

78. Further, successful implementation of the NDS1 prioritised programmes and projects will be premised on the predictability of the Budget. In this regard, the NDS1 will prioritise timely availing of funds to support identified programmes and projects in the Strategy, which will be implemented to deliver the desired outcomes.

79. Financial resources without adequate, relevant, skilled and motivated human resources will not deliver the desired outcomes of the NDS1. In this regard, during the NDS1, priority will be to ensure timeous filling of posts in the Public Service with appropriate skills mix and regular review of conditions of service.

80. The robust economic growth and transformative thrust of moving up the value chain during the NDS1 Period is premised on availability of efficient key enablers such as energy, transport and water. Moving the economy up the value chain and domesticating these value chains will also depend on the availability of throughput from primary sectors such as agriculture and mining. Priority under the NDS1 will be to increase investment in new infrastructure as well as rehabilitation and upgrading of existing infrastructure. Focus will also be on increasing production and productivity through resolving bottlenecks such as the land tenure in agriculture, legislative gaps in mining and operationalising the Productivity Centre. 12

81. Effective implementation of programmes and projects is also dependent on the doing business environment. Swift implementation of ease of doing business reforms, strengthening of property rights, upholding the rule of law and combating corruption will be the key tenets of the NDS1.

82. The successful implementation of the NDS1 requires public sector transformation that addresses and deals comprehensively with aspects of silo mentality and lack of collective accountability. In this regard, Government will upscale the change management strategy and fully implement the Whole of Government Approach. NDS1 Cross Cutting Issues

83. During the implementation of the NDS1, cross cutting issues such as gender, youth, persons living with disabilities, employment creation, environment and information communication technology, will be mainstreamed in all Thematic Working Group Programmes in order to ensure that aspirations of these groups are realised within the context of the NDS1. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 13 CHAPTER 2 NDS1 MACROECONOMIC FRAMEWORK Recent Economic Developments

84. The economy experienced sustained recession in 2019 and 2020, with GDP estimated to have contracted by -6% and -4.1% respectively. Accounting for the economic contraction, were significant output losses in agriculture, mining, manufacturing, tourism and electricity generation. The decline in output reflects mainly the negative effects of prolonged drought episodes, Cyclone Idai experienced in March 2019 and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

85. The slowdown in economic activity was also driven by macroeconomic instability characterised by high inflation and exchange rate volatility against the background of excessive monetary expansion. In addition, foreign currency and electricity shortages negatively affected the productive sectors of the economy. Annual headline inflation rose from single digit levels in 2018, to reach 837.52% in July 2020, before declining to 471.25% by October 2020.

86. Notwithstanding economic contraction, significant progress was, however, witnessed on both the fiscal and external sectors during 2018 and 2019, following implementation of fiscal austerity measures and currency reforms. Fiscal deficits were contained to below 1% of GDP, with the Government sustaining fiscal surpluses during 2019 and through the first half of 2020. Fiscal surpluses were mainly attributed to fiscal consolidation measures adopted in 2018.

87. Current account surpluses, slightly above 6% of GDP, were recorded in 2019 and 2020, reflecting the impact of import compression measures, lower fuel prices, foreign exchange shortages, logistical challenges caused by the Covid-19 pandemic 14 and a decline in real disposable incomes. Terms of trade also declined during the same period due to falling commodity prices.

88. As part of measures to address the continued instability and widening of the gap between the official interbank exchange rate and parallel market exchange rates, an open market weekly foreign exchange auction system was introduced by the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe during 2020.

89. Government also addressed the observed instability emanating from the mobile money platforms, which had become a shadow banking system. In addition, the foreign exchange rate signalling of the dually listed share on the Zimbabwe Stock Exchange was removed. All these factors have worked together to bring stability to the foreign exchange market. This has effectively stemmed the tide of exchange rate depreciation with the weighted average exchange rate of the auction system stabilising at around US$1: ZWL$81.

90. As a result, foreign exchange availability through the formal channels has improved and industry capacity utilisation gains are visible, the green shoots of economic recovery. Correspondingly, price stability is gaining traction for most goods and services in the country on the back of exchange rate stability.

91. Reserve money growth in excess of 300 % in 2019 and 2020 had driven exchange NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 rate instability, underpinning rapid escalation in prices and inflation. Following implementation of tight monetary policy, reserve money growth has declined in tandem and is projected to end the year below 100%; well on course to achieve single digit growth in reserve money by 2025.

92. Public and publicly guaranteed external debt remains high and unsustainable at US$8.1 billion (84% of GDP) as at end December 2019. As much as 74% of the outstanding public and publicly guaranteed debt represents arrears to multilateral 15 and bilateral creditors, accumulated over the years. As a result, access to external capital remains constrained, due to the accumulation of external debt arrears, perceived high country risk and an unfavourable investment climate. This calls for accelerated engagement and re-engagement efforts with the international community to resolve the country’s unsustainable external debt position. Macroeconomic Outlook

93. The 2021 -2025 Macroeconomic Framework is premised on the adoption and swift implementation of bold strategies, policies and programmes aimed at achieving economic transformation. This will be done through the creation of a thriving private sector led competitive economy, implementation of sound macroeconomic policies anchored on fiscal discipline, monetary and financial sector stability including enhancing an open business friendly environment, which promotes both foreign and domestic investment.

94. Consistent with Vision 2030, the restoration of macroeconomic stability, the eradication of corruption, addressing poverty, improving debt management and rigorous engagement and re-engagement with the international community will be key pillars of the NDS1. Macroeconomic Objectives

95. The specific macroeconomic objectives for the five-year period of the NDS1 are: o Achieve an average annual real GDP growth rate of at least 5%; o Maintain fiscal deficits averaging not more than 3% of GDP or below in line with the SADC target; o Achieve and maintain lower single digit inflation; o Increase international reserves to at least 6 months import cover by 2025; o Establish a market determined and competitive foreign exchange rate regime; 16 o Maintain public and publicly guaranteed external and domestic debt to GDP at below 70% of GDP; o Maintain a current account balance of not more than -3% of GDP; o Create at least 760,000 formal jobs over the five-year NDS1 period; o Improve infrastructure development and investment in energy, water, sanitation, roads and housing; and o Accelerate value addition and beneficiation in agriculture and mining.

96. The NDS1 Macroeconomic Framework projections are broadly underpinned by a gradual recovery in the global economy from the COVID-19 pandemic, which significantly slowed down economic growth, trade and investment during 2020. On the domestic front, the economic outlook is underpinned by a stable macroeconomic environment, characterised by a predictable policy environment and increased investor confidence.

97. To unlock investment which is key in driving sustainable inclusive economic growth during the NDS1 period, Government will prioritise swift implementation of the ease of doing business reforms, enhance respect of property rights, ensure adherence to rule of law, combat corruption and prioritise investment in key infrastructure enablers and essential social services such as health and education.

98. Table 2 summarises the key macroeconomic indicators and projections that NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 underpin the NDS1. 17 Table 2: NDS1 Macroeconomic Framework (2021-2025) Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development & Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe, 2020 Key Pillars of the NDS1

99. The NDS1 framework is organised around the key interconnected pillars that are aimed at achieving sustainable economic development namely, macroeconomic stability and financial re-engagement, inclusive growth, governance, infrastructure and utilities, social development in line with vision 2030 agenda. These key pillars will 18 economic growth through policy interventions and related increased investments in agriculture, mining, manufacturing, tourism, energy, public infrastructure, improved service delivery in education and health, as well as expanding the frontiers of the digital economy. Overview of the NDS1 National Priorities Economic Growth and Stability

100. The objective of the NDS1 Macroeconomic Frameworks to sustain a positive high economic growth of above 5% will be driven by agriculture, mining, electricity and manufacturing. This is also based on swift implementation of structural reforms aimed at removing bottlenecks and improving economic efficiency. Food and Nutrition Security

101. The NDS1 seeks to improve food self-sufficiency and to retain the country’s regional breadbasket status. The main objective is to increase food self-sufficiency from the current level of 45% to 100% and reduce food insecurity from the current peak of 59% in 2020 to less than 10% by 2025.

102. In agriculture, fundamental to the projected economic growth, is resolving the security of land tenure and adoption of climate smart agriculture strategies. The NDS1 will facilitate access to affordable agricultural financing through various NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 strategies including, establishing a Land Bank, strengthening the use of PPPs, as well as reviewing the contract farming and agricultural marketing frameworks to cover all crops and livestock. Moving the Economy up the Value Chain and Structural Transformation

103. The process of structural change is central to stimulating inclusive and sustained growth pattern that enable more people to benefit from higher productivity levels 19 in more advanced segments of the economy. During the NDS1 Period (2021–2025), the broad objective is to rebalance the economy through:- Gradually improving the contribution of the secondary sector to GDP from the current 11.7% to 15% by 2025; and Increasing the contribution of value added exports to total exports from 9% in 2020 to 20% by 2025.

104. Broadly, the key link to structural transformation is value addition and beneficiation of agriculture and mining output. Priority will be placed on developing and strengthening already existing value chains, decentralisation of industrialisation initiatives and provision of a consistent, stable policy environment. Infrastructure and Utilities

105. During the NDS1 Period, efficient infrastructure delivery will be key in the realisation of National Priorities and overall socio-economic development. This will involve restoration of basic infrastructural services, including expansion in critical areas mainly targeting the key sectors of energy, transport, water and sanitation, housing, health, education and information and communication technology. Digital Economy

106. Information Communication Technologies (ICTs), are key enablers of economic development, hence the entrenchment of ICTs across all national development strategies is critical for attainment of universal access by 2030. In order to ensure improved access and usage of ICTs during the NDS1 Period, Government targets to increase internet penetration rate from 59.1% in 2020 to 75.4% by 2025. Further, the mobile penetration rate is also expected to increase from 94.2% to 100% by 2025. 20 Housing Delivery

107. Given the huge housing backlog and the inadequacies of attendant infrastructure, Government will, through the NDS1, prioritise citizens’ access to affordable and quality settlements in urban and rural areas. Delivery of affordable and quality settlements is a shared responsibility with various contributing partners in the public, private and non-governmental sectors including local communities and international development partners. Government will create an enabling environment for all stakeholders to work together for effective housing delivery. Governance

108. The overarching objective of Governance Priority Area during the Strategy Period is to improve Public Service Delivery, Justice Service Delivery, Rule of Law and uphold National Unity, Peace and Reconciliation as the building blocks for achieving equitable and sustainable national development. The NDS1 will also seek to improve on public sector transparency and accountability, improved disaster risk management, enhanced ease of doing business and reduction in corruption among others. Social Protection

109. During the NDS1 Period, Government will ensure availability of social protection for all. This will entail undertaking measures that will improve access to inclusive social NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 protection. The objective of the NDS1 is to reduce extreme poverty and improve access to basic social services in all its forms and dimensions, including narrowing inequalities.

110. Vulnerable groups need to be protected and these include persons with disabilities, children and the elderly. These need to be cared for and accordingly the NDS1 will ensure these groups are taken care of through new interventions and modification to existing programmes. 21 Image Building, International Engagement and Re-Engagement

111. The advent of the Second Republic ushered in a strategic opportunity to improve the country’s image and international relations. A good image and improved international relations will provide leverage for the country’s quest for competitiveness to attract investment, promote economic growth and national wealth within the context of globalisation.

112. A robust information management and dissemination strategy, making Zimbabwe an attractive investment destination and building a highly competitive national brand bolstered by the implementation of the engagement and re-engagement drive in support of a shift from traditional diplomacy to economic diplomacy, has huge potential to improve the country’s image, strengthen relations with the international community and boost the economy in line with Vision 2030. Environmental Protection, Climate Resilience and Natural Resources Management

113. The thrust of environmental protection, climate resilience and natural resource management under the NDS1 will be on sustainable management of wetlands, rehabilitation of mined areas, climate change mitigation and sustainable natural resources management. Youth, Sport and Culture

114. Since youths are a valuable resource for Zimbabwe especially if they are allowed to build and strengthen personal qualities that enable them to grow and flourish throughout life, the NDS1 will focus on youth issues that will ensure that the country significantly benefit from the demographic dividend. 22

115. The NDS1 also prioritises cultural and sport issues, as they are important for nation building as well as for peace and reconciliation. Sport and Culture not only enhance the quality of life of people but represent a leisure economy, which generates significant employment opportunities especially for the youths. Health and Wellbeing

116. Since health is central to human happiness and well-being, the NDS1 prioritises health and wellbeing issues. Health and wellbeing make an important contribution to economic progress, as healthy populations live longer, are more productive and accumulate more savings. Human Capital Development

117. Human Capital Development and Innovation remains the engine to drive the NDS1 and the country’s prospects towards Vision 2030. Human Capital Development and Innovation create a knowledge driven economy for sustained growth, industrialisation and modernisation of Zimbabwe. Devolution

118. During the Strategy Period, the Government seeks to maintain at least 5% of national revenues to intergovernmental fiscal transfers to lower tiers of Government, to ensure full implementation of the following strategies: NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Formulation and enactment of the necessary legal framework; Improve the Ease of Doing Business in Provinces; and Promote investment to attract local and foreign investment. 23 Fiscal, Monetary and External Sectors Fiscal Sector

119. On the fiscal front, the Government thrust is to maintain prudence by keeping deficits under control and reducing public debt to below 70% of GDP. This will be anchored on strengthening revenue collection effort through reviewing and streamlining tax incentives, formalising the informal sector, upgrading of the audit and tax services of large taxpayers, as well as linking ZIMRA systems with other agencies.

120. On the expenditure side, the strategy will be to strictly adhere to the approved budget and stop accumulation of arrears, review the subsidy policy to ensure better targeting, fast track State Enterprise and Parastatal reforms and full roll out of the Public Finance Management System to ensure full utilisation.

121. With regards to managing public debt, the strategy will be to limit recourse to Central Bank borrowing and listing of Bonds on the Securities Exchange Market. External debt arrears clearance will be determined by progress on engagement and re-engagement with the international community. Money and Financial Sector

122. The Government seeks to consolidate the monetary and financial stability with the goal of gradually reducing inflation to single digit levels by 2025. This will be based on implementation of a monetary targeting framework and stabilisation of the exchange rate system. Further, monetary stability will be underpinned by strengthening coordination of the tool kits available to the Ministry of Finance and Economic Development and Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe.

123. On the financial sector side, stability will be enhanced through strengthening of prudential supervisory policy framework that include implementation of Financial 24 Sustainability Standards, re-enforcing capital adequacy levels, full implementation of Basel III accord, and operationalisation of the Collateral Registry. Further, Government will come up with a comprehensive financial sector development strategy, which will re-engineer the financial sector to enable it to support initiatives under the NDS1. External Sector

124. On the external front the objective is to maintain a sustainable current account balance of not more that -3% of GDP and gradually build foreign reserves to around six months of import cover by 2025.

125. This will be underpinned by promotion of export products and export markets diversification as well as implementation of reforms aimed at streamlining and simplifying exporting and importing procedures, eliminating customs delays and improving customs administration. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 25 CHAPTER 3 ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY Introduction

126. Economic growth and stability is a prerequisite for sustainable development, which contributes to improved livelihoods for all. Macroeconomic stability creates certainty and builds confidence in the economy. The overall success of the NDS1 is, therefore, premised on realising increased economic growth and stability. Key priority areas under Economic Growth and Stability Thematic Area are Sustained Economic Growth, Macroeconomic Stability and Inclusive Growth. Sustainable Economic Growth Situational Analysis

127. The country is endowed with vast natural and human capital resources, which are critical in sustaining economic growth and development. The economy, however, for long, has been experiencing volatile growth. In 2019 and 2020, the economy experienced sustained recession with GDP estimated to have contracted by -6.0% and -4.1%, respectively. Contributing to volatile growth were output losses in agriculture and manufacturing activities. Figure 5 below shows trends in Real GDP growth over the last decade. 26 Figure 5: Real GDP Growth 30 Agriculture Mining Manufacturing Electricity and water 25 ConstrucƟŽn DistribuƟŽn and Retaling TransportaƟŽn and communicaƟon Financial Insurance 20 Government Services Other Services 15 10 5 0 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 -5 -10 Source: Ministry of Finance & Economic Development, 2020

128. GDP growth volatility was a consequence of perennial challenges related to macroeconomic instability and structural rigidities characterised by weak institutions, corruption, rent seeking behaviour and infrastructure deficiencies in NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 energy, transport, health, education, water and sanitation. Further, this was also worsened by policy inconsistences and reversals as well as delays in policy implementation.

129. In addition, there were unforeseen exogenous shocks such as natural disasters including the last two consecutive severe droughts, Cyclone Idai and emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic. 27

130. However, Government through the TSP, has implemented measures to ensure policy consistency, strengthen institutions, improve resilience against shocks and accelerate reforms, which will be further sustained during the NDS1 Period. Outcomes of Sustainable Economic Growth

131. During the NDS1 Period, the aspiration is to achieve increased per capita income to around US$3 200 by 2025. This will be supported by increased GDP growth and investment levels. This resonates well with the objective of Vision 2030 of becoming an upper middle income society. To ensure the country keeps track with the objective of Vision 2030, the NDS1 will focus on growing the economy at an average growth rate of above 5% per annum between 2021 and 2025. Key Strategies for Sustainable Economic Growth

132. The outcome of increased and sustained economic growth will be private sector led while Government focuses on accelerating policy implementation, legal, institutional and structural reforms to strengthen macroeconomic stability as well as improving the business environment.

133. This will be complemented by interventions that increase production and productivity across all sectors as well as import substitution strategies thus domesticating key value chains that will ultimately propel export led growth in the medium to long term.

134. To unlock investment, which is key in driving sustainable economic growth, the Strategy will prioritise swift implementation of the ease of doing business reforms, respect of property rights, ensuring rule of law, combating corruption and prioritising investment in key enablers. 28 The Locomotive Sectors for Sustainable Growth

135. Production and productivity in locomotive sectors such as agriculture, mining, manufacturing and tourism will be key in achieving the overall goal of sustainable economic growth.

136. Strong sectoral growth rates are envisaged during the NDS1 Period, as indicated in the Table 3 below. These growth rates will be underpinned by recovery in the Global economy, stable macroeconomic environment, gradual recovery from COVID-19 pandemic and political will to swiftly implement sectoral policies. Table 3: Sectoral GDP Growth Rates (%) (2019-2025) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Overall GDP -6.0 -4.1 7.4 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 Agriculture and forestry -17.8 -0.2 11.3 8.9 7.6 9.5 10.4 Mining and quarrying -12.4 -4.7 11.0 7.4 8.8 9.2 8.0 Manufacturing -8.7 -9.6 6.5 6.5 7.7 6.1 5.9 Electricity and water -19.2 -7.9 18.8 14.4 5.9 4.5 4.8 Construction -13.9 -11.4 7.2 5.0 4.0 5.0 4.0 Distribution -8.2 -6.8 5.7 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.1 Transport and Communication 12.9 3.4 7.1 4.5 4.3 4.8 4.4 Finance and Insurance -6.1 -6.5 7.2 3.3 5.2 6.1 5.0 Government Services 1.4 -2.1 6.2 2.9 2.5 2.3 2.0 Other Services -3.7 -2.0 4.4 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.5 Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development and RBZ, 2020 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Key strategies for productive sectors

137. The sector growth strategies that anchor the NDS1 will be based on optimal exploitation of abundant opportunities in agriculture, mining, tourism and electricity generation. The manufacturing sector will benefit from resuscitating and strengthening existing value chains and developing new value chains as well as mineral beneficiation. 29

138. Productivity will be key in driving the sectoral growth. Accordingly, the Zimbabwe National Productivity Institute will be established to spearhead the promotion of productivity consciousness in all sectors of the economy.

139. The envisaged growth trajectory will also be underpinned by implementation of the following sector specific strategies:- Strategies for Agriculture

140. The agriculture sector has potential to drive pro-poor economic growth and sustainable development. Key to unlocking the potential is resolving the security of tenure on the land in order to attract investment. Further, measures will be put in place which will create conditions for bankability of agricultural projects. Equally important will be restructuring of Agribank into a Land Bank, and expansion of contract farming to other crops and livestock as well as strengthening existing contract farming arrangements. Further, Government will incentivise banks to lend to agriculture and persuade them to move away from the current practice where most banks are investing in non-productive short term instruments.

141. In order to drought proof agriculture, irrigation rehabilitation and expansion, promotion and adoption of research that improves productivity of seed and animal varieties, upscaling of climate smart agriculture practises such as Pfumvudza/Intwasa, and capacitation of extension services will be prioritised.

142. Further, to improve predictability in the marketing of agricultural produce, the strategy under the NDS1 will be to operationalise the commodity exchange, supported by a well-functioning regulated warehouse receipt system. 30 Strategies for Mining

143. The country is endowed with over forty minerals including gold, Platinum Group Metals (PGMs), diamonds, coal, gemstones, granite, manganese, chrome, lithium, asbestos, iron ore, copper, nickel, cobalt, limestone, coal-bed methane (CBM) and rare earth minerals.

144. Weak governance in the sector has, however, been the major limiting factor. In order to achieve increased and sustained growth in the mining sector, priority during the NDS1 Period will be to improve the ease of doing business in the sector. This will be realised through finalisation and implementation of mineral specific policy frameworks and a comprehensive review of the Gold Trade Act, Precious Stones Trade Act and amendment of the Mines and Minerals Act.

145. Further, Zimbabwe has 19 of the world’s rare earth minerals. In order to designate these strategic assets and direct investment into their exploitation, Government, during the NDS1 Period will expedite the formulation of Rare Earth Minerals Policy.

146. Zimbabwe is underexplored. Government has not been approving Exclusive Prospecting Orders (EPO) despite mineral exploration being vital for mineral resource quantification. The country has thus lagged behind in terms of new discoveries and large-scale investments. During the NDS1, Government will prioritise approval of Exploration Title and capacitation of Mining Promotion NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Corporation to undertake targeted exploration.

147. In addition, priority will be extended to formalisation and capacitation of the small- scale miners through the Mining Industry Loan Fund. To prevent speculative hoarding of claims across all minerals, Government will strengthen the enforcement of the “Use It or Lose It” principle. 31

148. During the NDS1 Period, operationalisation of the automated Mining Cadastre Information Management System will be accelerated to increase efficiency and transparency in mining title management.

149. During the NDS1 Period, programmes will be undertaken to enhance exploration. Incentive such as ‘Finders Keep it Principle’ will be adopted to encourage exploration. However, a time frame to utilise the findings will be adopted after which the ‘ Use it or Lose Principle’ will apply.

150. The country has hardly realised the full value of its mineral resources due to leakages. These take the form of transfer mispricing, smuggling and under declaration.

151. Compounding the challenges of limited exploration are vulnerabilities related to inadequate scrutiny around agreements with investors, including fiscal concessions. In order to bring transparency and fair share of Government in minerals exploitation, NDS1 will prioritise formation of an investment committee comprising of OPC, Ministry of Mines and Treasury, chaired by ZIDA in assessing capable investors and overseeing investment agreements.

152. Government, during the NDS1 Period will prioritise plugging of mineral leakages. In order to curb under declaration, Government will upgrade its Metallurgical Laboratory to meet internationally accredited standards and ensure mandatory valuation of all export consignments. This will be complemented by installation of weigh bridges at all ports of exit.

153. To reduce smuggling, Government will strengthen metallurgical accounting by capacitating the monitoring and surveillance under the Minerals Marketing Corporation of Zimbabwe (MMCZ) and the Minerals Fauna and Flora Unit. Further, ZIMRA capacity to address transfer mispricing of minerals will also be enhanced. 32

154. Unlocking the mining potential requires guaranteed long term financing. During the NDS1 period, establishment of a gold reserve fund will be prioritised as a vehicle to mobilise finance. This will be complemented by setting up of a minerals commodity exchange, which will trade all other minerals, except for gold.

155. Growth of the mining sector will be anchored on opening of new mines, as well as the resuscitation of closed ones, projects expansion, increased capacity utilisation, and value addition and beneficiation. Key flagships during the NDS1 Period include platinum, chrome, gold and coal projects. Strategies for Manufacturing

156. The achievement of increased and sustained economic growth requires orienting the economy towards higher value added activities and production of complex products. Critical interventions involve targeting and strengthening existing value chains and mineral beneficiation.

157. The value chains that will be prioritised are mainly those existing in agro processing. These include the soya bean, cotton, leather and fertiliser value chains. Outside agro processing, priority will be to resuscitate the pharmaceutical and bus and trucks assembly value chains.

158. Regarding mineral beneficiation, the NDS1 priority is to strengthen gold processing, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 diamond cutting and polishing, platinum base metal refining and ferrochrome processing.

159. Resuscitation of value chains will be supported by scaling up of innovation hubs and industrial parks. 33 Strategies for tourism

160. Tourism sector is anchored on abundant natural resources such as wildlife and scenery, which sustains tourism development in Zimbabwe. Tourism arrivals experienced an average growth rate of 6% per annum over the period 2015-2018. This growth in arrivals was driven by the notable increase in arrivals from nearly all traditional source regions and most major tourism generating markets as shown in in Figure 6 below. Figure 6: Tourism Growth 2015-2018 Source: ZTA 2020

161. However, the year 2019 was a difficult year for the tourism industry as arrivals fell by 11% compared to 2018 as shown in Figure 6 above. This was due to the volatility of the operating environment for the tourism sector characterised by continued circumstances of cash shortages, rising prices, pricing distortions, fuel and electricity shortages and negative destination perceptions.

162. The tourism industry has been one of the worst-hit sectors by the COVID-19 pandemic, with hotels and operators experiencing reduced business owing to 34 disruption of global travel chains and restrictions on tourism movement during the lockdown period.

163. During the NDS1 planning period, the tourism sector is expected to immediately turning around its fortunes riding on its resilience and its low hanging status as a low investment and high output sector. Further, the improved operating environment owing to continued economic stability and enabling infrastructure developments such as the ongoing upgrading of the Beitbridge- Harare-Chirundu and the Karoi-Binga Highways among others, will widen opportunities for further tourism growth.

164. The country continues to experience negative perceptions in key source markets and this has restricted tourism growth. This underlies the need to address country image issues and accelerate destination marketing amongst other initiatives. The implementation of the NDS1 will focus on achieving the national outcome of increasing the contribution of tourism to GDP from 1.1% in 2020 to 5% by 2025. Improving Tourism Growth

165. The growth of the Tourism Sector will be anchored on increased investment in diversified tourism products such as heritage tourism, medical tourism and community based tourism, among others. Key flagships will be the opening up of new Tourism resorts in Kanyemba, Tugwi Mukorsi, Kariba and the development of new nodes anchored on the Victoria Falls Special Economic Zone, notably in Masuwe, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Batoka, Gwayi Shangani Dam, Binga and Sijarira.

166. This will be complemented by the operationalisation of the Tourism Support Scheme to enhance funding for the Tourism Recovery and Growth of the sector and the provision of appropriate incentives to promote foreign and local investment, especially in the Tourism Development Zones. 35

167. In addition, priority will be given to enhanced destination marketing, through improved marketing programmes and market representation to generate demand in traditional and emerging source markets such as the Middle East, Asia, Eastern Europe. Focus will also be on destination branding and image transformation.

168. Emphasis will also be placed on promoting the Meetings, Incentive, Conferences and Exhibition (MICE) tourism. Further promotion of domestic tourism through developing appropriate facilities, incentives and initiatives will be pursued. This will also include focus on Diaspora Tourism Promotion.

169. Critical intervention will include the up-scaling of the implementation of the National Tourism Recovery and Growth Strategy, the National Tourism Master Plan, Review of Tourism Policy and Legislation, ease of doing business reforms and improved use of ICT in the sector.

170. During the NDS1 Period, focus will be on enhanced destination accessibility through attracting new airlines, strengthening the national airline and opening up domestic air routes to local players. Government will also upgrade and modernise road networks to promote drive through tourism, improve road signage and continuously review immigration policies to improve the competitiveness of the destination.

171. Further, in order to climate proof the Tourism Sector, Government will promote ecotourism and green practices as well as sustainable inclusion of communities in the tourism value chain.

172. Government will also finalise the Tourism Satellite Account in order to improve the accounting of the performance of the Tourism Sector. 36 Programmes

173. To achieve tourism growth the following programmes will be implemented during the NDS1 Period: - Product Development and Diversification; Markets Development and Diversification; Destination accessibility; Tourism investments promotion; and Tourism Policy and Legislative Review Strategies for Electricity Supply

174. The major key enabler in realising sustained economic growth is electricity supply. In order to achieve the objective of powering the economy towards sustained economic growth during the Strategy Period, the existing generation capacity will be optimally utilised through upgrading, rehabilitation and maintenance.

175. Priority will also be extended to development of new generation capacity through fast tracking ongoing projects and opening new projects, which take cognisance of a diversified energy mix.

176. During the NDS1 Period, Government policy will accommodate construction of NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Independent grid operators wishing to wheel power to their dedicated clients.

177. During the NDS1 Period, Government will accelerate the implementation of an integrated comprehensive power generation and transmission framework, which will incorporate Independent Power Producers enabling them to access the electricity market. The framework will cover infrastructure sharing, licencing as well as 37 consumer protection amongst others, whilst ensuring conformity to national power generation and transmission standards. Programmes for Sustained Economic Growth

178. Key programmes that will be prioritised in order to realise sustained high economic growth objective under the NDS1 include the following: Economic Rebalancing; Production and Productivity promotion; and Investment promotion Macroeconomic Stability

179. Maintaining macroeconomic stability is a prerequisite for sustained and inclusive development. It acts as a buffer against currency fluctuations and large debt burdens. Stability has been witnessed after a long period of exchange rate volatility and rising inflation driven by policy missteps involved during the introduction of the local currency and previously high fiscal deficits. Monetary Policy Situational Analysis

180. The restoration of monetary policy through de-dollarising came at a significant cost of adjustment. This was amplified by delayed policy implementation, partial reversals in the foreign exchange market policies, significant reserve money expansion and market indiscipline.

181. Annual headline inflation rose from a single digit in January 2018 to reach 837.5% by July 2020, while the local currency depreciated from US$1: ZWL$1 in 2018 to US$1: ZWL$81 by September 2020. Reserve money grew from ZWL$3.25 billion in 38 December 2018 to ZWL$16.66 billion as at the end of July 2020, before being reduced to ZWL$14 billion by end of September 2020.

182. There is, however, growing evidence of monetary policy prudence and macroeconomic stability following implementation of measures to control reserve money and to stabilise the exchange rate.

183. Consequently, the parallel exchange rate premiums have declined from above 300% to below 10% in October and monthly inflation to 1.3% (blended CPI) and 4.3% (local currency CPI) in October 2020. Monetary Policy Outcomes

184. The NDS1 seeks to consolidate the gains made in restoring monetary policy, with major outcomes of improved currency and price stability. This will be realised by achieving the following targets:- Reducing inflation to single digit levels of between 3% and 7% by 2025 in line with SADC Macroeconomic Convergence Targets; Building reserves from less than one month import cover in 2020 to six months import cover by 2025; Exchange rate stability; Align reserve money growth to levels consistent with low and stable inflation as well as exchange rate stability; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Increased use of Zimbabwe dollar as the dominant legal tender by 2025 and Financial sector stability.

185. Figure 7 below summarises the Reserve Bank’s three-pronged policy strategy under the NDS1. 39 Figure 7: Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe strategic policy framework Focus on Price Stability Three Pronged Strategy Fostering Exchange Rate Stability Financial Sector Stability Management Of Money Supply Key Focus Areas: Key Focus Areas: Key Focus Areas: Market Exchange Rate Through The Auction Maintaining Safety, Soundeness And Monetary Targeting Framework System (Sustenance Of The Auction System) Integrity Of The Financial Sector Minimum Capital Adequacy Domestic Forex Mobilisation & Requirements Quarterly Reserve Money Export Promotion Targets Consistent With Inflation Target Strict Monitoring Of Mobile Mobilise Lines Of Credit Banking Activities Bank Policy Rate Medium Term Facility Rate Broaden And Deepen Participation Efficient Payment System And Sources Of Forex Appropriate Money Market Instruments Source: Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe, 2020 Monetary Policy Strategies

186. The key focus of the Reserve Bank during the NDS1 Period will be on maintaining price and financial stability necessary for effective planning and preservation of the value of the local currency. Price stability entails both the internal (inflation and interest rates) and external (exchange rate) value of the country’s currency. To achieve this, the Central Bank will pursue a three-pronged approach of exchange rate stabilisation, money supply management and financial sector stability. This strategy will achieve price stability, the ultimate objective of monetary policy. 40 Exchange Rate Stability

187. The Central Bank will improve and enhance the efficiency of the foreign exchange auction system, introduced in June 2020, building on its evident positive results. The auction system improved transparency in the management of foreign exchange, as well as in establishing a credible price discovery mechanism for a market-determined exchange rate. To ensure sustainability of the system, and further buttress exchange rate management, RBZ will prioritise building of international reserves. Money Supply Management

188. The Central Bank’s strategic focus during the NDS1 will be to maintain money supply growth rates that are consistent with the achievement and maintenance of inflation within the SADC inflation target range of 3% to 7%. This will be achieved through continued implementation of the monetary targeting framework, which has already greatly assisted in anchoring both exchange rate and inflation expectations. Monetary and Fiscal Policy Coordination

189. To strengthen operational efficiency of monetary policy, and to consolidate the gains of policy coordination, the Ministry of Finance and Economic Development and the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe will constitute a liquidity management team that will improve liquidity and cash flow projections, synchronise liquidity injections and withdrawals, enhance information sharing in order to foster and further deepen NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 existing operational synergies between the two institutions.

190. Further, to enhance effectiveness of monetary policy and address governance challenges, the NDS1 will prioritise amendments to the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe (RBZ) Act to reduce the limits of borrowing by Government from the RBZ.

191. In the same vein, deepening money and capital markets through issuance of different instruments of different maturities (medium and long-term bonds) to allow 41 portfolio flexibility by investors as well as resuscitation of interbank trading, will be prioritised, to smoothen monetary policy operations and Government debt management practices.

192. Coordinated and synchronised measures by the RBZ and Treasury will significantly deflect speculative behaviour and indiscipline in the payment system, in particular the mobile money payment platforms, which had been used as conduits for parallel market activities. Monetary Policy Programmes

193. Key programmes necessary to strengthen the role of monetary policy in stabilising the economy during the NDS1 Period include; Currency and price stability; Exchange rate management; Liquidity management; Foreign reserves build-up; and Legislative and regulatory framework review. Financial Sector Stability Situational Analysis

194. The performance of the banking and financial sector was considered satisfactory during the period ended 30 June 2020. As at 30 June 2020, the banking and financial sector aggregate core capital was ZWL$20.99 billion, representing an increase of 180.99%, from ZWL$7.47 billion as at 31 December 2019.

195. Further, the banking and financial sector is composed of 19 banks and 60% are small banks that have thin capital, which is not capable of bankrolling large domestic projects and programmes. 42

196. The main outcome of the financial sector during the NDS1 Period is to improve financial stability. This will be achieved through:- Increasing bank capitalisation to US$30 million; Reducing the Portfolio at Risk for Microfinance Institution from 12.7% in 2020 to 5% by 2025; and Maintaining non-performing loans below 5%. Strategies for Financial Sector Stability

197. The financial sector plays a critical role in ensuring sustainable growth through mobilising savings, directing funds into productive sectors, management of risks, efficient allocation of resources and facilitating delivery of products and services. Financing of NDS1 programmes and projects is thus premised on the efficiency of financial sector.

198. In order to realise improved financial sector stability, the NDS1 will adopt a prudential supervisory policy framework that includes implementation of the Financial Sustainability Standards, enforcing capital adequacy levels, full implementation of Basel III accord, and operationalisation of the Collateral Registry.

199. Further, there will be a comprehensive review of the regulatory framework to address: corrective and sanctioning regime, operational independence, resolution, ownership changes and major acquisitions. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

200. To ensure smooth and efficient payment systems, the Strategy will prioritise development of a National Switch and institutional framework to achieve interoperability of payment systems.

201. In order to chart the financial sector strategic direction, focus will be on the development and implementation of the financial sector strategy whose objective is to expand financial intermediation and support maximum growth. 43 Financial Sector Stability Programmes

202. Prioritised programmes to improve financial sector stability under the NDS1 Period will include; Legislative and regulatory framework review; Financial sector supervision and oversight; and Financial Sector Development. External Sector

203. The external sector has improved since 2018. Exports increased from 20.3% of GDP in 2017 to a peak of 36.2% in 2019, before declining to 27.2% in 2020. However, the increase is largely driven by primary products which include tobacco and gold exports, which are vulnerable to international commodity price fluctuations.

204. Imports contracted sharply in 2019 and 2020 by -32.1% and -10.5%, respectively, owing to declining domestic demand and policy interventions. The decline was driven by a fall in consumptive imports.

205. Consequently, the current account has been improving from sustained deficits to a surplus beginning in 2019.

206. Access to external capital, however, remains constrained due to the perceived high country risk and an unfavourable investment climate. The country is thus relying on expensive commercial debt and securitisation of export proceeds. International reserves of less than a month of import cover are critically low. 44 External Sector Outcomes

207. During the NDS1 Period, the objective will be to ensure sustainable Balance of Payments that provides a buffer against transitory productivity and demand shocks. Specific objectives include:- Maintaining a current account balance of not more than -3% of GDP in line with SADC macroeconomic convergence targets; and Increasing international reserves to more than six months import cover in line with SADC macroeconomic convergence target. Strategies for External Sectors Stability

208. In order to consolidate external sector stability, a combination of export orientation and import substitution strategies will be prioritised during the Strategy Period, particularly where the country has competitive advantage.

209. Regarding export orientation, NDS1 will focus on promoting export products and export markets diversification. This will be complemented by enhancing export promotion activities, market access negotiations, and institutional capacity building of trade promotion organisations such as ZimTrade, Zimbabwe Tourism Authority, the Competition and Tariffs Commission, Standardisation bodies and the Zimbabwe International Trade Fair Company. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

210. There are a number of services, which offer the country immense opportunities in trade. During the NDS1 Period, Government will promote and improve the enabling environment for increased trade in services.

211. Given the high concentration of commodity exports, NDS1 will pursue value addition and beneficiation. These will be achieved through strengthening mineral and agricultural value chains, reviewing the legislative environment and provision of key enablers. 45

212. Regarding the containment of import growth and ensuring that the generated foreign currency is saved, the country will prioritise import substitution through the domestication of value chains and the reviewing tariff and non-tariff measures to enable importation of critical raw materials and capital goods. Also important will be promotion of the Buy Zimbabwe Campaign and increasing domestic production of major critical imports such as maize, wheat and soya beans.

213. Trade facilitation is a key factor in the country’s trade policy. In this regard, Government will implement reforms aimed at streamlining and simplifying exporting and importing procedures, eliminating customs delays and improving customs administration. External Sector Programmes

214. Key programmes to ensure sustainable balance of payments during the NDS1 Period include; Export Promotion; Import Substitution; Investment promotion; and Trade Facilitation. Fiscal Policy Situational Analysis

215. The country managed to restore fiscal stability following periods of high fiscal deficits, which peaked at 12.9% of GDP in 2017. Government through TSP introduced a raft of fiscal consolidation measures in 2018, which saw expenditure declining to 13.9% of GDP in 2019 from 30.8% of GDP in 2107 and fiscal b alance closing in a surplus in 2019. 46

216. The side effects of fiscal consolidation, however, have largely been wage compression, which saw real wages declining from 14% of GDP in 2017 to 3.8% of GDP in 2019. Fiscal Position

217. Fiscal sustainability, however, is facing threats arising from weakening revenue collections, which gradually declined from an average of 18% of GDP in 2015 to 14.2% by 2019. This is attributed to the growing informalisation of the economy; high number and value of fiscal incentives; levying of Government fees below cost recovery and leakages manifesting through smuggling; underreporting of revenue particularly on US dollar transactions and corruption. Figure 8 below, shows the fiscal position from 2015-2020. Figure 8: Fiscal Position: 2012-2020 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Source: Ministry of Finance & Economic Development, 2020

218. Also potentially undermining fiscal stability are growing wage pressures following the collapse in real wages. In addition, wage distortions across various grades and sectors has also brought instability in relativities. 47

219. Further, the composition of the budget was inclined towards consumptive rather than developmental expenditure. This was also exacerbated by COVID-19, which slowed down implementation of a number of projects. Rising inflation and exchange rate depreciation also gave rise to continuous revision of public sector investment contracts. Also contributing to slow project completion was the accumulation of arrears by Government.

220. Significant threats to fiscal stability relate also to regular materialisation of fiscal risks, such as State Owned Enterprises bailouts, recapitalisations and debt assumptions, most of which are being dealt with outside the budget. These off- budget actions have increased debt by 11.5% of GDP in 2019.

221. In addition, the materialisation of fiscal risks due to effects of Climate Change such as successive droughts and Cyclones, are also on the rise. Outcomes of Fiscal Policy

222. In the wake of recent challenges arising from Cyclones, the COVID-19 pandemic and successive droughts, the focus of fiscal policy during the NDS1 Period is to maintain a sustainable fiscal balance, restoring budget credibility and re-orienting the national budget towards developmental goals. Specifically, NDS1 envisages fiscal prudence guided by the following fiscal anchors:- Maintaining average fiscal deficit of not more than 3% of GDP in line with SADC Macroeconomic Convergence target; Gradual increase in development budget from the current 3.8% to 6% of GDP by 2025; Reducing the wage bill as percentage of revenue from 47% in 2020 to 40% in 2025; and Non-accumulation of domestic arrears. 48 Fiscal Policy Strategies

223. Maintaining fiscal stability is key in ensuring macroeconomic stability through deliberately changing public spending and tax instruments to offset economic fluctuations. The overall strategy of fiscal policy during the NDS1 Strategy Period is to maintain fiscal stability, while at the same time providing a supportive environment to unlock development bottlenecks and stimulate growth. Specific interventions include:- Strategies for Revenue Collections

224. In order to strengthen revenue collection during the NDS1 Period, the following initiatives will be followed:- Review and streamlining tax incentives

225. Tax incentives represent forgone fiscal revenue. Notwithstanding the nexus between fiscal incentives and economic growth, Government will continuously carry out Cost Benefit Analysis of the existing fiscal incentives in order to guide the review and streamlining those found to be redundant. Widening the Tax Base NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

226. Small-scale businesses and the informal sector present a significant potential source of revenue considering that it constitutes a significant share of national income.

227. In order to tap into this potential, Zimbabwe Revenue Authority will establish a Specialised Unit to ensure that the sector’s contributions to fiscal revenues are commensurate with the level of economic activity. Such interventions will be supported by extensive taxpayer education and awareness programmes. 49

228. The Ministry of Local Government and Public Works will work in collaboration with the Ministry of Women Affairs, Community and Small to Medium Enterprises Development to ensure that operating sites and structures are identified and developed. Upgrading of the audit and tax services of large taxpayers

229. Notwithstanding the need to ensure that small scale and informal sector businesses are captured into the tax net, ZIMRA will also intensify audit and tax payer services of larger taxpayers. Pursuant to this, linkage of ZIMRA systems with Local Authorities, Registrar General’s Office, Financial institutions, National Payment System, NSSA, ZIMDEF, SDF, Deeds Office and Registrar of Companies will be prioritised. Further, Government will prioritise strengthening of tax collection systems through upgrading and automation to reduce revenue leakages. Capacity Building for Tax Policy and Administration

230. Capacity building is an important ingredient in tax policy and administration. In this regard, specialised training activities will be organised to adequately equip officers in policy formulation and application of tax legislation. Capacity building initiatives will target capacity gaps as may be identified both in tax policy and tax administration. Review of Government fees, levies, and charges to ensure cost recovery.

231. Government services that are provided at below production cost represent an implicit subsidy, which may not be sustainable. In this regard, fees, levies and charges on Government services will be timeously and continually reviewed to guarantee service provision at or above cost recovery levels. 50 Strategies for Expenditure Management

232. The following interventions will be critical in ensuring prudent management of expenditures. Review of the Structure of Public Expenditure

233. Public expenditure has, over the years been skewed towards recurrent expenditure with minimum spending towards development expenditure, which generates multiple effects in the economy. In this regard, during the Strategy Period, development expenditure will be prioritised in order to crowd in private sector investment, thereby stimulating economic growth. A minimum of 4% of GDP will be earmarked for development expenditure. To enforce efficiency in public development expenditure, Public Investment Management Guidelines 1 will be fully implemented. Review subsidy policy for better targeting and fiscal sustainability

234. Government has widened the subsidy policy to agriculture, transport and food with a view to cushion vulnerable members of society. The subsidies are, however, non- exclusive, resulting in unintended beneficiaries also proportionally benefiting. During the NDS1 Period, a more targeted approach will be implemented. A survey to identify vulnerable members of society will inform policy reviews. Contingency Planning NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

235. Natural disasters have over the years induced spikes in unbudgeted expenditures leading to fiscal instability. The NDS1 Period will prioritise increasing investment in Disaster Risk Management Systems including early warning systems and contingency planning to enhance country preparedness. 1 The Public Investment Management Guideline were published in 2017 to enhance the quality of public investment preparation, appraisal and selection. 51 Adherence to Approved Budget

236. Efficient public expenditure management requires that sanctions and penalties be introduced to limit budget overruns during budget execution. In this regard, measures to ensure value for money, strict adherence to provisions of the Public Finance Management (PFM) Act, and the Public Procurement and Disposal of Public Assets Act will be strengthened. Price differentials across procuring entities should not exceed 5%. Review of Wages and Salaries

237. The achievement of the NDS1 also depends on the efforts and work of a motivated workforce in the public sector. Regular review of remuneration will thus be prioritised in order to maintain real wage levels. A single spine salary structure, with defined relativities will be implemented. Furthermore, public sector productivity will be strengthened through extensive application of Performance Management Systems. Full roll out of PFMS

238. Spending within the system is key in efficiently managing expenditure. However, some MDAs are still spending outside the system and this presents a huge fiscal risk. During the NDS1 Period, Government will expedite the full roll out of the Public Finance Management System to all Provinces and Districts. Direct interface between PFMS and the RBZ core banking system to enable automatic banking reconciliations and timely comprehensive production of fiscal reports will be accelerated.

239. In addition, Government will ensure full utilisation of the PFMS system by imposing strict sanctions on those who bypass it. 52 Expedite State Enterprises and Parastatal Reforms

240. State Owned Enterprises have over the past years induced unprecedented fiscal pressures. Pricing of goods and services provided by SOEs are often controlled to levels below market prices, resulting in underperformance of the SOEs. Furthermore, SOEs debt guarantees generate significant fiscal risks that directly affect expenditure management. In addition, Government has not adequately exercised its shareholder function on SOEs.

241. During the NDS1 Period, Government will conduct a series of studies to determine an appropriate model which will create effective shareholder ownership, accountability, quality corporate governance as well as delivery of quality services at competitive prices.

242. In the interim, Government will expedite SOEs reforms targeting improved governance, provision of services at viable prices, full or partial privatisation, de- mergers, outright disposals and amalgamations of some SOEs into existing Government departments. Full implementation of pension reforms

243. Government is currently implementing a Pay As You Go pension scheme, which is unsustainable. To reduce fiscal risks associated with the scheme, Government will NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 accelerate the migration from Pay As You Go to a funded pension scheme. Improved Fiscal Transparency

244. Fiscal transparency provides important information and feedback among the Executive, Parliament and the citizens thereby creating public trust and goodwill. Government has since 2012 prioritised fiscal transparency. Notwithstanding 53 significant progress realised in enhancing fiscal transparency, there is potential for improvement.

245. In this regard, Government will prioritise extensive citizen engagement on fiscal policy formulation, timely publication of comprehensive fiscal data and enhancing budget documentation and quality of reports over the Strategy Period.

246. Government, during the NDS1 Period will also strengthen fiscal reporting by ensuring compliance with the constitutional and legal requirements in respect of public finance management and financial reporting, enhancing coordination across Ministries in sharing fiscal data for all public sector entities, and enforcing sanctions on MDAs and officials who fail to submit fiscal reports.

247. Further, introducing data dissemination dates and publishing regular and timely data will also be prioritised. Public Debt Management

248. Zimbabwe’s total debt as at end of 2019 was estimated at ZWL$143 billion (80.8% of GDP) against the Public Debt Management Act target of 70%. Of this debt, domestic debt including ZAMCO (ZAMCO-ZW$1.1 billion) stood at ZW$ 11 billion. Total Public and Publicly Guaranteed (PPG) external debt position stood at US$8.09 billion and about 74 % (US$5.97 billion) are arrears.

249. Worsening the country’s debt position is the accumulation of external arrears. In addition, there is high risk of moral hazard, with many public entities approaching Government for debt assumption. 54 Outcomes of Public Debt Management

250. Managing public debt is critical in order to raise the required amount of funding while at the same time ensuring it is sustainable. During the NDS1 Period, public debt management will focus on achieving the following targets:- Maintaining public debt to GDP level below 70% by 2025; and Zero recourse to Central Bank borrowing Public Debt Management Strategies

251. Zimbabwe is in debt distress, with unsustainable public and publicly guaranteed total external debt and large external debt arrears. Debt resolution with creditors through the clearance of external debt arrears and debt relief will open new lines of credit for the economy, which is critical to the achievement of Vision 2030 goals. External debt arrear clearance and debt relief to restore sustainability will be considered in line with progress made with Government’s engagement and re- engagement with the international community.

252. Managing new debt commitments will require a coordinated approach in line with Public Debt Management Act provisions limiting the Debt to GDP ratio to 70 %. Debt Management over the NDS1 period will be guided by a Medium Term Debt Strategy2 and the Debt Sustainability Analysis indicators.3 The debt strategy will focus on maximising access of concessional financing. This debt strategy will ensure NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 consistency between the capacity to service the debt and minimising costs with the objective of fiscal consolidation. Non-concessional borrowing will only be contracted for commercially viable projects with a high rate return, such as infrastructure 2 The objectives of the Medium Term Debt Strategy include building and strengthening public debt management capacity 3 Debt Sustainability Analysis ensures that countries that have received debt relief are on a sustainable development track 55 projects. The debt strategy will also incorporate private sector driven financing options to ensure debt sustainability.

253. To ensure debt transparency, comprehensive public debt reports detailing the stock of public debt and its main features, will continue to be regularly published.

254. The continuation of an Auction-Based treasury bills issuance regime will be informed by the macroeconomic indicators especially inflation and will be based on an Annual Borrowing Plan and Issuance Calendar. Government is borrowing mainly short-term which is costly.

255. In order to reduce the cost of borrowing and deepen the capital markets, Government during the NDS1 Period will target the issuance of medium to long term securities and listing of Bonds on the Securities Exchange Market.

256. This will reduce the costs of domestic borrowing and create fiscal space for social expenditures and the capital budget. In addition, Government remains committed to its engagement with IFIs through the IMF Staff Monitored Programme to achieve an amicable loan arrears clearance agreement Development Assistance Coordination

257. Development Partners continue to play a pivotal role in complementing Government’s development agenda. Over the years, however, development assistance was being channelled without proper coordination. This was due to lack of effective development coordination mechanisms and weak Government led multi- stakeholder structures. 56 Outcomes of Development Assistance Coordination

258. To enhance coherence in public sector interventions, Government, through NDS1 will ensure effective coordination of development assistance. In this regard, it is envisaged that development assistance will increase from US$500 million in 2020 to US$1 billion by 2025. Strategies to Improve Development Assistance Coordination

259. Cognisant of the need to ensure conformity with international best practices, as well as strengthen the Development Assistance Coordination Architecture during the Strategy Period, Government will operationalise and fully implement the Development Cooperation Policy and Procedures Manual.4

260. Further, Government will operationalise Sector Working Groups to coordinate and interface with various development partners.

261. Priority will also be to develop and install the Aid Information Management System to enhance transparency and accountability of received development assistance. Inclusive Growth

262. Despite having experienced episodes of significant growth in the economy, this has not translated into notable decent employment generation. The growth remained relatively non-inclusive, thus, benefitting a few. There is need, therefore, to ensure NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 that during Strategy Period, no one is left behind in line with the thrust of Vision 2030. 4 The Development Cooperation Policy and Procedures Manual covers mobilisation, management, implementation, monitoring and evaluation, as well as reporting of development cooperation to ensure adherence to implementation and monitoring of the Development Cooperation Policy. 57 Decent Work Situational Analysis

263. The country’s decent employment base is persistently being eroded, with many employment activities going underground, further shrinking the absorptive capacity of the labour market. Formal net job creation in the country has been negative since 2013.

264. Of the 2.9 million people employed in 2019, 930 000 were formally employed, 975 000 were informally employed and 990 000 were households. Out of total employed people, about 552 000 (19%) were in precarious employment and the majority were in the age group of 20 to 40 years. This reflects the growing risk of missing the demographic dividend.

265. The employment situation has been severely impacted by the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. Measures meant to alleviate the spread have resulted in unemployment or underemployment, with 92% of firms having decreased the total number of hours worked per week relative to the period before the outbreak, while 22% have decreased the total number of permanent workers. Outcomes of Decent Work

266. Decent work has been defined by the International labour Organisation (ILO) as being “productive work for women and men in conditions of freedom, equity, security and human dignity”. It offers opportunities for work that is productive and delivers fair income. Specific targets during NDS1 Period include: Increase the level of formal employment from 24% in 2020 to 30% by 2025; Reduce precarious employment rate from 19% to 14% by 2025; and Increase the proportion of informal sector workers covered by Occupational Safety and Health Services from 0% to 20% by 2025. 58 Strategies for Decent Work

267. Realisation of decent jobs will be anchored on strengthening implementation of the following four pillars of decent work under the Decent Work Country Programme; Promotion of jobs and income opportunities; Access to social protection; Social dialogue; and Labour standards.

268. Further, Government will prioritise development and implementation of a national action plan to facilitate the transition from informality to formality by the SMEs sector.

269. Social dialogue facilitates cohesion and shared national vision. Accordingly, strengthening of social institutions in order to reduce the country risk factor will be prioritised. Priority will be given to the full operationalisation of the Tripartite Negotiating Forum.

270. Good labour migration governance is essential to promote export of human capital. It ensures that those who elect to work in the diaspora find decent jobs in host countries. During the NDS1 Period, priority will be to develop standard operating procedures for recruitment of Zimbabweans in the diaspora. This will be strengthened by signing bilateral labour agreements to formalise recruitment. Further, initiatives for the portability of social security benefits will be implemented NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 with the compensation of the Ex Wenela mine workers as a flagship programme.

271. In line with the broader strategy of improving compliance with the international labour standards, an electronic labour case management system will be developed to modernise and enhance efficiency of the dispute settlement system. 59

272. Further, the Labour Inspectorate System will be strengthened to upscale protection of labour rights and promotion of safe work environments. Labour laws will also be reviewed to be in sync with labour dynamics.

273. During the NDS1 Period, coverage of occupational safety and health as well as specialised safety training programmes will be expanded to include the informal sector and the public service.

274. In order to enhance job opportunities during the NDS1 Period, the employment policy will be reviewed in line with findings of the Employment Diagnostics Survey and implementation of active labour market policies will be strengthened.

275. In line with the thrust of economic transformation and allowing private sector to emerge, establishment of incubation hubs, labour intensive public works programmes, remodelling of skills and entrepreneurship development as well as strengthening coordination of employment initiatives will be prioritised.

276. Further, to ensure evidence based programming of employment initiatives, a robust functioning Labour Market Information System will be developed. Programmes for Decent Work

277. Key programmes under decent work will include; Decent work promotion; Formalisation of the informal; Rural development; and Policy and regulatory framework review. 60 CHAPTER 4 FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY Food Security Introduction

278. Food security, as defined by the United Nations' Committee on World Food Security, means that all people, at all times, have physical, social, and economic access to sufficient, safe, and nutritious food that meets their food preferences and dietary needs for an active and healthy life.

279. Access to quality, nutritious food is fundamental to human existence and necessary for human happiness. Secure access to food can produce wide-ranging positive impacts, including economic growth and job creation. Situational Analysis

280. The agricultural sector, which is responsible for feeding the nation and providing livelihoods to 67% of the country’s population in rural areas is also vital for recovery and growth of the economy.

281. Food insecurity, however, has been consistently growing in Zimbabwe. During the period 2015 to 2020, the proportion of food-insecure rural population ranged between 30 and 59%. Urban vulnerability was also on the rise reaching 30% or 2.2 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 million people by 2020.

282. Further, the proportion of chronically food insecure people in rural and urban communities increased from about 500 000 in 2015 to about 1.7 million people in

2020. Figure 9 below shows the proportion of food insecure people over the period 2009 to 2019 during the peak hunger period of January – March. 61 Figure 9: Food Insecurity Trend 59% 60% 56% 50% 42% 40% 30% 28% 30% 25% 18% 19% 20% 15% 12% 11% 10% 6% 0% 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Source: ZimVAC 2019.

283. Major factors that are driving food insecurity in the country include among others, natural shocks, low skills and knowledge base of farmers, shortage of inputs, low levels of mechanisation, reliance on rain-fed agriculture, limited access to market information and marketing facilities, limited access to finance and limited security of tenure. Cereal Production

284. Over the years, average productivity of both food and cash crops across all farm types has been declining. Maize yields declined from an average of 1.2 metric tonnes per Ha (MT/Ha) between the period 1990 to 1995 to an average of 0.749 MT/Ha between the period 2010 to 2016.

285. Consequently, the country’s capacity to produce sufficient cereal to meet national consumption requirements has been constrained. The gap has been consistently 62 met through importing, putting a strain on already limited foreign currency. Figure 10 below shows the country’s cereal production and requirements trends. Figure 10: Cereal Production and Requirements Trends Source: Second Round Crop and Livestock Reports (2000-2020) and ZIMVAC Reports (2002 to 2019) Livestock Production

286. Livestock herd sizes, nationally, declined by about 20% for beef, over 83% for dairy, and 26% and 25% for pigs and small ruminants respectively, between 2009 and 2020.

287. Furthermore, the productivity of smallholder cattle herds remains very low, with NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 average calving rates of about 45% against a potential of 60%, and off-take rates of about 6% against a recommended 20%.

288. The agriculture sector in general is currently faced with the following challenges: - Inadequate Financing; Short term Financing (Limited Medium and Long Term Financing); High Operating costs (high costs of doing business); 63 High financing costs; Pricing distortions; Variable Inputs Management; Rainfall Variability; Inadequate investment in the agricultural sector; Inadequate irrigation infrastructure and watering points; and Huge post-harvest losses. Access to Food

289. The urban population, the vulnerable and food deficit rural households access their food requirements through a private sector dominated food market, whose grain requirements are met by the Grain Marketing Board (GMB)’s Strategic Grain Reserve (SGR).

290. GMB is the sole buyer of grain, supported by existing grain market regulations, pricing policies and subsidies, which are crowding out the private sector and effectively making millers dependent on the SGR against a constrained fiscal space to maintain an adequate SGR stocks. This is being exacerbated by underdeveloped public rural infrastructure and poor rural market linkages, which increase marketing and transaction costs, adversely affecting farmer incomes. National Outcomes of Food Security

291. The NDS1 seeks to improve food self -sufficiency and to retain the regional breadbasket status. The main objective is to increase food self-sufficiency from the current level of 45% to 100% and reduce food insecurity from the high of 59% recorded in 2020 to less than 10% by 2025. 64

292. The target is also to increase maize production from 907 629 tonnes in 2020 to 3 million tonnes by 2025 and beef production from 49 115 tonnes in 2020 to 110 000 tonnes by 2025. .

293. During the NDS1, food security will be underpinned by the following National outcomes:- Increased food self-sufficiency; Reduced food insecurity; and Increased incomes. Key Strategies to Ensure Food Security

294. In order to achieve food self-sufficient status, the following strategies and interventions will be adopted: Promoting resilience and sustainable agriculture

295. The process of enhancing agricultural productivity and production is anchored in sustainable production systems. The NDS1 will focus on enhancing the resilience of social-ecological systems to be supported by continuous learning and experimentation.

296. For agriculture, learning and experimentation through adaptive and collaborative management is key in building resilience. The following initiatives will ensure attainment of resilience and sustainable agriculture:- NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Crops Upscale and expedite irrigation rehabilitation and expansion utilising existing and new water bodies; Climate Smart Agriculture through adoption of conservation agriculture techniques and principles such as Pfumvudza/Intwasa; 65 Promote water and input use efficient technologies such as Precision Agriculture; Develop stress tolerant, high yielding crop varieties; Promote traditional grains in low potential areas which are climate smart; Implement commercial contract farming that is led by financial services with Government providing guarantees; Implement a Commodity Value Chain Financing Model where private sector players are expected to finance up to 40% of their raw material requirements; Implement a climate proofed Presidential input support scheme that is anchored on the Pfumvudza/Intwasa Concept which adopt conservation agriculture techniques or principles such as minimum soil disturbances and mulching; Soil fertility management through soil conditioning management practices including liming and manuring; Diversify food production and consumption moving away from maize to other food crops such as potatoes and cassava; Capacitate extension services delivery; Speeding up of mechanisation facilities for the importation of agriculture mechanization equipment; and Introduce private sector led production and marketing initiatives such as the Hub and Spoke Model for smallholder farmers to promote access to finance, inputs and outputs markets. Livestock

297. Livestock production plays an important role in the social, cultural and economic environment of Zimbabwe. The NDS1 will prioritise animal health and production through strengthening farmer knowledge, skills in livestock production and health so as to enhance productivity through the following strategies:- Upscale hay cutting, development of pastures green belts and creation of forage banks; 66 Promote on-farm feeds formulation using cassava and cow peas to produce survival rations; Intensify dipping programme and blitz tick grease application to prevent and control entry and outbreaks of animal diseases; Provide lab diagnostics for confirmation of animal diseases and researches on animal diseases; Strengthen implementation measures against Tsetse Fly and undertake operational research; Create livestock business centres for small stocks (goats, sheep, pigs) based on the Hub and Spoke Model; Strengthen pass on schemes for dairy, and small stock producers; Increase watering points for livestock; Establish a national bull centre and semen processing laboratory to strengthen conservation of animal genetic resources and research and develop stress tolerant animal breeds and further promote artificial insemination by cascading the programme to A1 small holder farmers; Implement financial services-led livestock development initiatives models which gradually phase out Government guaranteed command programme through banks to a wholly private sector driven financing model; Climate-proof Livestock Production through commercialisation of fish, rabbits, bees and small stock; Establish breeding and genetic improvement centres and champion farmers, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 breeding and distribution of improved breeds, targeting export markets, and support surrounding farmers with trained livestock extension officers; Harmonise collection of levies in order to reduce the cost of compliance in livestock production; Resuscitate the Cold Storage Commission; Localise production of livestock inputs and veterinary vaccines and medicine; Establish a Livestock Information Management and Traceability Systems for disease control and market access; and 67 Training and capacitation of extension officers. Horticulture Situational Analysis

298. The horticulture sector prior to Fast Track Land Reform Programme (FTLRP) was dominated by large scale commercial growers who committed significant investments in skills development, irrigation infrastructure, handling facilities and export market development.

299. The FTLRP fragmented and dissipated the commercial horticultural sector. Similarly, financial support from investors, banks, private processors, buyers and developed skills dwindled. More significantly, the horticulture cold chain and packaging infrastructure, including overseas markets and logistics were disrupted.

300. Consequently, production fell abruptly and exports declined to US$40 million from a high of around US$143 million in the 1990s. This triggered high absorption of imports and further collapse of the sector. Key strategies to restructure and re-invigorate the horticulture sector

301. Government, during the NDS1 Period will prioritise implementation of the Zimbabwe Horticulture Recovery and Growth Plan (HRGP). The Plan seeks to reconfigure horticulture industry towards private sector driven, paired with a transformative rural horticulture sub-sector under the Presidential Horticulture Scheme, covering 1.8 million rural households. 68

302. During the Strategy Period, focus will be on nutrition, income generation and rural agro-industry development. Aggregation of produce from various geographical points will be pursued to create a critical mass for local industrial beneficiation of both indigenous and exotic vegetables and fruits.

303. Further, the following strategies and interventions will be prioritised to revamp the horticulture sector during the NDS1 Period:- Improving security of land tenure systems for horticulture producers in order to attract investment; Establishing a legal framework that is specific to the horticultural sector in order to curb side marketing of produce under contract schemes; Improving Ease of Doing Business in the horticulture sector by reviewing and making export documentation less cumbersome and costly; Developing and maintaining a unique competitive brand for Zimbabwe’s horticultural products; Promoting the export of value-added horticulture products in order to reduce post-harvest losses and raise export earnings; Diversifying and scaling up production of emerging crops such as blueberries, raspberry and macadamia nuts, which have high demand on the export market; and To formalise the domestic horticultural markets, for instance Johannesburg Market Model, in major cities like Harare and Bulawayo. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Increasing Access to Affordable Agriculture Financing

304. Access to agriculture finance remains key in unlocking the full potential of agriculture and strengthening the food supply system through facilitating the adoption of improved crop varieties and livestock breeds as well as the purchase of other inputs. The agricultural sector’s share of commercial lending has been gradually declining due to the inherent risk of agricultural production, lack of collateral among 69 smallholder farmers, high transaction costs and limited affordable lines of credit in the country.

305. In order to increase access to affordable agriculture financing, the following strategies will be implemented during the Strategy Period:- Establishing an agricultural revolving fund with appropriately structured lines of credit; Promoting weather-based agriculture, including the localisation of seasonal weather forecast and weather-based index insurance mechanisms for smallholder farmers; Strengthening the use of Public- Private Partnerships; Implementing of smart subsidies; Reviewing contract farming provisions to become more binding and also include timely payments; and Establishing a stop-order system to strengthen and promote contract farming to cover all crops and livestock. Setting up and adequately capitalising the Land Bank

306. Government has commenced the process to re-structure, re-model and transform Agribank into a Land Bank. Government has set a deadline of 31 March 2021 for the capitalisation and operationalisation of the Land Bank.

307. The Land Bank is mandated with undertaking expanded banking and financial services provision to all categories of farmers in Zimbabwe (A2, Commercial, A1, Resettled, and Communal farmers), thus underpinning agriculture recovery and productivity. 70

308. The Government will adequately capitalise the Land Bank so as to deliver on the mandate for agriculture financing and development. The Land Bank will advance short, medium and long term capital for agriculture irrigation and infrastructure. Promotion of effective agriculture knowledge, technology and innovation systems

309. A well-functioning agriculture knowledge, technology and innovation system, anchored on inculcating the requisite agronomic and animal husbandry practices represents the future of farming particularly in the face of climate change and other disasters such as COVID-19.

310. The NDS1 will ensure that contemporary ameliorative agricultural practices are adopted. The coordination and strategic programming of Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Services (AKIS) will be strengthened through the following strategies:- Linking farmers, research, extension and agriculture education; Strengthening agricultural research; Training farmers to enhance their effectiveness to support innovations and technology adoption; Continuous capacitation of extension workers; and Promoting policies and investment that encourage adoption of digital and modern agriculture production and marketing technologies. Providing contemporary education in theory and practice of science agriculture NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 through existing Agricultural Colleges and other higher institutions of learning in collaboration with Development Partners; and Capacitating the existing Agricultural Colleges and extension workers including motorisation and e-extension and advisory services; Developing new crop varieties, planting materials and management technologies; Research on the adoption of Genetically Modified Organisms to inform policy decision; 71 Researching and development for diversification of food consumption focusing on seed multiplication for cassava and sweet potatoes; Research, development and innovation for indigenous fruits and vegetables to improve capacity for seed multiplication and shelf life; Up-scaling technical, extension, advisory and coordination services physically and virtually to suit the newly revised Agro-Ecological Zones; and Establishing a comprehensive Agricultural Information Management System including crop and livestock assessment, livestock information management system, lands information management system. Agricultural Engineering and Infrastructure Development

311. The NDS1 seeks to promote agricultural mechanisation, farm structures and irrigation technologies and utilisation of existing water bodies as a means to increase crop and livestock productivity and production through the following strategies:- Intensifying the design construction and rehabilitation of irrigation infrastructure with clearly defined sustainability mechanisms to ensure continuity, further enhance irrigation scheme management and collaborative public service delivery models to irrigation schemes; Upscaling innovation and modernisation of agriculture, including ICT-based advisory services; automation of mechanisation and irrigation, and precision farming such as drip irrigation, fertigation and smart greenhouses and use of satellite technology to provide real time information on area under different crops; Establish irrigable land regulations to ensure maximum benefits are derived from existing water bodies and surrounding irrigable land; and Promote local manufacture of farm implements as well as establishment of mechanisation service providers focusing on repair and maintenance of farm equipment. 72 Strengthen existing agriculture markets and developing new ones

312. Improving predictability of marketing and trade policies will strengthen existing agriculture markets and the development of new ones during the Strategy Period. This will be buttressed by establishing a well-functioning, regulated warehouse receipt system, combined with a commodity exchange system through which Strategic Grain Reserves will be stocked. Facilitating access to land and security of tenure

313. A secure land tenure and land administration system is central to a vibrant and productive agricultural sector to deal with illegal settlements, deforestation, land degradation, farm boundary disputes, as well as conflicts between different land uses including mining, forestry, tourism, and urban expansion and halt the loss of productive land to urban developments.

314. The NDS1 will institute the following strategies:- Develop a new land policy that harmonises existing laws (statutory and customary), policies and institutional mandates; Reform and restructure Agribank in to a Land Bank in order to build confidence in the transferability and bankability of tenure systems and enhance the commercial value of the land; Develop adequate legislative and regulatory framework for dispute resolution, compensation, and sharing of infrastructure; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Strengthen coordination within Government and across other sectors in enforcing land use planning regulations, orderly resettlements and ensuring that maximum farm sizes are adhered to; Strengthen service delivery capacity and land information management systems; and Land Survey and Mapping. 73 Global Compensation Agreement

315. To strengthen re-engagement and build confidence in the economy, thus reducing the country’s risk rating, Government signed the Global Compensation Deed with former farmers on 29 July 2020. This is testimony of Government’s commitment to respect for property rights in adherence to the provisions of Section 72 and Section 295 of the Constitution of Zimbabwe.

316. The Agreement provides for payment of compensation for improvements on the land that was compulsorily acquired by the State during the Land Reform Programme. The signing of the agreement represents a major milestone in the restoration of trust and cooperation between the former farm owners and Government.

317. This is expected to boost the engagement and re-engagement efforts aimed at bringing back confidence as well as attract local and foreign investors to take up opportunities in the agricultural, mining, tourism and infrastructural sectors of the economy.

318. As part of the confidence building measures, Government through the Ministry of Lands, Agriculture, Water and Rural Resettlement is in the process of regularising tenure for former farm owners who are still operating on the land with and without tenure documents. These farmers are being issued Offer Letters and 99-Year Leases as security of tenure to enable them to continue operating and contributing to the revival of the agricultural sector.

319. Government is also restoring title to owners of farms protected under Bilateral Investment Promotion and Protection Agreement (BIPPA) and Bilateral Investment Treaties (BIT), as well as indigenous persons whose farms were compulsorily acquired, in accordance with the Land Commission (Gazetted Land) (Disposal in Lieu 74 of Compensation) Regulations, 2020 SI 62 of 2020. The Government continues to make interim compensation relief payments to the former farm owners, whilst the mobilisation of resources continues for the full settlement of compensation according to the terms of the Global Compensation Deed. Improving Access to Food Markets

320. Over the past year, the strategy to ensure availability and access to food through paying above market producer prices to stock the Strategic Grain Reserve and direct sales to large-scale processors at subsidised prices to lower consumer food prices has had limited success due to fiscal challenges and side marketing.

321. Regional experiences have shown that when designed and implemented effectively, National Food Reserves play an important role in promoting access to food and price stability during disasters and food emergencies.

322. During the NDS1 Period, Government will prioritise the following initiatives to ensure improved food reserves:- Maintain a diversified Strategic Food Reserves with effective collection and distribution networks; Capitalise the Strategic Food Reserve; Implement measures that minimise postharvest and storage losses; Review the market regulations, floor producer pricing policy and subsidy to millers; Establish Rural Assembly Markets (RAM) located in production areas to primarily NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 serve as places where farmers and off-takers can meet and trade their products; Pre-season price announcement policy; Review and establish general standards for agricultural commodities to meet local, regional and international market requirements; Institute legal reforms to support fair and transparent pricing mechanisms, establishment of an Agricultural Commodity Exchange and access to funding through a warehouse receipt system; 75 Set up of an agriculture market information system that collects and disseminates information on local, national and regional, markets to enhance local production; Develop policies that promote market linkages and linking farmers to institutions; Amend legislation to remove element of GMB being sole buyer of grain; and Revise the SGR policy to address thresholds. Enhancing Institutional Restructuring and Coordination

323. The NDS1 envisages restructuring and capacitation of institutions through Institutional Analysis and the design of a Master Plan for Restructuring Agriculture.

324. In this regard, the NDS1 will focus on the following:- Transformation of public institutions and institutional re-orientation to fully undertake mandates; Privatisation of some commercial and productive activities which are currently being worked on by Government; Strengthening collaboration between the public sector and agro-oriented civil societies to establish a framework for dialogue to enhance the agricultural profession; and Setting up national and sub-national structures for coordination including strengthening of existing food security committees. Food Security Programmes and Projects

325. The NDS1 will promote the implementation of the following programmes in order to increase food security:- Agriculture Education; Crop and Livestock Research and Technology Development; Crop and Livestock Production, Extension and Advisory Services; 76 Agricultural Engineering and Farm Infrastructure Development; Animal Health and Production; Agriculture Financing, Economics and Markets; and Lands, Resettlement and Security of Tenure. Irrigation Development and Water Harvesting

326. The country is targeting expanded irrigation development and water harvesting for enhancing agriculture production and productivity, targeting over 350 000 ha during the NDS1. Among other dams, the following have been earmarked for expanding irrigation development: Tokwe – Mukosi Gwayi-Shangaan; Marovanyati; Osborne; and Zhove

327. The Irrigation Development Fund will be revived and resources directed towards irrigation development and Irrigation infrastructure rehabilitation.

328. As part of strategies for rural economy activation, as much as 35 000 boreholes will be drilled for rural community water supply, during the NDS1 Period. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 77 Nutrition Security Situational Analysis

329. The country has demonstrated commitment to addressing nutrition insecurity as reflected by the development and implementation of several national policies and strategies. This has seen significant positive strides being recorded despite high numbers of food-insecure people.

330. However, the country is still facing a triple burden of malnutrition with one out of 3 children suffering from under nutrition, over nutrition and micronutrient deficiency. This is mainly due to gaps in the country’s food system.

331. The majority of households in both urban and rural areas consume mostly cereals; condiments, vegetables, oils, and sugar, which lead to poor dietary diversity and insufficient consumption of essential nutrients.

332. The country grapples with the burden of malnutrition characterised by: Stunting at 26%; Micronutrient deficiencies such as iron-deficiency anaemia; and Vitamin A deficiency and iodine deficiency disorders and obesity.

333. The National Nutrition Survey and the Urban Livelihoods Assessment indicate that, whilst the proportions of children with stunting is less in urban areas than in the rural areas; the trend in urban areas has been increasing. Nutrition Security Outcomes

334. The following are the outcomes for Nutrition security: To reduce the national prevalence of under-five stunting from 23.5% to 17% by 2025; and 78 Reduction in the prevalence of iron deficiency anaemia in women of child bearing age from 27% to 13% by 2025. Key Nutrition Strategies

335. The NDS1 will prioritise public health measures that safeguard proper absorption and utilisation of essential nutrients to prevent nutrient imbalances affecting the Nation.

336. During the Strategy Period, Government will promote consumption of safe, toxin- free, nutritious foods appropriate to dietary needs of gender, age, activity and sociocultural preferences.

337. Further, Government will strengthen food and nutrition awareness on diet diversification with a variety of grains, fruits and colourful vegetables like greens and carrots. This will also involve promotion of exclusive breastfeeding and commercial production of nutrient-rich foods.

338. Up-scaling food fortification to supplement with nutrients, and bio fortification targeting rural areas with restricted market access to fortified or diverse foods will be prioritised during the NDS1 Period.

339. The Food and Nutrition Security Committees at National and Sub National levels will be strengthened to support and coordinate Nutrition specific and Nutrition Sensitive NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 interventions. Nutrition Security Programmes

340. The NDS1 will promote the following programmes as a strategy to improve the nutritional status:- Home nutrition and schools gardening, including traditional vegetables; Maternal Micronutrient Supplementation; 79 Nutrition sensitive social assistance and protection; Good Manufacturing Practice (from Farm to Fork); Adapt and Adopt the Complementary Feeding Framework for improving young children's diets; Implementation of National Food Based Dietary Guidelines (FBDGs) in various sectors – agriculture, health, education; and Production and consumption of bio-fortification of foods. 80 CHAPTER 5 STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION AND VALUE CHAINS Introduction

341. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development highlights the importance of structural transformation. SDG 8 is anchored on promoting inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all and targets to achieve higher levels of economic productivity through diversification, technological upgrading and innovation, with a focus on high-value added and labour-intensive sectors. The NDS1 endeavours to transform the economy through moving up a number of value chains as well as domesticating these value chains. Situational Analysis

342. Prior to the year 2000, the country had successfully engineered fundamental shifts in the structure of the economy by reallocating resources from low to high productivity sectors and creating significant formal employment. The contribution of secondary activities to GDP and formal employment rose in 1990 to 25% and 16.5% respectively relative to the primary sector of 22% and 32.6%.

343. Following the decade long (2000-2008) economic crisis and short-lived economic NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 recovery during the dollarisation period, the economy underwent a significant structural regression characterised by deindustrialisation and informalisation. The turbulent macroeconomic environment dominated by high inflation, exchange rate volatility and high cost of doing business, disrupted the previously strong primary- secondary and tertiary sector value chains. Also contributing to the disintegration was high absorption of imports of semi and finished products, particularly during the dollarization period from 2009-2017. 81

344. Consequently, the contribution of primary and secondary activities to GDP declined from 22% and 25% to 17% and 10.6% respectively. The contribution of services, however, increased from 48% to 66% driven mainly by distribution of imported products.

345. Figure 11 below shows the profile of economic transformation since independence, from 1980-2020. Figure 11: Structure of the Economy: 1980-2020 Source: Ministry of Finance and Economic Development, 2020

346. Further, the impact of the recent outbreak of COVID-19 has also contributed to structural changes in economic activities, with some sectors such as health services and ICT, benefiting through increased demand and investments whilst tourism, education, manufacturing, mining and transport were negatively affected. Figure 12 below shows the impact of COVID-19. 82 Figure 12: Impact of COVID-19 Source: Ministry of Finance & Economic Development, 2020.

347. Similar to GDP structural shift, there has been significant changes in the composition of export earnings. By September, 2020, primary commodities, mainly minerals, constituted a significant share of exports as indicated in Figure 13 below. The increased reliance on primary commodities exposes the economy to the vagaries of the international commodity markets. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 83 Figure 13: Composition of Merchant Exports as of 2020 Source: Ministry of Finance & Economic Development, 2020

348. The structural regression did not only manifest in the composition of economic activity but also in the geographical spread of industrial activity. The difficult operating environment led to some companies to either close down or relocate to the capital. This has contributed to the situation where most firms are now located in Harare. As of 2019, about 46% of the total manufacturing firms were domiciled in Harare.

349. Consequently, there has been high de-industrialisation and under development in other towns and rural areas, despite having natural resource endowments that form the critical throughput in the processing industries. Transforming the Economy

350. The process of structural transformation is central to stimulating an inclusive and sustained growth pattern that enable more people to benefit from higher productivity levels in more advanced segments of the economy. During the NDS1 Period, the 84 broad objective is to rebalance the economy and reverse the structural regression. The goal is to gradually improve the contribution of the secondary sector to GDP from 10.6% in 2020 to 15% by 2025. and the contribution of value added exports to total exports from US$ 727.47 million in 2020 to about US$ 1337.00 million in 2025.

351. Broadly, the key link to structural transformation is value addition and beneficiation of agriculture and mining products. During the NDS1 Period, priority will be to develop and strengthen already existing value chains, beneficiation of minerals and in the process promoting linkage of SMEs with large corporates. The Strategy will also prioritise decentralisation of industrialisation initiatives in line with the policy thrust of Devolution and Decentralisation. Value addition and beneficiation industries will be located in specific provinces and districts where the endowments are located.

352. Successful execution of value addition and beneficiation will be premised on a stable macroeconomic environment characterised by a stable exchange rate and low inflation, availability of key enablers such as transport, power, energy and water as well as a predictable, consistent stable policy environment. Further, sustained availability of primary sector throughput will be key. Value Addition

353. During the NDS1 Period, one of the major outcomes is to improve the performance of the manufacturing sector through value addition. In order to accelerate manufacturing NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 sector performance, the NDS1 will prioritise the following quick win value chains for implementation during the Strategy Period: - Agro-based value chain; Pharmaceutical value chain; Bus and Truck assembly value chain; Iron and Steel and General Engineering value chain; and Plastic waste value chain. 85 Developing and Strengthening Agro Based Value Chains

354. There is a strong link between agriculture and the rest of the economy, with growth multipliers of 1.5% to 2.7%. The Agriculture sector provides over 60% of raw materials as throughput into manufacturing. At the same time, manufacturing sector also provides inputs to the agriculture sector in the form of fertilisers, chemicals, implements and other inputs. The local linkages have been weakened with most of the raw materials to manufacturing now being dominated by imports. In most cases, the country has high-underutilised capacity in the agro-processing value chain system.

355. In order to strengthen local agro-processing value chains, the Strategy will leverage on existing processing capacity and potential throughput from agriculture. Given various value chains, priority during the NDS1 Period will be on the development of the following: - Soya bean value chain; Fertiliser value chain; Cotton value chain; Sugar Cane to Fuel Value Chain. This is a complex product value chain which can have a macro wide income impact to the economy; Dairy value chain; and Leather value chain. Soya Bean Value Chain

356. Soya bean is a strategic crop with multiple use value as a food, cash, industrial raw material and soil-improving crop. The country has an estimated oil seed crushing capacity of 610 000 mt per annum which is sufficient to satisfy domestic demand for cooking oil. Notwithstanding the capacity, there is over reliance on imported soya bean and crude oil due to lack of sufficient throughput from local agricultural production. 86 Improving performance of the Soya Bean Value Chain

357. Enhancing the soya bean value chain is key in underpinning the country’s food and nutrition security, import substitution and generation of jobs. In this regard, the objective of the NDS1 will be to strengthen the value chain and the following key performance indicators will be tracked: - Increase local soya bean throughput from 60 000mt in 2020 to 300 000mt by 2025; and Increase crushing of soya bean from 60 000mt in 2020 to 300 000mt by 2025. Strategies to improve performance of the Soya Bean Value Chain

358. In order to increase local soya bean throughput into oil and stock-feed manufacturing, Government will promote soya bean production through contract farming arrangements involving the private sector. Fertilizer Value Chain

359. The fertilizer value chain used to be strong with linkages running from phosphate mining, fertilizer production, and supply to the agriculture sector. The fertilizer industry has an annual production capacity of 1.5 million tonnes of Compounds and Blends and 90 000 tonnes of Ammonium Nitrate (AN). National demand stands at 600 000 metric tonnes, with 350 000 metric tonnes being compounds and 250 000 metric NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 tonnes constituting Ammonium Nitrate.

360. Notwithstanding the abundant phosphates deposits, available fertilizer manufacturing capacity and high demand for fertilizer, the value chain has gradually deteriorated due to low capacity utilisation, low off take of fertilizer, influx of imports, inadequate foreign currency, inadequate working capital, old technology, electricity shortages, among others factors. 87

361. Current Production Capacity for phosphates stands at 80 000 metric tonnes, while actual production is 60,000 metric tonnes, leaving an idle capacity of 20 000 metric tonnes. AN Production Capacity stands at 90 000 metric tonnes against an actual production of 30 000 metric tonnes, with an idle capacity of 60 000 metric tonnes. Over the past seven (7) years, Zimbabwe has spent US$662 million importing fertilizers.

362. There is therefore need to promote local production and domesticate value chains to reduce the import bill, ensure food security and job creation. Government, during NDS1 will support local fertilizer production to complement agriculture recovery, save foreign currency and generate employment. Improved Performance of the Fertilizer Value Chain

363. The objective under fertilizer value chain is to enhance linkages from phosphates mining, fertiliser manufacturing and uptake in the agriculture sector. Specific targets include the following: - • Increase production of phosphates from the current 60 000 metric tonnes to 100 000 metric tonnes by 2025; • Increase production of ammonium nitrate from the current 30 000 metric tonnes to 240 000 metric tonnes by 2025; • Reduce importation of phosphates by 22% from the current 180 000 metric tonnes to 140 000 metric tonnes by 2025; • Reduce importation of AN from the current 220 000 metric tonnes to 11 000 metric tonnes by 2025; and • Increase locally manufactured fertilizer uptake in agriculture from 30% to 70% by 2025. 88 Strategies to improve fertilizer value chain

364. The main raw materials for basal fertilizer are locally produced at Dorowa mine hence there exist great opportunities for import substitution if the local value chains are strengthened. In this regard, the NDS1 will prioritise the following strategies to strengthen the phosphate – to – fertilizer value chain:- Recapitalisation of fertilizer manufacturing companies; Timely orders of fertilizer for Government agricultural Programmes complemented by early disbursements of funds to manufactures, particularly during the first quarter of the year to afford ample time for production; Investment in new technologies in fertiliser manufacturing; and Promote local uptake by placing Government orders with local manufacturers. Cotton Value Chain

365. The cotton value chain provides economic and livelihood synergies through vertical and sideway linkages with the textile, apparels, yarn, fabric, oil processing, and stock feed among other industries.

366. However, the value chain has been affected by low uptake of cotton into the value chain due to antiquated machinery, outdated technology and emergence of competing alternatives such as synthetic fibres. There is a huge gap between throughput and value-added cotton. The uptake of cotton into the local value chain stands at 9000mt NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 against throughput of 75000 mt of cotton. The balance is being exported. Improving performance of Cotton Value Chain

367. In order to improve the performance of the cotton value chain, the NDS1 will prioritise the following:- Increase cotton uptake from 9000mt to 15 000mt by 2025; 89 Increase production of yarn from 6 750 mt to 11 250 mt by 2025; and Increase production of fabric material from 30% in 2020 to 50% by 2025. Strategies to improve Performance of the Cotton Value Chain

368. During the NDS1 Period, the following strategies will be implemented :- Attract new investors in the Cotton Value Chain; Promote the manufacture of explosives from cotton lint as a complex product with high value; Establish the cotton value chain retooling revolving fund; Promote of use of 100% cotton fabric in the production of apparels; and Strengthening antidumping measures to reduce the influx of second hand clothes. Dairy Value Chain

369. The dairy sub-sector has high local content, but requires heavy investment. The production of raw milk is below the national demand which stands at 130 million litres against production of 70 million litres per annum.

370. Challenges being faced manifest in the form of low milk volumes and lack of viability. At farmer level, the most significant constraints include lack of proper dairy breeds, failure to access and afford stock feed, poor access to markets and related infrastructure and limited access to investment funds. During the NDS1 Period, raw milk supply gap will be reduced, thus reducing the import bill. Improving performance of Dairy Value Chain

371. The following key performance indicators will be tracked during the Strategy Period:- Increase the dairy herd from the current level of 16 000 to 30 000 by 2025; 90 Increase production of raw milk from the current level of 70 million litres to 130 million by 2025; and Increase raw milk uptake by processing companies from the current level of 70 million litres to 130 million by 2025. Strategies to improve performance of the Dairy Value Chain

372. The following strategies will be implemented to improve performance in the dairy value chain:- Continued implementation of the Dairy Revitalisation Programme to increase the milk herd funded by a voluntary levy on cheese and butter imports; Manage importation of milk powder and promote local raw milk production; and Support Upgrading and Modernisation Program for existing firms. Leather Value Chain

373. The leather value chain was well structured prior to the economic challenges of the past two decades. The leather value chain starts from livestock production and animal husbandry, abattoirs, hides and skins merchants and traders, tanneries, manufacturers and retailers. Collaboration along this structure is weak and this has led to poor performance.

374. The sector is presently characterised by low uptake of raw hides by tanneries who are NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 operating at less than 10% capacity utilisation. The major up takers of leather are small companies who are producing leather products. Improving the performance of the Leather Value Chain

375. During the Strategy Period the thrust will be on revitalising the leather sector in order to: - 91 Strengthen horizontal and vertical collaboration of value chain players through creation of an apex body; Increase capacity utilisation in the manufacture of value added products from 30% in 2020 to 50% by 2025; and Increase the export of leather products from 10% total production in 2020 to 25% by 2025. Strategies to improve the Performance of the Leather Value Chain

376. The following strategies will be implemented to facilitate the revitalisation of the leather value chain:- Create a leather value chain Apex Body; Enhance the application of sustainable production technologies; Develop policies and legal frameworks for transformation of the leather sector; Facilitate procurement of production machinery for rural SMEs; and Develop mechanisms to increase the national herd. Iron and Steel and General Engineering Value Chain

377. The steel manufacturing industry in Zimbabwe has been dormant for the past two decades mainly due to the closure of the Zimbabwe Iron and Steel Company (ZISCO) and other foundries as a result of a plethora of challenges. ZISCO used to be the main feeder of the foundries. Giant steel processing companies also went dormant. Zimbabwe ended up exporting scrap and in turn steel imports began to surge undermining the policy of domestic value addition.

378. In addition to the closure of ZISCO, various foundries went under mainly due to inadequate electricity and foundry coke, which are key requirements in the foundry industry. 92 Improving performance of the Iron and Steel and General Engineering Industry

379. During the Strategy Period, Government will take deliberate efforts to support the Iron and Steel and General Engineering Industry in order to achieve the following:- Increased availability of locally produced iron and steel products; and Increased processing of scrap metal. Strategies

380. The following strategies will be implemented in order to resuscitate the iron and steel and general engineering industry:- Secure investors in the iron and steel industry; Resuscitate steel foundries and use of modern technologies in the sector; Process scrap metals into new steel products; Strictly controlling scrap metal exports to ensure adequate throughput to domestic foundries; Promotion of manufacturing of steel billets from scrap metal; Facilitate increased supply of coal and electricity to the iron and steel industry; Enhance coke production for local foundries; and Resuscitate the machine tools and accessories manufacturing subsector. Pharmaceuticals Value Chain NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

381. Presently, Zimbabwe is largely dependent on imported medicines, a significant proportion of which is procured and donated by international agencies. Local manufacturers produce 10% of the pharmaceuticals whilst 50% is imported and 40% is donated. All pharmaceutical companies are involved in the formulation of finished medicines from imported Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) and excipients to produce generics mainly in oral solid and liquid dosage forms. 93

382. However, the local industry has capacity to increase market share to 60% of the essential medicines during the Strategy Period. Improving performance of Pharmaceutical Value Chain

383. The availability of locally produced medicines is critical in ensuring sustainability of health care. In this regard, the NDS1 will pursue the following: - Increase the number of locally produced Essential Medicines from 30% to 60% of the essential medicines list by 2025; Increase the proportion of companies complying with international WHO good manufacturing standards from 25% in 2020 to 50% by 2025; and Reduce the medicines import bill from US$ 220.4 million in 2020 to US$ 100.4 million by 2025. Strategies to improve performance of Pharmaceutical Value Chain

384. Realisation of an improved pharmaceutical value chain will be realised through the implementation of the revised “Sector Development Strategy for Pharmaceutical Manufacturing in Zimbabwe 2017-2022”. This strategy will in addition to addressing the components of the sector strategy include the following: - Promote public procurement of locally produced medicines; Monitoring the sourcing of locally manufactured medicines using the Electronic Logistics Management Information system (e-LMIS); Re-capitalization of the Pharmaceutical Industry; Enhance the competitiveness of the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Associations and its members Facilitate industry, academia and indigenous knowledge systems collaboration on developing formulations for new products and establishment of Bioequivalence (BE) centres; 94 Establish a system of monitoring date of expiry of Patent rights, not only for pharmaceuticals but all patented products; Reduction of registration timelines by Medicines Control Authority of Zimbabwe (MCAZ)and special exemptions for locally produced medicines; Harmonisation of the Public Health Policy and Industrial Development Policy; Capacity building of key public institutions, including MCAZ, schools of Pharmacy and AiBST; Export driven growth leveraging on regional pharmaceutical deficit, regulatory harmonisation, market proximity and SADC Free Trade Area; and Review the list of medicines requiring import licenses in line with domestic production capacities. Plastic Waste Value Chain

385. Plastic waste can be turned into valuable manufactured products and create value chains, new jobs, a better environment, generate tax revenues and savings on imports.

386. Zimbabwe has an underdeveloped petrochemical industry, which ordinarily emerges from oil or gas refineries. As a result the country imports large volumes of polymers used in the manufacture of plastic packaging materials, chemicals and resins for the manufacture of various plastic based products. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

387. In the same vein, Zimbabwe disposes significant volumes of plastic waste every year, which are not biodegradable.

388. During the NDS1, Government will promote ventures which convert plastic waste into recycled plastic products through targeted incentives. In addition, the recycled plastic materials will also be used to manufacture other high value products such as housing for LED lighting bulbs. 95

389. These measures will reduce imports of plastic granules which are widely used by the local industry, create employment opportunities and stimulate sub sector manufacturing entities. Truck and Bus Manufacturing and Assembly Industry

390. The public and commercial transport sector has been undergoing transformation with a focus on improving inter and intra city travel. The major bus manufacturing companies in Zimbabwe have idle capacity which can be used in the production of buses and delivery trucks.

391. Over the past two years, the country has imported over US$70 million worth of public buses and delivery trucks taking advantage of a lower duty regime. This has drained the country of the much needed foreign currency to the detriment of local manufacturers.

392. This is despite local industry having capacity to competitively produce 65 such buses and 100 delivery truck per month with a local content of over 50%. During the Strategy Period, the main objective will be to support local industry to increase the supply of domestically manufactured buses and delivery trucks. This will benefit upstream industries that provide inputs such as bolts, batteries, steel sheets, tyres, upholstery, paint, carpet manufacturers, among others. This will also align to the requirements of the African Continental Free Trade Area of a threshold of 35% local content.

393. In addition to local production of buses, a strategy to enhance local assembly of private vehicles will be developed. Once implemented this strategy will have far reaching impact in terms of job creation and reduction of import bill spent on new and recycled vehicles and accessories. 96 Improved Supply of Domestically Assembled Buses and Deliver Trucks

394. During the Strategy Period, Government will take deliberate measures to facilitate the domestic assembling of buses. The following key performance indicators will be tracked in order to measure progress:- Increase the number of locally produced buses from 16% of total new buses in 2020 to 60% in 2025. Increase the number of locally produced delivery trucks from 4% in 2020 to 40% by 2025; Reduce the import bill on buses and delivery trucks by 44% and 36% respectively by 2025; Increase the number of people directly employed in the production of buses and trucks from less than 50 in 2020 to over 4 500 by 2025. Strategies to Support the Domestic Assembling of Buses and Trucks

395. During the NDS1 Period, measures will be put in place to utilise the idle capacity for the production of higher capacity buses and delivery trucks, which are cost effective, through implementation of the following strategies:- Government to prioritise procurement of locally manufactured buses and trucks; Enhance strategic partnerships with financial institutions to mobilise financial NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 resources based on guaranteed order book; Facilitate re-tooling; Encourage importation of Completely Knocked Down (CKD) and Semi Knocked Down (SKD) assembly kits through removal of import duties; and Manage the importation of buses. 97 Mineral Beneficiation Situational Analysis

396. Zimbabwe has a large, world-renowned endowment of mineral deposits. Despite having more than 40 minerals whose commercial viability has been demonstrated over the past years, Zimbabwe mainly exports unprocessed mineral ores, disadvantaging the nation in terms of jobs creation and enhanced revenue generation. Most mineral beneficiation facilities either lie idle or are underutilised. These include Fidelity Printers and Refiners, Alaska Copper refinery, Bindura Nickel Corporation refinery and Kwekwe Roasting plant.

397. Although the mineral commodities have over the years been generating over 60% of the country’s total exports, much of the sector’s contribution towards socio-economic development can be enhanced through mineral beneficiation and value addition.

398. In pursuance of investments in the mining sector, a basic and transparent cost- benefit analysis of such investments will be undertaken in order to minimise environmental damage, as well as ensure that local mining communities directly benefit and future generation do not inherit the cost incurred by the current generation.

399. In addition, inclusive and sustainable mining sector investments has the potential to catapult the country’s ability to meet the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

400. NDS1 aims to enhance mineral beneficiation and value addition through creation of value chains to anchor the national reindustrialisation policy, SADC Protocol on Mining and the Africa Mining Vision. The local mining sector will enhance its beneficiation and value addition strategy through five key minerals namely Gold, PGMs, Diamonds, Coal, and Chrome.

401. Mineral value chains will play a crucial facilitation role towards national reindustrialisation to build a strong integrated economy. The key performance targets during the NDS1 are as follows:- 98 Ɣ Number of gold service centres established from one (1) to fifteen (15). Ɣ Level of completion of at least one Base Metal Refinery (BMR) from zero to 100%. Ɣ Increase in the volume of cut and polished diamonds from 0.5% to 5% total production. Ɣ Increase in the number of coal-to-coke processing plants established from five (5) to ten (10). Ɣ Increase in the number of chrome ore-ferrochrome beneficiation plants established from six (6) to eleven (11).

402. In order to realise maximum value from the mineral beneficiation during NDS1, Government will target the following mineral value chains:- Ɣ Gold ore to bullion processing; Ɣ Diamond cutting and polishing; Ɣ Base metals (nickel , copper , iron, cobalt) recovery from PGMs; Ɣ Coal to Coke; and Ɣ Chrome to ferrochrome. Processing of gold ore to gold bullion for small scale miners

403. A considerable number of Artisanal and Small Scale Miners (ASMs) are involved in gold mining. Gold accounts for more than 30% of total mineral exports and has historically been the bedrock of mining and national socio-economic development. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Several refractory gold deposits currently lie idle due to unavailability of the requisite processing technology. These include Tiger Reef Mine, Indarama Mine and Bell Riverlea Mine.

404. Small scale miners lack the financial and technical capacity to set up gold processing facilities. Custom milling service centres, although numerously dotted around the country, charge high processing fees leaving the small scale miners unable to break even. 99

405. Centralised gold service centres will be established during the NDS1 Period and the small-scale miners will be capacitated through the Mining Industry Loan Fund (MILF) to reduce use of mercury through a structured national program, in line with the Minamata Convention.

406. During the NDS1 gold bullion deliveries to FPR by small scale miners will be increased from 15 tonnes to 24 tonnes by 2025. Strategies to improve gold ore processing for small scale miners

407. The following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1:- Ɣ Increase the establishment of gold service centres from 1 to 15 in the eight mining districts; Ɣ Reprocess the Kwekwe Roasting Plant Dump to unlock the gold interlocked in the dump; Ɣ Resuscitate the Kwekwe Roasting Plant to facilitate reopening of closed gold mines with refractory deposits; Ɣ Enhance capacitation of small scale miners through the Mining Industry Loan Fund (MILF); Ɣ Expedite clearance of mining title applications backlogs to facilitate new entrants and increased production complemented by implementation of the “use-it-or-lose- it“ principle; Ɣ Review and amend the Gold Trade Act; Ɣ Develop and implement a national Mercury Management Program for Artisanal and Small Scale gold miners funded by GEF; and Ɣ Formulate and implement the Artisanal Small Scale Gold Mining (ASGM) Policy to facilitate enhanced exploitation of gold deposits. 100 Diamond cutting and polishing

408. Zimbabwe is host to a large number of diamond deposits. Currently, 20 local companies are licensed to cut and polish diamonds. Whilst 10% of all locally produced diamonds are earmarked for local beneficiation, only about 0.5% are being cut and polished in the country.

409. Cut and polished diamonds are estimated to bring about 8% increase in value compared to exportation of raw diamonds, hence, the NDS1 will seek to increase the level of locally cut and polished diamonds from 0.5% to 5% by 2025. Strategies to enhance locally cut and polished diamonds

410. The following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period: - Ɣ Review and improve the licencing process for diamond cutting and polishing; Ɣ Review the licence application fees, renewal fees and tenure of the licence to be regionally and internationally competitive; and Ɣ Promote locally cut and polished diamonds through MMCZ to regional and international markets to enhance market penetration. Setting up of Base Metal refinery

411. Zimbabwe currently has three PGMs producers, namely Unki Mines (Pvt) Limited, Zimplats and Mimosa Mining Company. Several other companies are either at NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 exploration or mine development stages. These are Great Dyke Investments, Karo Platinum and Todal Mining Limited. Unki Mines (Pvt) Limited and Zimplats have smelting facilities producing matte, whilst Mimosa produces concentrates. Figure 14 below shows the various levels of beneficiation in the PGMs sector. 101 Figure 14: Levels of beneficiation in the PGMs sector Company Level of Beneficiation Process Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Flotation Smelting and Base Metal Refinery concentration Converting Product Flotation Converter Matte Copper, Nickel, Cobalt, Concentrate Ammonium Sulphate Unki ¥ ¥ X Zimplats ¥ ¥ X Mimosa ¥ X X Source: Ministry of Mines and Mining Development, 2020.

412. Presently, PGMs constitute the major foreign currency earner, contributing about 40% of all mineral exports. During the NDS1 Period, priority is to move up the PGMs value chain from concentrates and matte to Base Metal Refinery (BMR) stage, where copper, nickel and cobalt will be produced.

413. Moving up the value chain will ensure Zimbabwe benefits more from the PGMs through job creation and foreign currency earnings. Establishment of a Base Metal Refinery enhances economic activity through services provision, skills upgrade, technology transfer and infrastructure development to service the BMR processes. The level of completion in establishing the Base Metal Refinery from 0 to 100%, will be tracked during the NDS1 Period. Strategies for establishing a Base Metal Refinery

414. In order to successfully establish the Base Metal Refinery, the following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1:- 102 Ɣ Re-introduction of a beneficiation tax to dissuade exportation of concentrates and matte; and Ɣ Ensure adherence to set timelines for the establishment of the BMR. Processing of Chrome to ferrochrome

415. The country hosts the world's second biggest resource of chrome ore deposits. The chrome deposit grade is of high quality, best suited for metallurgical processes such as steel manufacturing. However, most of the chromite is exported as ore prejudicing the nation of jobs, and critical linkages for the setting up of downstream and other side stream industries connected to chrome beneficiation.

416. The establishment of ferrochrome processing plants will enhance job creation initiatives, generate more foreign currency earnings and catapult the nation towards steel manufacturing, which is the ultimate stage of chromite value addition.

417. Due to the energy intensive nature of ferrochrome smelters, small scale miners who constitute the bulk of chrome producers lack the financial capacity to install chrome smelters. During the NDS1 Period, focus will be on increasing ferrochrome processing facilities from six to eleven by 2025. Strategies to establish ferrochrome processing facilities.

418. The following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period:- NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Ɣ Avail land for setting up of chrome beneficiation facilities by prioritising issuance of chrome concessions to companies planning to establish integrated chrome mining and ferrochrome smelters; Ɣ Facilitate the availability of adequate feed to local ferrochrome producers by capacitating small scale chrome producers and minimising export of raw chrome; and Ɣ Export market development for ferrochrome. 103 Processing of Coal to Coke

419. The country hosts huge coal deposits with potential to produce coking coal and thermal coal. There are 5 coal-to-coke processing plants currently in the country. The country mainly exports unprocessed coal. Exporting coke and coke products has potential to generate increased revenue to the nation. During the NDS1 Period, more coal-to-coke processing plants will be established to enhance revenue generation and job creation. Strategies to establishing coal-to-coke processing plants

420. The following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period :- Facilitate availability of adequate feedstock to coke ovens prior to exportation of coal; Expedite the establishment of coke oven batteries through provision of land and expediting processing of mining title applications; and Promote setting up of coke oven batteries as a prerequisite to the issuance of coal mining title. Coal Bed Methane Gas Value Chain

421. Success in harnessing energy from vast deposits of coal bed methane gas deposits, can be a game changer to Zimbabwe, a country in great need of a variety of petrochemical outputs, urea, pharmaceuticals, solvents, polymers and other complex products which can be manufactured from methane gas.

422. Exploration of coal bed methane gas resources, which are the largest in the region will require extensive involvement of Government, investors and tertiary institutions. However, exploration of the resources has encountered numerous false starts. 104

423. During the NDS1, a methane gas extraction and development programme as well as measures to develop the related value chains will be vigorously pursued. Rare Earth Mineral to Complex Products Value chains

424. Zimbabwe has a large endowment of rare earth minerals, which have not been fully explored.

425. Rare earth minerals can create high income global value chains linkages. This can bring into the country new investments and technologies which can have a ripple effect on the economy.

426. In addition, substantial technology transfers can impact positively Zimbabwe’s innovations hubs in various universities and tertiary institutions.

427. Figure 15 below shows a table of economic transformation which can arise from industrial processing and production of goods and services from rare earth resources such as neodymium, lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium and gadolinium, among others. Figure 15: Rare Minerals Value Chains Rare Earth Mineral Uses Neodymium Used in the manufacture of powerful magnets, computer hard drives, wind turbines and hybrid cars Lanthanum Used in the manufacture of carbon lighting applications such as cameras NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 and telescope lenses Cerium Used in the manufacture of catalytic convertors and some crude oil refining Praseodymium Used in the manufacture of aircraft engines and special glasses Gadolinium Used in X-ray and MRI scanning systems and manufacture of refrigerators which do not emit greenhouse gasses such as CFC’s or chlorofluorocarbons Yttrium, Terbium, Used in the manufacture of memory chips for computers, televisions and Europium other visual display devices, which different colours. Europium was also important in the manufacture of control rods used in nuclear reactors. 105

428. Products manufactured from rare earths will result in the launch of Zimbabwe’s complex product exports which correlate with high income per capita. Given the complext technology required, vhe thrust during the NDS1 Period is to create a preparatory work by prioritising the formulation of Rare Earth Mineral Policy. Programmes to support the Minerals Beneficiation Yttrium, Terbium, Used in the manufacture of memory chips for computers, televisions and Europium other visual display devices, which different colours. Europium was also important in the manufacture of control rods used in nuclear reactors.

428. Products manufactured from rare earths will result in the launch of Zimbabwe’s complex product exports which correlate with high income per capita. Given the complext technology required, the thrust during the NDS1 Period is to create preparatory work by prioritising the formulation of Rare Earth Mineral Policy. Programmes to support the Minerals Beneficiation

429. The following Programmes will be implemented to support Minerals Beneficiation:- Ɣ Strategic promotion of mining development, Mineral Beneficiation and value chain creation (over-the-counter exchange to fund the ASM sector); Ɣ Enhanced Mining Research and adoption of ICTs (Computerised Mining Cadastre Information Management System); Ɣ Enhanced Mineral Resource Governance; Ɣ Improved Compliance and Risk Management; Ɣ Improved Mining Title Management; Ɣ Mining Performance Management (Use it or lose it principle); and Ɣ Effective Provincial Administration in mining. Improving linkage of the Services Sector with Productive Sectors The distribution sector, which includes wholesale and retail trade, represents the bulk of internal trade and serves as a major link between consumers and producers. However, the country’s distribution sub-sector is largely import dependent which presents weak linkages with domestic productive sectors whilst exerting pressure on the country’s Balance of Payments position.

430. In order to realise the aspirations of the NDS1 of import substitution and domestication of value chains, there will be an aggressive campaign towards locally produced products, targeting to increase the proportion of shelf space occupied by local basic products to at least 80%. 106 Strategies to improve domestic trade

431. During the Strategy Period, the following strategies will be implemented in order to boost domestic trade: - Promotion of Buy Zimbabwe Campaign; Capacitate and Strengthen the National Competitiveness Commission to enhance national competitiveness; Implement the National Quality Infrastructure Project for Zimbabwe; Enforcement of the Competition Act and the Consumer Protection Act; and Effective regulation and monitoring of legal metrology. Enhancing Competitiveness

432. The target under the NDS1 is to improve both the Global Competitiveness and Ease of Doing Business rankings to below 100.

433. To realise the milestones, focus will be on reviewing business regulations and doing business procedures. Further, priority will be to undertake skills audit and address the gaps. The National Competitiveness Commission will also produce a periodic industrial competiveness index in order to closely monitor local progress. SMEs Development and Rural Industrialisation

434. The country’s manufacturing sector has declined over the past 20 years resulting in NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 de-industrialisation and this has seen the emergence of the SMEs across key productive sectors, including manufacturing and mining.

435. Despite the significant dominance of SMEs in the sector, they have been facing a myriad of challenges that include limited access to finance, inadequate and costly workspaces, lack of proper technologies and machinery, inadequate skills among 107 others, resulting in the high cost of doing business and informalisation of the manufacturing sector.

436. Support and development of the SMEs will be critical to achieve targets for the manufacturing sector and will also promote rural industrialisation. Competitive advantages of all Provinces in the country will be utilised during the implementation of this Strategy and decentralisation of economic activity from major cities and towns will be pursued.

437. During the NDS1 Period, Government will support SMEs to improve production capabilities with a view to reduce poverty and increase incomes, both in rural and urban areas of the country. Increasing performance of SMEs in the Production of Value Added Products

438. The thrust under the sub-sector will be to increase linkages of SMEs ‘anchor’ companies in all the value chains and promote investments in the marginalised areas. Specific targets include the following:- Increase the percentage contribution of SMEs in volume of manufacturing index by 10% annually for the period 2021 to 2025; Increase the number of SMEs in the manufacturing sector by 15000 in the period 2021 to 2025; Increase the number of SMEs in the manufacturing sector operating in the rural areas by 5 000 from 2021 to 2025. Strategies to Increase Performance of SMEs in the Production of Value Added Products

439. During the NDS1 Period, Government will support SMEs to improve production capabilities with a view to reduce poverty and increasing incomes, both in rural and urban areas of the country through:- 108 Specialised training for SMEs in Business Process Re-engineering, product development, standardisation and certification and other production related training; Provision of funding for working capital and production machinery at concessionary rates; Provision of appropriate and affordable infrastructure; Engage development partners to assist SMEs with machinery; Development of innovation hubs and clusters in the Provinces to aid rural industrialisation; Implement one village, one product concept; Provision of incentives for the development of a one village, one product concept; and Enhance participation of SMEs in public procurement.

440. In order to promote value chains, Government will also implement the following programmes during the Strategy Period:- Industrialisation; Consumer Protection Standards and Quality Assurance; Economic Empowerment; Mineral Beneficiation; Competitiveness; Local Content Strategy; Harnessing Diaspora Investment; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 SMEs Development. 109 CHAPTER 6 INFRASTRUCTURE, UTILITIES AND DIGITAL ECONOMY: THE ECONOMIC GROWTH ENABLERS Introduction

441. The quality of infrastructure in an economy is a measure of the quality of life of the citizens in a country. Further, the amount of a nation’s infrastructure has an important bearing on sustainable long-term economic growth. Infrastructure and Utilities Situational Analysis

442. The past two decades have been marred by economic challenges, which led to difficulties in ensuring the continuous rehabilitation and maintenance of infrastructure including expansion of critical areas.

443. Infrastructure in Zimbabwe has been deteriorating over the last two decades. This has resulted in Zimbabwe being ranked number 127 out of 138 countries in the Infrastructure Index under the 2017-2018 World Economic Forum Global Competitiveness Report.

444. The decline in the infrastructure stemmed from numerous factors, including the following: - Inadequate levels of public expenditure for routine and periodic maintenance including maintenance and rehabilitation of the infrastructure networks; Lack of an integrated approach in infrastructure investment planning compounded by substantial loss of skills; 110 Lack of progress in building institutional capacities for management and regulation of the basic services; Low investment in infrastructure by both public and private sectors; Inadequate funding for capital and operating expenditure; Low levels of support from Development Partners due to arrears among other challenges; Capacity constraints in managing the whole project cycle including weak implementation capacity; Unviable utility charges which make it difficult for institutions to re-invest in infrastructure; Weak monitoring and evaluation mechanisms; and Limited foreign and domestic investment.

445. The deterioration in the country’s basic infrastructure has had serious impact on productive sectors of the economy and on the level and quality of services to the public at large.

446. During the NDS1 Period, efficient infrastructure delivery will be key in the realisation of National Priorities and overall socio-economic development.

447. This will involve restoration of basic infrastructure services such as roads and expansion in critical areas mainly targeting key sectors of energy, transport, water and sanitation, Information and Communication Technology and Housing. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

448. The targeted infrastructure sector outcomes in the Strategy will be underpinned by clearly defined and realistic sector strategies and interventions, including performance indicators geared towards ensuring restoration of basic infrastructure services that contribute meaningfully to economic growth and development.

449. Public Investment Management capacity building programmes will also be undertaken for implementing agencies involved in infrastructure delivery to improve efficiency and effectiveness in the execution and achievement of sector outcomes. 111 Provision of Improved Infrastructure and Services Strategies

450. The infrastructure and utilities priority area is comprised of Energy, Water & Sanitation and Transport sectors.

451. In order to achieve improved infrastructure and access to services, the following strategies will be implemented:- Maintaining and repairing existing infrastructure and equipment; Completing on-going and stalled projects; Attract FDI in infrastructure; Up-scaling Private sector investment in the provision of public infrastructure; Promoting facilities that cater for people with disabilities; Promoting research and development in infrastructure; Capacitating implementing agencies; Designing and implementing climate proofing and resilient infrastructure; and Promoting infrastructure sharing. Energy Supply

452. The availability of reliable power supply is a basic requirement for all Zimbabwean citizens. In this regard, improved access to energy supplies is fundamentally important for all other industrial and domestic services.

453. Under the NDS1 Period, priority will be on development of reliable, adequate, low priced power. An efficient and viable energy sector will ensure economic stability and growth, given the forward and backward linkages with the rest of the economy. 112

454. Despite modest interventions in the sector, the country continues to experience significant electricity shortages, mainly due to aged infrastructure dating back to 1950s that has lacked sustained maintenance and upgrading.

455. Consequently, the national electricity access rate is around 41 % and a significant urban-rural disparity exists. About 80% of the rural population lack access to electricity.

456. Overall dependency on hydro power amidst effects of climatic change is exerting more burden on current electricity supply. The reliance on power imports on the backdrop of regional shortages is also not sustainable.

457. During the NDS1 Period, in order to ensure improved energy supply the objective is to increase power supply from the current installed capacity of 2317MW to 3467 MW by the year 2025 and construction of additional 280km of transmission and distribution network by 2025.

458. This energy supply position would mean that there will be no more energy imports by 2025. Strategies to increase energy supply

459. Key strategies under the NDS1, which are geared towards increasing energy supply include the development of an Integrated Energy Resource Master Plan, completion NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 of ongoing energy projects as well as construction of new energy generating capacity and upgrading, rehabilitation and maintenance of the existing energy infrastructure.

460. In order to increase private sector participation in electricity generation, Government will promote Independent Power Producers. 113

461. To drive up efficiencies, priority will be to scale up regional integration and power purchase agreements across SAPP members.

462. Further, during the NDS1 Period, diversification of the energy mix through promotion of other sources of energy such as renewable source, methane among others will be prioritised. This will be supported by performance monitoring and research on energy supply and utilisation.

463. Additionally, the Fuel Distribution Nodal System will be developed to ensure that under serviced areas have improved access to fuel service stations.

464. Implementation of new projects will be consistent with the Energy Resource Master Plan that will be developed during the Strategy Period. Access to Modern Energy

465. The country lies at the epicentre of the SAPP transmission grid, with most of the power coming from the north and to the south being wheeled through the ZETDC network.

466. However, the current capacity of transmission and distribution network is not coping with demand and is limiting access to electricity by domestic and industrial users.

467. Additionally, most of the transmission network needs extensive rehabilitation and replacement of network lines and transformers that have suffered from vandalism.

468. The objective under the NDS1 is to improve access to modern energy through expanding and reinforcing the transmission grid to ensure system stability and security of supplies. Access to electricity for both rural and urban areas is envisaged to increase from 44% in 2020 to 54% by 2025. 114 Strategies to improve Access to Modern Energy

469. The following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period in order to ensure improved access to modern energy: - Implementation of a programme for demand side management to ensure more efficient use of power supplies among consumers; Implementation of a comprehensive programme of financial restructuring for the transmission and distribution utility (ZETDC) to ensure that it has the capacity to enter into power purchase agreements with private suppliers of electricity; Investment in network upgrading and regional transmission to improve the country’s electricity wheeling capacity; Expand the transmission and distribution network as informed by analytical studies; Strengthen reactive power compensation equipment; Strengthening of energy sector planning process; Build capacity for local manufacture of Renewable Energy products; Regularly review the pricing policies to ensure cost recovery; and Creation of an Independent System and Market Operator (ISMO) to assist in Generation Resource Planning and buying of power from generators. Programmes and Projects NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

470. Key programmes and projects targeted for implementation during the Strategy Period in order improve and ensure access to modern energy include the following: Renewable Energy Policy; Clean Energy Access; Rural Electrification Programme underpinned by Expanded Rural Electrification and Electricity End-Use Infrastructure Development; E-mobility Promotion; Fuel Supply and Strategic Reserve Management; 115 Replacement ad upgrading of transformer capacity; and Institutional Capacity Building.

471. The above-targeted programmes will be realised through implementation of the following critical projects among others:- Transmission and distribution projects such as ZIZABONA, Alaska Karoi; Hwange 7 & 8 Power Expansion Project transmission Network; Batoka Hyro Power Transmission Network; and Procurement of transformers. Energy Efficiency

472. Sustainable development requires that energy is extracted efficiently without compromising social, economic and environmental issues. The other dimension is of producing using less energy with minimum environmental damage and costs.

473. The country’s energy needs have increased considerably due to population growth, technological changes as well as changes in living standards. Outcomes of Energy efficiency

474. During the NDS1 Period the objective is to achieve energy efficiency levels that ensures use of minimum level of energy to obtain the maximum economic output whilst minimising harm to people and the environment.

475. In order to achieve the targeted outcomes of improved energy efficiency, the following strategies will be prioritised during the NDS1 Period:- Complete and implement energy efficiency policy and regulations; Promote energy efficiency and conservation efforts; Promote new and renewable energy sources; 116 Promote research and development in the use of new technologies; Promote use of high technology equipment and plants in industry; Undertake performance monitoring on energy efficiency; and Fleet Age Policy.

476. The key programmes targeted for implementation during the Strategy Period aimed at improving efficiency in energy use are as follows:- Energy Conservation and Renewable Energy; Infrastructure Maintenance and Rehabilitation; Decommissioning of Old Inefficient Plant and Equipment; Demand Side Management; and Energy Efficiency Capacity Building. Water, Sanitation and Hygiene Situational Analysis

477. Access to clean, safe water and adequate sanitation facilities, is a basic human right. Water, sanitation and hygiene has multiple forward and backward economic linkages to key sectors including agriculture, energy and the mining sector. The availability of water and sanitation services, however, remains a huge challenge in the country.

478. Due to economic challenges among others, the water supply and sanitation systems NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 and services in many urban and rural areas have deteriorated, adversely affecting water-dependent businesses and households. The water and sanitation situation remains weak with uneven outcomes. Only 29.7% of households in the country have access to improved water sources and sanitation. 117

479. The majority of the sewerage systems have experienced large-scale blockages, water treatment plants are dysfunctional and lack chemicals while many distribution systems that have fallen into disrepair.

480. Additionally, unreliable energy supply has affected efficient operation of the water supply and sewerage systems in urban areas. Erratic water supply has led to decreased industrial production and breakouts of water borne health crises.

481. Limited funding in the absence of effective Development Partner support and private sector investments have also affected financial capacity necessary to develop the water sector.

482. This is being compounded by the current non-cost reflective tariff structure, which is adversely affecting the ability of Local Authorities to undertake their mandate of building, operating, upgrading and maintaining water infrastructure including the conveyancing and reticulations systems. Water Supply

483. The thrust of improved water supply during the Strategy Period hinges on ensuring that the proportion of the country’s population using a secure, potable drinking water source increases. The target is to increase access to potable water from 77.3% to at least 90% by 2025 and water storage capacity from the current 15.423X10ປ mega litres to 16.979X10ປ mega litres by 2025. Strategies to improve water supply

484. During the Strategy Period, a number of strategies will be implemented to ensure improved water supply and storage facilities taking cognisance of the climate resilience issues as well as safety and security of water bodies. 118

485. The strategies will encompass the development of the National Dam Safety Plan and its implementation, strengthening existing capacities for water resources management and the further development of water resources to cater for existing and future demand as well as reducing hydrological and climatic vulnerability.

486. Rehabilitation and development of basic water storage and transport infrastructure facilities such as canals, pipelines and treatment plants will be prioritised during the NDS1 Period. This will include implementation of analytical studies, technical support, and capacity building for institutions with responsibilities of water resource management.

487. Drilling and hydrological investigations as well as expansion of hydrological stations will be prioritised in order to provide basic information for management of national water resources.

488. During the NDS1 Period, construction works on ongoing dam projects will be accelerated while the inspection programme for all major dams in the country to assess risks to public safety, extent of water losses, and extent of siltation will be strengthened.

489. To ensure sustainability of the water resource, demand management will be reinforced and ZINWA operations will be commercialised to ensure cost recovery when supplying raw and treated water for agricultural, household and industrial use. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Sanitation Services

490. The key objective under improved sanitation services is to expand access to improved sanitation facilities from 70.22% to 77.32% in both urban and rural areas, with particular attention to reducing open defecation in rural areas. 119

491. Additionally, priority will be on addressing weaknesses in capacities in the delivery of adequate sanitation services which include mobilisation of financial resources, human capital, technical skills, and equipment. Key Strategies to increase Access to Improved Sanitation Facilities

492. During the Strategy Period, key strategies to achieve improved sanitation services include expansion of the on-going programmes that are targeting rehabilitation of the existing urban and rural network of sanitation facilities.

493. Implementation of institutional reforms that will strengthen coordination and implementation of sanitation programmes, and expansion of on-going hygiene education programmes for urban and rural communities will be prioritised. This will also include strengthening institutional capacities and coordination to enhance provision of sanitation in rural and urban areas.

494. Further, routine maintenance will be reinforced. This will be complemented by increasing capacity building on hygiene education programmes, public accountability and credibility of public entities responsible for provision of sanitation in both rural and urban areas. Transport Infrastructure and Services

495. The economic challenges experienced over the past two decades have affected the ability of the country to ensure continuous and sustained rehabilitation and maintenance of transport infrastructure. Additionally, over-reliance on road transportation is putting pressure on already depreciated road networks, requiring extensive rehabilitation. 120 Situation Analysis

496. Over the past two decades, transport infrastructure has deteriorated as a result of long periods of inadequate maintenance, rehabilitation and upgrading. Roads and Bridge Infrastructure

497. Given the strategic importance of the road network in enhancing accessibility as well as promoting domestic and regional trade as a key transport corridor, the priority is to ensure that the assets are rehabilitated and preserved. Of the total estimated 84,000 km of road network, equivalent to 93% of the network is in fair or poor condition and in need of rehabilitation or periodic maintenance.

498. In this regard, the NDS1 will target to increase the number of kilometres of road network converted to meet Southern Africa Transport and Communications Commission (SATCC) standards from 5% to 10% by 2025 and to increase the number of kilometres of road network in good condition from 14 702km to 24 500km by 2025. Key Strategies to Improve Transport Infrastructure and Services

499. Over the NDS1 Period, Government will prioritise completion of ongoing road projects where significant progress has been achieved, but work remains uncompleted because of lack of funding.

500. Further, focus will be on rehabilitation of damaged sections of the trunk road system NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 starting with uncompleted projects and the completion of the upgrading of unpaved trunk roads to surfaced standards.

501. It has been noted that a road can become an economy. In this regard, during the NDS1 Period, focus will be on development of feeder roads into communities as a way of developing underdeveloped remote areas. 121

502. Further, the following strategies will be implemented:- Clearing the maintenance backlog in primary, secondary and feeder road networks; Upgrading of unpaved trunk roads to surfaced standards including uncompleted bridge construction along highly trafficked roads to prevent further loss; Develop a long-term national road infrastructure improvement plan to upscale private investments and Development Partner assistance in the sector; Expansion of network capacities in areas that are most important for access to markets and services by rural communities and rural business activities; Strengthening of financial and institutional capacities for regular maintenance of the network and for oversight of the road transport industry; Maximise the use of locally available resources including local contractors in the upgrading, rehabilitation, and maintenance as well as construction of roads infrastructure; Implementation of reforms in the roads sector to align Zimbabwe more closely with the requirements of the SADC Protocol on Transport, Communications and Meteorology; Economic evaluation of the road investment options to determine the optimal investment scenarios including low cost interventions on the highly trafficked roads that yield the most savings to the economy; and Review the current road user fees with the objective of ensuring cost recovery and re-investment in the road infrastructure. Programmes

503. The following programmes will be implemented:- Planned periodic and routine maintenance of existing roads infrastructure; Road rehabilitation; and Road construction in line with SATCC standards. 122

504. A number of key road projects, including the Harare-Beitbridge Road will be undertaken during the NDS1 Period. Road Transport Services

505. Improved road transport services are critical in improving accessibility, facilitating both domestic, regional and international trade through facilitating the movement of goods and people.

506. The poor condition of a large part of our road network has had direct and indirect impacts on the road transport safety. The average number of accidents per year between 2010 and 2017 was 36,105 and the average number of people dying as a result of road accidents was 1,836. In 2016, the total number of accidents were 38,620 increasing to 42,430 in 2017. Similarly, the number of fatal accidents also increased from 2016 to 1,358 in 2017.

507. The objective during the NDS1 Period is to achieve high quality and efficient public transport services covering both the rural and urban areas. The target will be to reduce road accidents and fatalities by 25% margin per annum. Strategies to Improve Road Transport Services

508. During the implementation of the NDS1, the following strategies will be prioritised to improve road transport services; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Ensuring that road authorities install and maintain appropriate road signs on new and existing roads; Installation of visible road markings and signs that are less prone to vandalism; Implementing traffic management measures including traffic signs in line with regional standards, and ensuring that all possible engineering deficiencies on “black spots” are rectified; 123 Establishment of standards for testing of persons for the issue of learners’ licenses and certificates of competency; Enforce safe driving practices or influence engineering design of roads to improve safety; and Implementation of reforms that address road safety including dissemination of information on road safety and undertake regular traffic surveys. Rail Transport

509. A good railway network is key to the growth of domestic, regional, and international trade through connecting all major economic centers. It provides transport services for bulk raw materials, finished goods, and passengers. In addition, a good railway network also eases the burden on the road networks as well as reducing the costs of transportation of goods and services.

510. The country’s railway network is of strategic importance through its interconnectedness with other national networks along the North–South corridor. However, the network has experienced a number of challenges associated with aging track infrastructure, including insufficient ballast, rail wear, lack of spare parts, deteriorating earthworks, and obsolete rail signaling and communications equipment.

511. Out of the total rail network of 2,627 km, about 229 km or 9% is under caution. The deteriorated infrastructure has also led to prevalence of accidents and derailments.

512. Rolling stock also suffers from low availability and utilisation and, as a result, the railway is not able to meet current demand for freight services. Currently, out of a total fleet size of 166 locomotives, only 60 are operational.

513. Resultantly, freight carriage has fallen from a peak of 18 million tonnes in 2007 to current averages of 3 million tonnes per annum. 124 Outcomes of Rail Transport

514. The objective of rail transport under the NDS1 is to improve the rail infrastructure and increase freight as well as passenger movement. The target under the NDS1 is to increase the proportion of track meeting set standards (Track Quality Index) from 57% in 2020 to 68% by 2025, as well as increasing freight cargo moved from 2.6 million tonnes per annum in 2020 to 6.7 million tonnes per annum by 2025. Strategies to improve Rail Infrastructure

515. To achieve outcome of improved rail infrastructure and services, Government will expedite the restructuring and unbundling of National Railways of Zimbabwe (NRZ) into State Owned Railway Infrastructure Company (Infrastructure Management) and a Privately Owned Railway Services Company (Operations).

516. Further, NDS1 will prioritise the following:- Recapitalisation of NRZ targeting refurbishment and replacement of NRZ rolling stock, signalling, ICT and track infrastructure; Developing long-term Rail Infrastructure Development Plan; Implementation of cost-based user fees, in line with regional benchmarks to improve operational and financial performance as well as to enable re-investment in infrastructure; Rebuilding customer confidence through Service Level Agreements (SLA) NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 between NRZ and its regular customers; Up-scaling private investment and participation in infrastructure through long- term national rail Infrastructure Development Plan; and Capacity building including training of artisans to improve the availability of rolling stock. 125 Programmes and Projects

517. The above NDS1 strategies will entail implementation of the following: - Procurement of rolling stock including locomotives, wagons and coaches; Rehabilitation and upgrading of track infrastructure; Rehabilitation and upgrading of signal and communication equipment; Rehabilitation and upgrading of electrical infrastructure; Rehabilitation and upgrading of plant and equipment; Upgrading of Information Communication Technology; Capacity building programme; and Technical studies. Air Transport Infrastructure and Services

518. Air safety and security as well as airside and landside facilities are essential for the development and rebuilding of the country’s tourism industry. Increasing investments in aviation infrastructure can open up the country to more regional trade and increase the country’s competitiveness in the region.

519. Government over the past years has been making considerable efforts to improve the civil aviation infrastructure. However, more still needs to be done in terms of rehabilitation, upgrading, maintenance and expansion in critical areas.

520. The current air traffic control and safety equipment is old and in need of replacement. Closely related to traffic surveillance is the capability for aircraft communication to and from the ground as well as other airport handling equipment and facilities. Outcomes of Air Transport Infrastructure and Services

521. Under the NDS1, the main objective is to have a reliable safe world-class air transport infrastructure and services. The target is to increase the annual cargo 126 handling capacity from 40.2 million tonnes to 43.0 million tonnes by 2025 and the number of passengers uplifted from 0.5 million to 2 million by 2025. Strategies to Improve Air Transport Infrastructure and Services

522. To improve air transport infrastructure and services, Government will implement the following strategies:- Complete the substantial rehabilitation and upgrading of aviation infrastructure at the airports; Improve airspace management, safety and security as well as airport operations; Continue to liberalise the air transport market and finalise the way forward for Air Zimbabwe; Launch a privatisation programme to attract much needed private sector funding for rehabilitation and upgrade of airport facilities to accommodate the projected growth in passenger and freight movements; Pursue the route of PPPs to expedite completion of the key capital infrastructural projects especially relating to aviation safety; Operationalise the Bilateral Air Service Agreements (BASAs) to facilitate market access; Clear arrears to IATA in order to pave way for re-admission into alliances; Up-scale private investment and participation in infrastructure through long-term National Air Infrastructure Development Plan; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Promote local network and connectivity (Routes, frequency and reliability of services). Marine Infrastructure and Services

523. Inspite of the size of the marine sub sector, it plays a pivotal role in economic development as it is key in promoting growth in the tourism industry through boat cruise and other leisure activities. 127

524. During the NDS1 Period, marine infrastructure and services will be prioritised to increase the passenger handling. The target will be to increase capacity and number of boats handled from 1 300 in 2020 to 1 400 by 2025. Strategies to improve Marine Infrastructure and Services

525. The key strategies that will be prioritised under the NDS1 include the following:- Upgrading, maintenance and rehabilitation of marine infrastructure; Developing long-term National Marine Infrastructure Development Plan; Implementing cost-based user fees in line with regional benchmarks; and Up-scaling private investment and participation in infrastructure. Programmes

526. During the Strategic Period, the following programmes will be implemented: - Inland Infrastructure Development; and Inland Water Safety Standards. 128 Digital Economy

527. Information Communication Technologies (ICTs), are key enablers of economic development, hence their entrenchment across all national development strategies for universal access to be attained by 2030 is indispensable.

528. Knowledge intense products and services rely on ICTs. During the NDS1 Period, in an effort to move the economy towards production of complex products and services, Government will promote the development of ICTs. This will improve Zimbabwe’s international ranking on Country and Product Complexity which as of 2018 was 109 out of 133 countries.

529. During the NDS1 Period, in order to enhance ICTs usage, measures will be put in place to develop smart programmes such as smart Government systems, smart agriculture, smart health and smart transport and safe cities through using ICTs.

530. Implementation of e-Government services has progressed steadily, through investments in the requisite ICT infrastructure, introduction of e-services to the citizenry in areas such as health, education, research and development, as well as the creation of Community Information Centres in some of the disadvantaged communities.

531. Over the past decade, great strides have been achieved in the uptake and use of NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Information Communication Technologies, as evidenced by the high active mobile penetration rates of 94.2% and the internet penetration rate, which stood at 59.1%, as at the first quarter of 2020. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic presented new opportunities for the sector, which can be fully exploited during the Strategy Period.

532. Notwithstanding the positive strides, the ICT sector is faced with challenges related to underutilisation of ICT infrastructure as reflected by slow pace in embracing ICTs in service delivery, particularly e-government. 129

533. In addition, the slow pace in the implementation of ICT infrastructure sharing has negatively affected performance of the sector leading to high access costs.

534. Further, the sector has been adversely affected by lack of access to capital, low investment in both hardware and software ICT components, shortage of critical ICT skills and low investment in Research and Development. Application of ICTs has also been weighed down by erratic power supply.

535. Whilst there has been significant improvement in the laying of ICT Backbone infrastructure, there is still a challenge in terms of last mile connectivity.

536. From the above-mentioned challenges, Zimbabwe in 2017 was ranked 136 out of 176 countries with an ICT Development Index (IDI) of 2.92. Access and Usage of ICTs

537. The country intends to have internet access at village level by 2030, through the extension of the fibre optic backbone, and last mile connectivity. In this regard, Government, during NDS1 Period, targets to increase internet penetration rate from 59.1% in 2020 to 75.42% by 2025. Further, the mobile penetration rate is also expected to be increased to 100% by 2025. Key Strategies to Improve Access and Usage of ICTs

538. In order to achieve improved service delivery through online digital platforms, Government will develop and impart appropriate ICT skills within the public sector whilst at the same time prioritising implementation of an effective change management program to ensure improved adaptation of ICTs. 130

429. The following Programmes will be implemented to support Minerals Beneficiation:- Ɣ Strategic promotion of mining development, Mineral Beneficiation and value chain creation (over-the-counter exchange to fund the ASM sector); Ɣ Enhanced Mining Research and adoption of ICTs (Computerised Mining Cadastre Information

539. Government will also Management System); expedite implementation of National ICT Device Factory, Ɣ Government upgrade Enhanced Mineral Resource Internet Governance; Services Provider (GISP) infrastructure to Ɣ utilisation improve Improved Compliance of ICTs. and Risk Management; Ɣ Improved Mining Title Management;

540. DuringƔ Mining implementation Performance Management of the NDS1, (Usewill priority it or losebeit on also principle); and of E- development Ɣ Effective Government Provincial Architecture Enterprise Administration in mining. and Interoperability Framework, implementation of National Data Centre, improved coverage of the PFMS, as well as Improving linkage of the Services Sector with Productive Sectors enhancement and optimisation of Government common connectivity infrastructure in order to realise improved efficiency and effectiveness in Government internal The distribution sector, which includes wholesale and retail trade, represents the bulk operations and administration. of internal trade and serves as a major link between consumers and producers. However, the country’s distribution sub-sector is largely import dependent which

541. Development of e-Government Cyber Security System will be adopted in order to presents weak linkages with domestic productive sectors whilst exerting pressure on reduce cyber related crimes. the country’s Balance of Payments position.

542. In addition, the NDS1 targets full utilisation of the Whole of Government

430. In order to Performance realise the Management aspirations System of the (WoGPMS) and NDS1 MDA of importManagement specific substitution and domestication Information Systemsofwill valuebe chains, there will be an aggressive campaign towards locally implemented. produced products, targeting to increase the proportion of shelf space occupied by

543. Key projects that will be implemented to achieve improved efficiency and local basic products to at least 80%. effectiveness of services delivery by Government through online digital platforms 106 include the following:- Creation of data collection standard and its provision; Systems interoperability standards for ICT gateways; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Unified portal and universal access channels. Strategies to Increase ICT Usage

544. In order to increase ICT usage, Government will strengthen the establishment of ICT access centres across the country with particular emphasis on marginalised areas. This will be reinforced through expansion of communication infrastructure, mainstreaming of ICTs to all sectors and provision of affordable access to ICTs. 131

545. The outcome of improved ICT usage will be achieved through implementation of the following programmes and projects: ICT Applications Services; ICT Infrastructure Development and Maintenance; ICT Capacity Building and Training; ICT innovation hubs; ID verification linked to the Registrar General’s Office; Digital Deeds Database; Digital database development; and Automation of water supply system (Telemetry). Improving Access to ICTs

546. The overarching goal is to have affordable, accessible, ubiquitous and reliable ICT infrastructure that is fundamental to achieving an inclusive digital economy.

547. To improve access to ICTs, Government will ensure the deployment of broadband infrastructure as well as implementation of the Last Mile Connectivity.

548. In addition, access to ICTs will be enhanced through digitalisation of radio and television transmission complemented by infrastructure sharing among telecommunication companies. Programmes to Improve Access to ICTs

549. To achieve improved access to ICTs, the following programmes will be implemented during NDS1 Period:- ICT Infrastructure Development and Maintenance; ICT Application Services. 132 Increasing Investments in ICTs

550. Investment in ICTs targeted at improving availability of ICT services among citizens will be prioritised during the Strategy Period. This will be achieved through promotion of private investment in ICTs, provision of incentives and implementation of investor friendly policies in the ICT sector.

551. Further, supporting ICTs innovation, technology transfers and adoption will complement investment in ICTs. Programmes to Increase Investments in ICTs

552. Increased investments in ICTs will be achieved through implementation of the following programmes and projects:- Ease of doing business reforms in ICTs; Special Economic Zones for ICTs; and ICT Applications Services. Improving Compliance with ICT Regulations and Policies

553. Compliance with ICT policies and regulations is targeted to increase from 75% to 85% whilst the number of policies and regulations enacted is targeted to increase from 0 to 5 during the NDS1 Period.

554. To achieve improved compliance with ICT regulations and policies, Government will NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 prioritise enforcement of ICT sector policies and regulations as well as improvement in ICT governance. Programmes

555. Improved compliance with ICT regulations and policies will be achieved through implementation of the following programmes:- ICTs sector policies and regulations; 133 ICT Governance; ICT Applications Development and Management; ICT Infrastructure Development and Management; and ICT Monitoring and Evaluation. Increasing Consumer Satisfaction and Protection in the Use of ICTs

556. Protection of consumer rights in the digital domain and fostering of a trustworthy online environment will be prioritised during the Strategy Period.

557. Further, to ensure increased consumer satisfaction and protection in the use of ICTs, Government will strengthen implementation of the Cyber Security Strategy. Programmes

558. Promulgation of the Cyber Security Act will be prioritised during the NDS1 Period in order to ensure Increased Consumer Satisfaction and protection on use of ICTs. Increasing ICT literacy

559. As the country strives to improve ICT literacy, priority will be to mainstream ICTs into the national curriculum as well as rolling out of ICT capacity development programmes, during the Strategy Period. Programmes

560. Increased ICT literacy will be achieved through the following programmes: ICTs critical Skills Audit; Implementation of ICT Literacy Research and Development Programme; ICT Capacity Development; and ICT Application Services. 134 CHAPTER 7 HOUSING DELIVERY Introduction

561. Adequate housing that is secure, peaceful and has dignity is a fundamental right for every citizen. The Constitution of Zimbabwe, in Section 28, identifies shelter as one of the national objectives. As such, “the State and all institutions and agencies of Government at every level must take reasonable legislative and other measures, within the limits of the resources available to them, to enable every person to have access to adequate shelter”. Situational Analysis

562. The TSP identified Housing Delivery as one of the Programmes targeted for implementation under Priority Public Infrastructure. The focus was on prioritising provision of housing stands and the requisite social amenities to address the housing backlog. Furthermore, all outstanding institutional accommodation projects that had stalled due to the economic challenges of the past decade were targeted for completion.

563. Despite the aforementioned aspirations, the country continues to experience a huge housing backlog, particularly in urban areas. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

564. In the absence of planned interventions to cater for the growing urban population, informal settlements have in some cases developed on untitled land in and around most urban areas. These settlements lack basic services and social amenities. The problem is further compounded by inadequacies of existing infrastructure to cater for the demands of the growing population. 135

565. The delivery of affordable, sustainable, modern, functional housing and social amenities in urban and rural areas, thus, dovetails with Vision 2030 as espoused by His Excellency, the President, in 2018.

566. The delivery of affordable and quality settlements in urban and rural areas remains a huge challenge. Whereas the TSP pegged the housing backlog at 1.25 million units, the sector managed to record the following achievements: - Development of 164 195 fully serviced residential stands across the country; Development of 49 870 completed houses; and Rehabilitation and construction of social amenities infrastructure.

567. Delivery of affordable and quality settlements has been hindered by a number of challenges, notably: - Macro-economic instability; Rapid urbanisation resulting in growth of informal settlements that lack title to land and access to basic services infrastructure; Limited investment in on and off-site infrastructure for the provision of basic services such as roads, water and sanitation services; Limited investment in social amenities that include schools, health and recreational facilities. This is more pronounced in new settlements and rural areas; Limited access to housing finance by land developers, institutional investors and households; Unaffordable serviced stands and housing units arising from overpriced services and products for property development and construction. As a consequence, some low income earners are opting for informal settlements to resolve their housing needs; Scarcity of land for housing development as well as a cumbersome land delivery process to convert virgin land to individualised freehold title. A growing demand 136 for land and competing interest over land has negatively affected availability of land for social amenities such as schools and public health facilities; Environmental degradation; Lack of an up-to-date housing database for planning purposes including on demographics, housing, land and urban growth patterns; Poor urban and environmental planning practices, post-independence planning prioritising the development of rural areas above urban areas resulting in informal urban settlements; Outdated urban and building regulatory frameworks and outdated building standards resulting in overcrowded, inadequate and substandard houses; Weakening governance frameworks including local public institutions as well as citizen-led structures, failing to plan and manage settlements. Delivery of Affordable and Quality Settlements in Urban and Rural Areas

568. Given the huge housing backlog and the inadequacies of attendant infrastructure, Government will, through the NDS1, prioritise citizens’ access to affordable and quality settlements in urban and rural areas. In this regard, during NDS1, Government will take a holistic approach in planning for housing settlements, which will include planning for provision of key basic infrastructure such as ICTs for the development of smart settlements for both urban and rural areas. Outcomes of Delivery of Affordable and Quality Settlements in Urban and Rural NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Areas

569. Delivery of affordable and quality settlements in urban and rural areas is not the sole responsibility of a single agency in Government. It is a shared responsibility with various contributing development partners in the public, private and non- governmental sector as well as local communities, and international Development Partners. 137

570. Through collaboration with relevant partners, the NDS1 envisages the following: - Increased shelter for households; Improved land delivery for urban and rural housing; Improved access to basic services infrastructure in rural and urban areas; Improved access to social amenities. These include schools, recreational and health care facilities, vendor marts and workspaces for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs); Increased access to housing finance; and Increased regularisation of informal settlements. Shelter for Households

571. Access to safe and secure shelter remains a major challenge for a number of households.

572. Government is, therefore, targeting a cumulative 220 000 housing units to be delivered as a function of effective demand during the Strategy Period. Strategies to Increase Shelter for Households

573. The delivery of shelter is dependent on the implementation of a number of key strategies that secure availability of funding from private and public sectors. To this end, Government, through an inter-sectoral committee, will encourage PPPs, as well as restructure and promote mortgage financing schemes.

574. Rental accommodation, which caters for young professionals, has not been growing in Zimbabwe. During the NDS1 Period, measures to increase rental accommodation su c h a s f l a t s w i l l b e p r i o r i t i s e d . In this regard , the Rental Policy will be reviewed in order attract Pension Funds to invest in rental accommodation. 138

575. Further, Government will resuscitate the Housing Guarantee Fund (HGF), recapitalise the Rural Housing Fund and Civil Service Fund as well as pursue re- engagement with external partners involved in housing delivery.

576. Other elements key to the successful resolution of accommodation deficiencies require a reduction in the cost of constructing housing units. This will be achieved through enhanced research and development programmes to support adoption of appropriate technology, modern housing structures adapted for climate change and resilience as well as utilisation of locally available materials. In addition, utilisation of labour from beneficiaries will also go a long way in reducing the overall cost of construction.

577. A number of statutes governing housing construction are archaic and outdated. The reform of key pieces of legislation such as the Housing Standards Control Act and accompanying model building by-laws will be essential in order to minimise housing construction costs. Within the same context and guided by the Ease of Doing Business reforms, the plan approval process and routine inspection in collaboration with Environmental Health Practitioners will be strengthened and expedited to ensure habitable housing units.

578. In order to secure accommodation for public sector employees, provision of institutional accommodation, Government pool houses, and social housing units will be prioritised through funding from the PSIP. These houses will not be sold to sitting NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 tenants or constitute a retirement package.

579. The preference for owner occupied housing continues to hinder delivery of housing units. Rental accommodation, which caters for young professionals, has not been growing in Zimbabwe. During the NDS1 Period, measures to increase rental accommodation such as development of flats will be prioritised. In this regard, during the NDS1 Period, 139 promotion of rented accommodation will be pursued through reviewing the Rent Regulations and curtailing the power of the Rent Board to determine rental levels.

580. In addition, the scope for prescribed asset status will be extended to include housing delivery. This will be complemented by vigorous enforcement to ensure compliance with prescribed ratios.

581. Measures to curtail the spread of COVID-19 have exacerbated the problem of unoccupied office space in the central business district. This presents an opportunity to convert such unoccupied units into residential accommodation as part of the densification programme. To further support the densification projects, housing developments will allocate 40% of land towards construction of flats. Programmes and Projects

582. Increased shelter to households will be achieved through implementation of the following programmes: - Government Housing Revitalisation; and Review and alignment of legislation. Improving Land Delivery for Urban and Rural Housing

583. Well planned and environmentally sustainable urban and rural housing settlements are dependent on appropriate and well managed land delivery systems. An increasing urban population must be matched by improved availability of land suitable for housing.

584. To ensure a successful housing delivery programme during the NDS1 Period, Government will, within the urban setup acquire 10 000 hectares for housing development. This will enable relevant agencies involved in land development to deliver on residential and ancillary stands with approved lay-out plans conforming 140 to local authorities’ by-laws. Affirmation of conformity to by-laws including environmental considerations will result in the number of stands with dispensation certificates increasing.

585. In rural areas, the provision of land will also pursue the villagised and planned settlements concept in order to preserve land for productive purposes and also protect fragile ecosystems. An initial 124 villagised and planned settlements will be delivered during NDS1. Strategies to Improve Land Delivery for Urban and Rural Housing

586. A number of strategies will be pursued to achieve the desired outcomes. The housing land acquisition procedure will be reviewed with a view to expedite delivery of land for housing.

587. In order to curtail urban sprawl to adjacent rural land, provisions of the Rural District Councils Act, Traditional Leaders Act, Communal Lands Act, and Land Acquisition Act will be harmonised and enforced. Further, development structures will be revitalised to undertake community engagement.

588. The process to transfer title for land acquired for housing will be expedited. In addition, construction works will only commence upon approval of settlement and housing plans. The Department of Physical Planning and Local Authorities will be NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 capacitated so as to reduce bottlenecks in the approval process. The approval processes will be streamlined and decentralised. Programmes and Projects for improved Land Delivery

589. Land delivery for housing will be anchored on the following programmes during the Strategy Period: Land acquisition; and 141 Capacity building; (for personnel in the relevant institutions responsible for land delivery). Access to Basic Services Infrastructure

590. Basic services that facilitate household access to potable water, sanitation facilities, energy, trafficable roads and Information Communication Technology (ICT) are a minimum requirement for every settlement. However, these services are not accessible due to the absence of the necessary infrastructure. In some instances, available infrastructure can no longer cope with the increased population due to capacity issues or lack of maintenance.

591. The NDS1, envisages improved access to basic services. The proportion of households with access to safe drinking water is expected to increase from 77.3% in 2020 to 90% in 2025. Strategies to Improve Access to Basic Services Infrastructure

592. Improved access to basic services is a collaborative effort that is dependent on the full implementation of strategies by a number of MDAs, as well as the private sector, non-governmental organisations and Development Partners. The strategies recognise the unique challenges prevalent in areas that already have access to some basic services and those that do not have the basic infrastructure to facilitate access to services.

593. Where basic services exist, community engagement and advocacy through community development structures will be prioritised to identify challenges and promote appropriate use and ownership of infrastructure and also intervene where necessary. These structures will, thus, be central to the maintenance of basic services infrastructure, such as boreholes, in rural areas. 142

594. Such initiatives will be complemented by strengthened monitoring, evaluation, operation, maintenance and rehabilitation of infrastructure. The dearth of expertise to deal with such interventions will be addressed through capacity building.

595. Maintenance and rehabilitation requires funding, hence the user-pay principle will be employed were appropriate, mindful of citizens’ rights.

596. In rural communities endowed with natural resources, extractive companies will be engaged to support provision of basic services as part of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

597. Construction of new on and off-site infrastructure using appropriate technology will be prioritised to support the provision of basic services where they are non-existent. Most households settled on self-help schemes do not have the capacity to fund the construction of such infrastructure, hence Central Government will intervene. Allocation of land will also be restricted to serviced stands, thereby minimising the burden for prospective homeowners.

598. Availability of funding will, however, determine commencement and finalisation of such works. PPPs, re-engagement of international Development Partners to fund off-site and onsite infrastructure, capitalisation of the General Development Fund, and increased direct funding from Treasury will address funding challenges for MDAs with the mandate to ensure provision of basic services. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

599. As new settlements develop, focus will also be on densification and development of integrated communities in order to minimise the cost of providing basic services infrastructure. Prototype homestead models will be developed to guide new housing development, and this will pursue a demand led strategy.

600. To minimise environmental pollution and overcome costs related to power transmission infrastructure, use of off-grid renewable energy solutions will be prioritised. Such solutions will also support clean energy initiatives. 143

601. Development of ICT related infrastructure is critical for an e-enabled economy. In this regard, layout plans for all new housing programmes, developments and projects will be required to provide the necessary infrastructure to support provision of ICT services.

602. Utilisation of locally-available resources will also be pursued together with harnessing of indigenous knowledge systems. Programmes

603. Improved access to basic services will rely on programmes to support construction, rehabilitation and maintenance of infrastructure by various institutions that shall superintend over revitalisation of roads, water, waste management, ICTs, transport and energy supply under Transport Infrastructure & Utilities. Improving Access to Social Amenities

604. Household access to social amenities such as satellite early childhood development centres, schools, health care facilities, country clubs, vendor marts, and workspaces for MSMEs is a pre-requisite for an improved standard of living. Access to such facilities is dire in rural areas, resettlements schemes and informal settlements in and around urban settlements.

605. During the NDS1 Period, access to social amenities is targeted to increase from 62% in 2020 to 71% by 2025. Strategies to Improve Access to Social Amenities

606. To achieve the outcome, strategies employed will rely on community engagement and community based management as well as ownership schemes. Additional strategies will focus on targeted rehabilitation of existing amenities and construction 144 of new facilities where these are non-existent in collaboration with the relevant partner institutions.

607. Rehabilitation and construction works will require capacitation of local authorities that superintend over these facilities. Optimal utilisation of resources through strengthening the Communal Areas Management Programme for Indigenous Resources (CAMPFIRE) project will generate funds for the rehabilitation and construction works. Further, Devolution and Decentralisation funds will be earmarked to support Local Authorities to provide these amenities.

608. Availability of land for social amenities in some communities is a challenge, hence land will be made available for such purposes. Further, through an Integrated Community Development Policy, and strengthened enforcement of existing by-laws, land will be reserved or made available for social amenities. Projects

609. In order to support improved access to social amenities, Government will continue with the following projects: - Construction and rehabilitation of schools; and Construction and rehabilitation Health facilities. Access to Housing Finance NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

610. Increased access to finance will be a key success factor in housing delivery during the Strategy Period. The NDS1 envisages an increase in the amount of financial resources available for housing. Strategies to increase Access to Housing Finance 145

611. The outcome will be achieved through implementation of the following additional strategies that will complement financing strategies to support increased shelter to households: - Employer assisted schemes; Promotion of Savings and Credit Cooperatives; Advocate removal of the cap on interest rates; and Direct contribution by cooperatives into the Cooperative Development Fund.

612. In addition, a stable macroeconomic environment envisaged during the Strategy Period that minimises the risk of default will assist housing delivery programmes. Regularisation of Informal Settlements

613. Most informal settlements do not possess appropriate title to land. In addition, these settlements lack access to basic services and social amenities. Regularisation of informal settlements will increase household access to such services thereby minimising the need for demolitions and relocations.

614. During the NDS1 Period, settlements will be regularised and supported through provision of appropriate services. Strategies to Regularise Informal Settlements

615. In addition to strategies identified to support provision of basic services and amenities, regularisation will be supported by the development and implementation of an appropriate legal framework. Spatial planning and provision of land for decanting are also essential elements of the regularisation programme.

616. Provision of financial resources and capacity at the local level to implement development projects decentralised to the rural areas, will also reduce migration to urban areas. 146

617. Going forward, the development of informal settlements will be curtailed through increased monitoring adherence to approved master plans. Programme

618. The regularisation initiative will be supported by the Informal Settlements Regularisation Programme. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 147 CHAPTER 8 HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION Introduction

619. Human Capital Development and Innovation are the engine which will drive the NDS1 and the country’s progress towards Vision 2030. Human Capital Development and Innovation will create the right conditions for a knowledge driven economy for sustained growth, industrialisation and modernisation of the country. Innovation and Knowledge Driven Economy Situational Analysis

620. Zimbabwe’s basic education achievements to date include above 90% for gross intake rates (GIR) and a steady progress on Net Intake Rate (NIR), Net Enrolment Rate (NER), completion rates, and Gross Enrolment Rate especially for the Early Childhood Development (ECD) classes.

621. Despite the policy of automatic promotion that is in force at the basic education level, whereby learners proceed to the next level regardless of their results, about 17.8% of Grade 7 learners have been failing to enrol for Form 1 mainly due to inability to pay fees.

622. Over the past decade, the quality of education and basic foundational skills such as literacy and numeracy have declined, which is generally of concern across the country, and particularly for disadvantaged learners in rural and remote areas. Also, children with disabilities exhibit lower school attendance and are not completing a full cycle of education. 148

623. Although an inclusive approach has been adopted, with resource units set up in primary schools, this has not been the case for secondary schools, where such facilities are significantly under-resourced and teachers require additional support and training to make them fully viable.

624. Dropouts at the primary level are relatively low as compared to secondary level. The major causes for secondary level dropouts include child marriages, adolescent pregnancy and the burden of high fees, with about 30% of girls dropping out in Forms 3 and 4.

625. Infrastructure remains a critical challenge to the country’s Education Sector as the demand for education continues to increase and school facilities require renovation and upgrading. Between 2013 and 2019, the pupil to classroom ratio for ECD increased from 38.4:1 to 60:1, while the ratio for primary increased from 42.6:1 to 46:1.

626. The shortage of infrastructure has led to the introduction of hot-sitting or double shifts in 7.6% of primary schools and 4.1% of secondary schools; an arrangement that affects quality due to limited time for instruction and learning.

627. Disasters such as cyclones have had a huge toll on education infrastructure with schools having roofs blown off, wash facilities destroyed and weather induced droughts leaving many children vulnerable. In addition, COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in loss of learning time that will be difficult to make up for. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

628. Lack of disaster risk reduction and resilience mechanisms have increased the sector fragility.

629. Heavy reliance on parental contributions for fees and levies to support teaching and learning at school level continues to widen the gap between rich, urban schools and poorly resourced rural schools. 149

630. At 8.5% Gross Enrolment Rate, the country’s tertiary enrolment rate is yet to match the level of some regional counterparts. Tertiary Gross Enrolment Rate continued to increase between 2010 and 2015 (from 6% to 8.5%) despite deteriorating public investment in education, underscoring the strong demand for tertiary education in Zimbabwe.

631. The Zimbabwe National Qualifications Framework has introduced a clear distinction between higher education and tertiary education, which is not common in other countries. The absence of this articulation inhibits the movement of students between the two subsystems.

632. Zimbabwe’s Higher and Tertiary education lacks a comprehensive information- management system. This constrains performance monitoring and weakens the foundation for evidence-based policymaking.

633. The Zimbabwe Council for Higher Education (ZIMCHE)’s funding model relies on a levy imposed on each university based on enrolment, creating a strong disincentive for universities to report accurate enrolment figures accurately thereby prejudicing ZIMCHE. Outcomes of Innovation and Knowledge Driven Economy

634. The national outcomes of the innovation and knowledge driven economy are:- Specialised Workforce; Increased Innovation for Industrialisation; and Improved access and utilisation of advanced knowledge and technologies. Specialised Workforce

635. The objective during the Strategy Period is to increase Critical Skilled Experts Available from 38% in 2020 to 51% by 2025. 150

636. To achieve the objective, Government will fully re-configure the Higher and Tertiary Education System from the tripartite education system of Teaching, Research and Community-service (Education 3.0) which produces only literate job seeking graduates, to that which includes Innovation and Industrialisation, which produces entrepreneurs, quality goods and services (Education 5.0).

637. Central to Education 5.0 will be an active review of degrees offered by state universities with a view to standardising qualifications and abolishing ‘irrelevant’ programmes that are ostensibly creating ‘idle’ graduates who do not have innovative skills.

638. All higher and tertiary education programmes shall be made Education 5.0 compliant during the Strategy Period.

639. With the strong desire for a specialised workforce, new educational programmes supported by modern infrastructure will be developed. During the Strategy Period, Government will introduce a transformative, innovative and responsive curriculum tailored to meet industry needs.

640. During the NDS1, promotion of critical specialist skills will also be prioritised through policy and legislation.

641. While remittances are almost universally affirmed as an important gain to recipient NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 countries, harnessing knowledge and skills from specialised skills in the diaspora is equally important in the recipient countries. Against this background, strategic interventions to harness knowledge and skills from the specialised workforce in the diaspora will be prioritised during the Strategy Period. 151

642. In an effort to ensure the development of a specialised workforce, Government will establish Post Qualification Industrial Training Institutions, a National Civil Service Strategic Academy for training of Critical Skills in the civil service and develop heritage-based research and innovation framework.

643. Further, deliberate efforts shall be made to increase the use of indigenous languages as prescribed in the Constitution of Zimbabwe and skills retention measures shall also be instituted during the Strategy Period. Innovation for Industrialisation

644. During the NDS1 period, Government’s vision on Education 5.0 will be to equip graduates with skills that empower them to become innovative towards societal development through transformative science and technology knowledge application that delivers goods and services. Innovation will bridge the gap between knowledge produced in lecture rooms, laboratory and industry production.

645. The objective is to ensure that resources earmarked for Research, Development and Innovation will be availed in order to operationalize Innovation Hubs and Industrial Parks in Institutions of Higher learning. Strategies to Increase Innovation for Industrialisation

646. The following strategies will be implemented to ensure increased innovation for industrialisation during the NDS1 Period:- Enhance capacity building in critical skills shortage areas across all sectors; Establish robust scalable research infrastructure; Capacitate National Strategic Institutions such as Centres for Education Research, Innovation and Development (CERIDs), National Manpower Advisory Council (NAMACO), Zimbabwe National Geospatial and Space 152 Agency (ZINGSA), Zimbabwe Centre for High Performance Computing (ZCHPC) and Heritage Technology Institute; Operationalise the Venture Capital Fund, heritage based higher and tertiary education, science and technology development; and Set up and operationalise Innovation Hubs and Industrial Parks in institutions of Higher learning. Strategies to realise Access and Utilisation of Advanced Knowledge and Technologies

647. During the NDS1 Period, Government will implement the following strategies to realise improved Access and Utilisation of Advanced Knowledge and Technologies:- Standardise and harmonise basic education, tertiary and higher education through the Zimbabwe National Qualifications Framework and complementary programme infrastructure frameworks; Invest in new and existing institutions of technology; Expand concessionary bandwidth for education institutions; Establish robust governance structures for the modernisation of education institutions; Develop internationally competitive education institutions infrastructure; Scale up development of advanced technologies in institutions of higher learning; and Reconfigure and Internationalise Higher and Tertiary Education to attract more foreign students. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Programmes for Innovation and Knowledge Driven Economy

648. During the NDS1 Period, Human Capital Development and Innovation will be anchored by the following areas:- Education and Training; and Innovation Science and Technology Development. 153 Education and Training Sector

649. During the NDS1 period, Education and Training will be instrumental in creating societies that are able to develop tangible goods and services. The following are Education and Training Sector outcomes that will be realised during the Strategy period:- Improved access to quality, equitable and inclusive Education; Increased uptake and application of STEM/STEAM Subjects; and Improved relevant demand driven skills for industry, commerce and public sector. Access to Quality, Equitable and Inclusive Education

650. While the country has made significant strides in achieving universal primary education, a key challenge remains in the access to quality, equitable and inclusive education across education levels as measured by the Net Enrolment Rates (NER). During NDS1, additional attention will be directed to broadening access and participation to quality, equitable and inclusive education by disenfranchised populations that are found in remote places and over-crowded urban areas. Strategies to Improve Access to Quality, Equitable and Inclusive Education

651. During the NDS1 Period, the following strategies will be implemented to realise improved access to quality, equitable and inclusive Education :- Capacity building initiatives in inclusive education for schools, colleges, training institutes and universities; Diversify revenue sources for Higher and Tertiary Education Institutes (HTEIs), Public Service Academy and Schools; Internationalise the country’s education and training; 154 Strengthen Higher Education Examinations Council (HEXCO) and Zimbabwe Examinations Council (ZIMSEC)’s capacity for efficient management of public examinations; Promote usage of indigenous languages in the education sector; Adopt innovative technologies that support effective instruction and blended learning as well as alternative learning approaches from ECD upward; Upscale and strengthen provision of loan facilities for underprivileged students; Operationalise education policies to assist in equalising learning opportunities and improve the quality of learning (Early Learning Policy, the Inclusive Education Policy, School Financing Policy, Zimbabwe School Health Policy); Establish Zimbabwe Education Development Fund (ZEDF); Enhance digitalisation of primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities and training institutions; Strengthen and expand PPPs for infrastructure development in the Education and training sector to complement public investment in both basic and tertiary education; Improve the resilience of the sector by entrenching DRR in construction, maintenance and daily routines of education sector. Review and strengthen audit delivery systems; Implement the policy on at least one state provincial teachers’ college, polytechnic, industrial college and University; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Strengthen water reticulation and electrification of schools.

652. The following programmes will be implemented during the NDS1 period in order to achieve improved access to quality, equitable and inclusive Education:- National strategic institutions capacitation; Study in Zimbabwe; and Infrastructure Development and Rehabilitation in Schools, Colleges, Universities and Training Institutions. 155 Uptake and Application of STEM /STEAM Subjects

653. Despite Zimbabwe’s emphasis on STEM-focused education since 2012 as a response to the country’s needs for innovation, industrialization, and creation of wealth for all, very few students—especially girls and women—pursue STEM subjects at secondary and higher education levels. At basic education level, Zimbabwe will encourage the uptake of STEAM subjects as feed into STEM. Strategies to Improve Uptake and Application of STEM /STEAM Subjects

654. During the NDS1 Period, Government, in collaboration with stakeholders, will undertake continuous revision of curricula at all levels of education to enhance the relevance of education system for labour market. This will include focus on important contemporary global market skills needs, such as science, technology, engineering, mathematics, entrepreneurship and strategic leadership training. The following strategies will be implemented to ensure increased uptake and application of STEM /STEAM Subjects:- Incentivise training in STEM disciplines; Promote the uptake of STEM/STEAM Subjects at all levels of learning; Construct, equip and re-tool laboratories, workshops and education facilities; and Increase number of STEM teachers.

655. The following programmes will be implemented during the NDS1 period in order to realise increased uptake and application of STEM/STEAM subject:- STEM/STEAM Teacher capacitation; and STEM/STEAM Institutions capacitation. 156 Specialist Skills for Industry, Commerce and Public Sector

656. A National Critical Skills Audit, conducted in 2018 to assess country’s skills deficits and surpluses, confirmed the existence of large gaps between the supply and demand for skills in several key sectors, with an overall deficit of 68% in the production of qualified specialists and technicians, especially in the Natural & Applied Sciences, Engineering & Technology, Medical & Health Sciences and Agriculture. Strategies to Improve Availability of Specialist Skills for Industry, Commerce and Public Sector

657. During the NDS1 Period, improved availability of specialist skills for industry, commerce and public sector will be achieved through the following strategies:- Design appropriate Staff Development Programmes for capacity building; Ensure meritocratic promotions of qualified human capital in the public sector; Employ predictive modelling applications to improve education service delivery; Mainstream green skills, ethics and values in the education curriculum; Incentivise specialist education and training skills; Promote Universities Ordinance harmonisation; Implement the recommendations from National Critical Skills Audit of 2018; Strengthen the National Apprenticeship programme; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Internationalise the Zimbabwean education and training sector; Re-align Curricula on Skills Training and Development to meet needs of industry, commerce and the public sector; Re-configure Technical Vocational Education and Training (TVET) to Education 5.0; Operationalise the Zimbabwe National Qualification Framework (ZNQF); Capacitate members of the Public Service to ensure quality service delivery; Implement a targeted mentorship and talent management programme; 157 Strengthen monitoring and evaluation frameworks for skills assessment by ZIMCHE, HEXCO and ZIMSEC; Expand health, engineering technology and agriculture specialists and introduce critical para-professional training programmes locally; Establish vital strategic PPPs in training of Health, engineering technology and agriculture professionals; Re-tooling and re-equipping of laboratories, workshops and training facilities; Facilitate international specialists training exchange programmes; and Transform Higher Education Examination Council (HEXCO) to an independent entity of the MHTEISTD.

658. The following programmes will be implemented during the NDS1 Period in order to realise improved availability of specialist skills for industry, commerce and public sector:- Specialist Skills Training and Development; Culture Sports and Recreation skills development; Staff Retention; Public Sector Accountants, Auditors and Public Sector Procurement personnel capacity development; National Apprenticeship; and Graduate Industrial Internship. Innovation, Science and Technology Development

659. The main objective under increased Innovation for Industrialisation outcome is to increase the number of commercialised International Property Rights Issued from 23 in 2020 to 60 by 2025. 158 Research, Development and Innovation throughput

660. To realise the thrust of improved research development and innovation throughput, Government will undertake the following strategies:- Equip Training and R&D Institutions with state-of-the-art infrastructure; Engage private, public and other stakeholders to develop state of the art research infrastructure through Public, Private, Partnerships (PPPs), Built Operate and Transfer (BOT), Built Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) and Repair Own Operate and Transfers (ROOT) arrangements for the commercialisation of health, engineering technology and agricultural research; Strengthen Centres for Educational Research, Innovation and Development (CERIDs); Establish Biopharmaceutical plants in the country; and Establish a framework for competitive incentives, remuneration packages and conditions of service for researchers. Programmes The following programmes will be implemented:- Virtual and Augmented Reality Centre; Zimbabwe Centre for High Performance Computing (ZCHPC) expansion and restructuring; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Emerging Technology diplomacy and transfer; Innovation science and technology driven rural industrialisation; Agricultural Research and Development programme for the value addition and beneficiating of agricultural goods and services; and National Science Technology and Innovation System. Science and Technology Innovation Ecosystems

661. While Zimbabwe commands extraordinary creative human capital development resource, it has struggled to realise its full economic potential. The Government 159 Innovation Science and Technology Development priority programme will focus on the innovation type of industrialisation to act as a conduit for universities and colleges to innovate products based on Zimbabwe’s natural heritage, which promotes import substitution and domestication of value chains as pillars for industrial growth for the industrialisation and modernisation of Zimbabwe by 2030. Strategies to Improve Science and Technology Innovation Ecosystems

662. During the NDS1 Period, Government will undertake the following strategies to enhance improved innovation ecosystems:- Capacitate national strategic technology institutions such as Zimbabwe National Geospatial and Space Agency (ZINGSA) and Zimbabwe Centre of High Performance Computing (ZCHPC); Establish and strengthen innovation hubs at all state universities; Operationalise Industrial Parks to commercialise prototypes; Establish diplomatic technology transfer initiatives; Establish a HeritageTechnology Institute; Implement the National Science and Technology Innovation System ; Introduce Science Academies, Technical High Schools, Biotechnology, Robotics and Coding Clubs for improved foundational innovation ecosystems with a view to establishing linkages and trade-offs across sectoral value chains; and Develop and implement a policy on adoption and adaptation of emerging technologies: Big Data Analytics, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Virtual Augmented Reality (VAR); and Capacitate HTEIs on Intellectual Property Rights. Programmes

663. To realise the improved innovation ecosystem, Government will prioritise the implementation of the following programmes:- 160 Energy and Minerals Research; Adoption of Life Technologies; National Strategic Institutions; Programme of Setting up of Business Units and Technical High Schools/Science Parks in schools; Virtual Collaboration Nodes (VCN) programme to support e-applications across sectors; Geospatial, Aeronautical and Space Science Capability; Block-Chain and Big Data Analytics Technologies; and Smart Zimbabwe Programme. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 161 CHAPTER 9 HEALTH AND WELLBEING Introduction

664. Good health is central to human happiness and well-being. It also makes an important contribution to economic progress, as healthy populations live longer, are more productive, and accumulate more savings. Public Health and Well-being Situational Analysis

665. The Zimbabwean Health System has some underlying strengths such as a skilled and knowledgeable health workforce and firm Primary Health and Hospital Care foundations. This has contributed to significant strides in reducing the Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) from 960 per 100,000 live births in 2010–11 to 462 /100,000 live births in 2019.

666. HIV prevalence has decreased by 28 percent, while tuberculosis (TB) incidence has dropped by nearly 60 percent over the last decade. The overall incidence of malaria has fallen drastically, from 136 per 1,000 population in 2000 to 19 per 1000 in 2018. Mortality declined by 58.4 percent from 462 deaths recorded in 2015 to 192 deaths reported in 2018.

667. These gains are under threat due to economic challenges, compounded by climate change and health related shocks like cholera and COVID-19, which are undermining the health system and contributed to rapid deterioration in health outcomes in general and specifically in maternal, new-born, child and adolescent 162 health indicators. Neonatal mortality rate has increased from 29 to 32 deaths per 1,000 live births.

668. Although, overall health sector funding has been increasing from 2014-2019, driven mainly by increases in domestic funding, a number of key health programmes are still largely being funded by development partners. The resource mapping exercise has shown that since 2014, domestic funding has been contributing about 55% with the remaining 45% contributed by Development Assistance for Health (DAH) as indicated on Figure 16 below. Figure 16: Zimbabwe Health Care Financing, 2014-2019 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Source: Resource Mapping Report 2019

669. The Health sector is also faced with critical shortage of specialised professionals and health-care staff, demotivated staff who go on strikes, dilapidated hospital infrastructure, lack of essential medicines and commodities, inadequate emergency services for delivery and under-utilisation of existing antenatal services. 163

670. Despite notable progress in the coverage of Reproductive, Maternal, New-born, Child and Adolescent Health and Nutrition (RMNCAH&N) services, key impact indicators such as Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR), Infant Mortality Rate (IMR), Neonatal Mortality Rate (NMR) and Under-5 Mortality Rate (U5MR) have not improved. Further, several outcomes improved but not to the extent expected with an increase in service coverage because of lack of commensurate improvements in quality of care.

671. Incidences of Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs) such as hypertension, heart disease, diabetes and cancer have increased and funding is still skewed towards communicable diseases. The double burden of diseases characterised by high morbidity and mortality due to NCDs requires a paradigm shift and urgent reforms across the health system.

672. The situation is being exacerbated by low Health Insurance coverage in the country, the high cost of health services and weak multi-sectoral coordination of programmes and projects in the sector.

673. This has resulted in high out of pocket expenditures arising from payment at point of care. Private health insurance schemes in Zimbabwe are multiple and fragmented. As a result, it is not clear to what extent they are contributing to financial protection. With smaller, multiple pools, cross subsidisation is not realised.

674. Availability of medicines remains a challenge especially for some vital medicines due to inadequate funding and inefficiencies in procurement logistics and supply chain management. Government funded programmes are characterised by low medicine availability and these include NCDs and mental health. Medicines for specialist care and surgical commodities are also in short supply. 164

675. A healthy population is crucial for the realisation of economic growth and the achievement of an upper middle income society, hence implementation of Health Sector Reforms will be prioritised during the Strategy Period. Improving quality of life

676. Health is a fundamental human right in terms of the Constitution of Zimbabwe, hence the overall outcome of the Health sector during the NDS1 Period is to improve quality of life, and improve life expectancy at birth from the current 61 years to 65 years. Improving domestic funding for health

677. The focus of the NDS1 is to increase Public Health Expenditure Per Capita from USD$30.29 in 2020 to USD$86 by 2025. Strategies for improved domestic funding for health

678. Government will implement the following strategies to achieve improved domestic funding for health during the NDS1 Period:- Develop and implement a Health Sector Coordination Framework; Harmonise the fragmented health funding pools; and Implement cross subsidization of Health Insurance Benefit schemes. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Programmes

679. To achieve improved domestic funding for health during the NDS1 Strategy Period, the following programmes will be implemented: National Health Insurance Schemes; and Domestic resource mobilisation; 165 Improving human resource performance in the health sector Strategies

680. In order to achieve improved human resources performance during the Strategy Period, Government will implement the following strategies: Implement single spine remuneration scheme for health care workers; Provide adequate tools of trade; Institute non-monetary incentive; Implement strategic rebranding of the health sector; Strengthen training of health professionals to international standards; and Accelerate restructuring of Ministry of Health and Child Care (MoHCC) and the Health Service Board (HSB) to be fit for purpose. Programmes

681. In order to achieve improved human resources performance during NDS1 Strategy Period, Government will implement the following programmes:- Health sector Human Capital development; Pay and benefits development; and Health sector restructuring. Improving Access to Essential Medicines Strategies

682. The following strategies will be implemented by Government to achieve improved access to essential medicines during the Strategy Period:- Supporting local drug manufacturing; Strengthen procurement and regulation of medicines and commodities; Capacitating NATPHARM; 166 Strengthen traditional complementary and alternative medicine; Mitigating against leakages, pilferage and losses; Reinforcing rational use of medicine; and Review of policies that improve drug availability and adoption of innovative medicines stock control measures. Programmes

683. The following programmes will be implemented to enhance medicine availability during the Strategy Period:- Biomedical Engineering, Biomedical Science and Bio Pharmaceutical Production; Public Health; and Curative Services. Improving Access to Primary & Secondary Health Care and Enabling Environment for Health Services Delivery. Strategies

684. In order to achieve improved access to primary and secondary health care during the NDS1 Strategy Period, Government will implement the following strategies: Review of National Health Policy; Strengthen functionality of parastatal and Hospital Management Boards, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Re-align Ministry Functions; Finalise and implement Community Health Strategy; Finalise and implement the Health Management Information System (HMIS) policy/strategy; Rationalise patient load at every level of the health system, while offering an appropriate quality service package; Intensify capacity building on Tele-medicine platform programme; 167 Capacitate Health Centre Committees; Enhance and ensure comprehensive referral system; Establish quinary level facilities; and Promote traditional, complementary and alternative medicine package programme. Reducing Morbidity and Mortality due to Communicable and Non- Communicable Diseases Strategies

685. In order to achieve reduced morbidity and mortality due to communicable and non- Communicable diseases, the following strategies will be implemented by Government: - Strengthen implementation of Malaria Elimination Strategy; Strengthen implementation of the 90 90 90 HIV Strategy; and Strengthen implementation of End TB strategy. Programmes

686. The following key programmes to achieve reduced morbidity and mortality due to Communicable and Non-Communicable Diseases will be implemented during the Strategy Period:- Malaria elimination; HIV and AIDS; TB programme; Neural Tube Defects (NTD) control; Epidemic Prone Diseases control; Water and Sanitation; Reproductive, Maternal, New-born, Child and Adolescent Health and Nutrition; 168 Nutrient Supplementary; and Prevention and Control of NCDs. Healthy Lifestyles and Sport for Health Purposes Strategies

687. Promotion of sport for health will be intensified during the NDS1 Period to achieve increased public health and well-being. The following strategies will be implemented:- Establish community clubs that promote healthy lifestyles; Stakeholder engagement in the purchase and maintenance of equipment and consumables for wellness programmes; and Establish community nutritional programmes and community support groups. Programmes

688. Community Youth, Sports, Art and Recreation Club System and Community Development are some of the key programmes that will spearhead sport for health purposes. Access to Water, Sanitation and Healthy Environment Strategies NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

689. In order to achieve increased access to water, sanitation and health environment, the following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period:- Implement the national campaign to eliminate Open Defecation and diarrheal diseases; Enforcement of existing regulations and empowering of communities to effectively manage waste; 169 Enhance WASH advocacy and promotion as well as harmonise WASH sector statutes and policy instruments; Adapt and institutionalise Pooled Funding Mechanism for WASH; and Finalise and implement Zimbabwe National Water Resources Master Plan 2020 - 2040. 170 CHAPTER 10 IMAGE BUILDING, INTERNATIONAL ENGAGEMENT AND RE-ENGAGEMENT Introduction

690. The Second Republic ushered in a strategic opportunity to improve the country’s image and international relations, allowing Zimbabwe to claim her rightful place among the community of nations. Improved relations with the international community will be leveraged in respect of the country’s quest to attract investment, promote economic growth and national wealth creation within the context of global economy.

691. Notably, countries increasingly depend on good image, diplomacy and international standing in the competition for inward investments, tourist arrivals, favourable international trade relations and increased exports to support job creation and better living standards for citizens as envisaged in Vision 2030. Situational Analysis

692. Zimbabwe’s international goodwill was damaged following the implementation of the Land Reform Programme, and the backlash from the international community was immediate through imposition of illegal sanctions and unfavourable international media coverage. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

693. The sustained bad publicity heightened the country risk factor and undermined investor confidence, while politically the Zimbabwean society became and has remained highly polarized.

694. The situation was exacerbated by lack of a clear commitment and actual redress of external debt arrears, a critical factor slowing the re-engagement process with the International Financial Institutions and bilateral partners. 171

695. A restrictive visa regime in comparison with other countries in the region has created a huge disincentive for tourists and investors who are opting to take their patronage and business elsewhere.

696. Consequently, Zimbabwe’s ranking on a number of internationally recognized indices that project the country’s image declined over the past two decades. For instance, the 2014 Good Country Index ranked Zimbabwe 120 out of 125.

697. However, ongoing reforms, including the Ease of Doing Business, have seen the country moving up the Good Country Index ranking to 102 out of 153 in 2019. In addition, Zimbabwe ranked 19 out of 48 African countries in the Country Brand ranking index in 2019.

698. To this end, a robust information management and dissemination process to project Zimbabwe as an attractive investment destination and building a highly competitive national brand is critical for re-engagement and image building.

699. The shift from traditional diplomacy to economic diplomacy has huge potential to improve the country‘s image, strengthening cooperation with the international community, thus improving economic recovery growth prospects. Image Building

700. The main objective under Improved Country image is to:- Improve on the Good Country Index from 100/153 in 2020 to 90/153 by 2025; Improve on the Country Brand Ranking from 120/189 in 2020 to 100/189 by 2025; and Improve on the Global Happiness Index from 146/191 in 2020 to 100/191 by 2025. 172 Informed Nation and International Community Strategies

701. An informed and knowledgeable society is a pre-requisite for creating a shared national vision and collective sense of national identity. In order to inform the nation and international community and project a positive image for Zimbabwe, the following strategies will be implemented:- Develop an effective and coherent information communication strategy to accurately inform the nation and the international community; Develop a robust national publicity strategy with a clear communication protocol to enable a two-way communication between Government and its publics; Re-shape the national viewpoint through content creation, development and dissemination to improve Zimbabwe’s visibility; Develop a powerful national adornment drive in which national symbols and cultural heritage are used; Align existing laws to the Constitution reinforced by the maintenance and administration of a good regulatory framework and facilitation; Enhance traditional media through a robust Digital Media Strategy; Modernise communication infrastructure, particularly the expansion and digitalization of media platforms; Efficient maintenance of the existing media infrastructure and capacitating the NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Government Internet Service Provider (GISP); Recommend sprucing up and adornment of public buildings and spaces in Zimbabwe and Missions abroad with Zimbabwean art, culture and heritage products; and Improve public relations especially at ports of entry through requisite frontline Officers’ training as well as dressing and adornment of reception areas. 173 Programmes

702. The NDS1 will implement the following programmes for informed nation and international community: Information management, publicity and national adornment; and Modernization and maintenance of media infrastructure. Competitive Branding Strategies

703. In order to improve national branding, the following strategies will be implemented:- Create a highly competitive national brand, incorporating the provinces; Establish a national branding Committee to strengthen coordination and harmonisation; Develop a strong national brand through marketing heritage, world class education, health care and transport, low crime levels, peace and stability; Broaden the capacity building programme in protocol and diplomatic services for Officials in the Civil Service and Public Entities; and Develop a robust inclusive national events strategy. Programmes

704. The NDS1 will implement a National Branding Programme to improve competitive branding. International Engagement and Re-Engagement

705. In line with the aspirations of Vision 2030, Government, through NDS1 will accelerate engagement and re-engagement process aimed at reintegrating Zimbabwe into a favourable global position. 174 International Relations Strategies

706. Government through NDS1 will implement the following strategies for improved international relations: Bolster and consolidate existing relations with countries with SADC countries, the African Union, BRICS and its traditional friends; Continue to engage and re-engage international community; Prioritise re-joining the Commonwealth as a launch pad to unlock international goodwill; Sustain and escalate the re-engagement milestone already realised through the resumption of political dialogue with the European Union (EU); Develop a post-Staff Monitored Programme (SMP) economic reform programme to enable re-integration onto the global financial markets; Accelerate implementation of the Global Compensation Deed and explore international opportunities to raise funding and ensure the settlement within the agreed framework; Fast-track the resolution and ratification of outstanding Bilateral Investment Promotion and Protection Agreements (BIPPAs); Launch bids to host internationally accredited global events and conferences; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Organise trade, tourism and investment missions to and from targeted markets; Accelerate domestication of outstanding trade and economic cooperation agreements and implement market access commitments; Build a robust and vibrant diplomatic corps with requisite capacity to represent the country in foreign missions; Accelerate rationalisation and streamlining of diplomatic missions; Develop and implement a robust cultural diplomacy policy; 175 Operationalise the Development Cooperation Architecture; Operationalise Sector Working Groups (SWGs) to improve coordination and interface with various Development Partners; Guarantee timely payment of international commitments with respect to subscriptions and general capital increase to international organisations; and Fully operationalise e-Government to enhance consular services. Programmes

707. During the NDS1 Period, Government will implement an International Cooperation programme to improve international relations. Improving Diaspora Participation in National Development Strategies

708. The following strategies will be implemented:- Review the Diaspora Policy and enact the enabling legislation; Promote inside-out or homeland driven diaspora engagement; Establish formal institutional and coordination structures; and Establish diaspora trade and investment frameworks to promote Public Private Partnerships involving diaspora consortiums. Programmes

709. The Diaspora Engagement Programme will be implemented during the Strategy Period. 176 CHAPTER 11 DEVOLUTION AND DECENTRALISATION Introduction

710. Devolution is one of the values espoused in Vision 2030, upholding the tenets enshrined in the Constitution of providing for the devolvement of powers and responsibilities to competent Provincial/Metropolitan Councils and Local Authorities.

711. Devolution seeks to make the system of governance community based and people centred by enhancing community participation in making decisions on local development issues that affect them and in the exercise of governmental powers, whilst upholding the preservation of national unity.

712. This signifies a new way of governance in the Second Republic where, decentralisation is a key feature and strategy for non-discriminatory and just governance as well as inclusive and transformative socio-economic development. Situation Analysis

713. As early as 1984, Government pronounced the need to provide for the organisational structure that allows citizens to participate in development planning. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

714. Some progress was made but not to expected levels. Resultantly, lower tier development structures were instituted from village up to provincial level and legislation was put in place to facilitate the functioning of these lower tiers of Government. 177

715. Empowerment of the lower tiers of Government took the form of administrative decentralisation with central Government moving the responsibility to institutions at Provincial and District levels but the institutions however, remained accountable to the centre, for the implementation of Government policies at these levels.

716. Some administrative authority was also transferred to Local Authorities, composed of Councillors elected in terms of the Urban Councils Act and Rural District Councils Act.

717. Local Authorities, which enjoy some level of autonomy are mandated to deliver basic socio-economic services. However, this mandate has been carried out in the face of administrative structural challenges such as the lack of correct delineation of roles between central Government and Local Authorities that lends itself to ineffective mandate delivery of the latter.

718. The successful devolution and decentralising of central Government powers and responsibilities to Provincial/Metropolitan Councils and Local Authorities requires that these entities demonstrate competency to carry out such responsibilities effectively and efficiently.

719. Currently, there are notable gaps in some Sub-National Governments’ capacities in executing their mandates effectively. Most capacity gaps are in the following areas:- Policy making; Absence of an enabling legal and regulatory framework; Spatial development planning, land surveying and Geographic Information System (GIS); Engineering and analysis of local services value chains; Designing correct cost recovery systems for delivered services; Conducting baseline surveys and analysis of the data; 178 Establishing viable revenue streams and effective revenue collection mechanisms; Streamlining local investment with national development plans; Capacity to develop bankable project proposals at Local Authority level; Inadequate financial management skills; and Preparation of revenue estimates for submission to fiscal authorities as well as generating appropriate financial statements, in approved formats, to enable audits of Local Entities to be audited in accordance with the Constitution.

720. The challenges mentioned above have affected the smooth implementation of programmes and projects under the Devolution and Decentralisation agenda. Devolution and Decentralisation Policy

721. In 2020, Government approved the Devolution and Decentralisation Policy which will guide the implementation of the Devolution and Decentralisation process whose objective is to devolve power to the sub-national structures to enable a faster efficient and effective response to challenges of the delivery of public services, development, democracy as well as the imperative of sustaining national unity and peace.

722. The devolution will not only involve transfer of political power from central NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Government to sub-national tiers of Government, but will also be augmented by the delivery of fiscal powers which will enable Provincial/Metropolitan Councils and Local Authorities to spearhead economic and social development in their respective jurisdictions using leveraged local revenues which will be enhanced by mandatory transfers of national fiscal resources to devolved entities. 179

723. Already, Treasury has commenced transfers of not less than 5% of collected revenues to eligible sub-national tiers of Government in line with provisions of the Constitution following long periods of minimal disbursements of resources to lower tiers of Government.

724. The disbursement of the funds has resulted in the implementation of projects with high social and economic impact. These projects which were derived through extensive consultation at grassroots level covered sectors such as water, sanitation and health (WASH), infrastructure, education services as well as roads rehabilitation.

725. The thrust of the NDS1 from the devolved structures of Government will be enhanced accountability to the electorate as well as delivering of efficient public services. Inclusive Governance and Socio-Economic Development

726. In order to attain improved and inclusive governance as well as socio economic development, the Devolution and Decentralisation agenda will focus on the following:- Enhanced democratic participation of people in decision making; Improved good governance and service delivery; Maintain Zimbabwe as a Unitary peaceful state; Utilise local competitive and comparative advantages; Stimulate economic development; Fiscal capacitation of the lower tiers of Government; Pursue cohesive policies and legislation; Configure Government structures at lower levels and Implement a new culture in the management of public affairs and resources in local government structures.

727. During the NDS1 Period, Government will implement the following: - 180 Maintain at least 5% of total national revenue for allocation to lower tiers of Government; Improve governance in lower tiers of Government Improve accountability in lower tiers of Government Strategies to Improve Inclusive Governance and Socio-Economic Development

728. During NDS1 Period, the following strategies will be implemented:- Formulating and enactment of the necessary legal frameworks to facilitate devolution and decentralisation through; o Implementing policies that promote devolution ; o Effecting neccesary Constitutional amendments o Effecting neccessary amendments to the already existing legislation in line with the Constitution. Capacity building in terms of human capital, financial and ICT systems through:- o An efficient mechanism for resource sharing; o Enabling development of revenue streams and effective collection mechanisms; o Human capital development ; o Strengthening of staff establishments at sub-national levels; and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 o Expansion of access to ICT systems at sub-national levels. Improve ease of doing business in Provinces through:- o Promoting ease of doing business reforms in Local Authorities; and o Digitalisation. Production of Provincial Development Plans in line with NDS1 through :- o Synchronizing Provincial Development Plans with National Development and Economic Plans; 181 o Development of bankable project proposals; and o Mainstreaming the Devolution concept in all sectors of Government. Adherence to the PFM Act regulations through:- o Capacity development on legal and regulatory frameworks; o Auditing; o Monitoring and Evaluation compliance with financial guidelines; and o Enforcement of financial management policies in the usage of devolution funds. Investment Promotion through:- o Packaging of Provincial profiles, data bases and websites; o Promoting private sector investments within Provinces; o Strengthening and establishment of Special Economic Zones; o Upgrading, rehabilitation and maintenance of existing infrastructure across all sectors; o Construction of new infrastructure across all sectors; o Promoting value addition and beneficiation; and o Crafting investor friendly policies to promote devolution. Programmes to Improve Inclusive Governance and Socio-Economic Development

729. The following programmes will be implemented in order to improve inclusive governance and socio-economic development :- Comprehensive devolution capacity development programme informed by needs assessment; Upgrading, rehabilitation and maintenance of existing infrastructure across all the sectors; Construction of new infrastructure across all sectors; 182 Promotion of value edition and beneficiation; Establishment and strengthening of Special Economic Zones; Human capital development; and Digitalisation. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 183 CHAPTER 12 CROSS CUTTING ISSUES Youth, Sport, Art, Culture and Gender Mainstreaming Introduction

730. Youth are a valuable resource especially if they are allowed to build and strengthen qualities that enable them to grow and flourish into responsible citizens.

731. Gender mainstreaming creates a cohesive national social fabric and reduces social tensions emanating from exclusion of a large segment of the population.

732. Sport, art and culture ensure unity, influence identity, debate and dialogue. Culture is important for nation building, promotion of family value and for peace and reconciliation. They also enhance quality of life and increase overall well-being and happiness for individuals, families and communities. Youth Situational Analysis

733. Zimbabwe has the advantage accruing to most developing economies – the Youth Dividend. The total population is estimated at 14.8 million and growing at 1.4% per annum and a life expectancy of 61 years at birth.

734. As much as 53.6% of the population is below 20 years while 62.9% of the population is below 24 years. Of those below 24 years, 31.7% are females while 31.2% are males.

735. It has been noted that most youth in Zimbabwe have not embraced the culture of hard work and the principle that hard and honest work pays. During the NDS1 184 Period, there is need to develop a mental construct for the youth in respect of the importance of hard honest work and that development in other countries has been as a result of this most productive and most energetic group in society.

736. Figure 17 below shows the demographic structure of the Population in Zimbabwe. Figure 17: Zimbabwe Population Demographics

737. There are clear benefits for Zimbabwe to exploit both the Youth Dividend and Gender mainstreaming. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Improving Youth Participation

738. Policy and programme formulation need to start with a comprehensive involvement and appropriate decision-taking of youth at all levels, including communities, schools and universities at provincial and national level. The main outcomes under the Youth Participation, include: 185 Increasing youth participation in decision-making and development processes from 3.3% in 2020 to 25% by 2025; and Increasing the number of youth who accessed empowerment opportunities in all sectors of the economy from 16 000 in 2020 to 200 000 by 2025. Strategies

739. Strategies to improve youth participation during the NDS1 Period include the following:- Supporting youth participation in legislative and policy processes Enhancing leadership development training; Enhancing youth participation in decision-making processes at national, regional and local levels; Mainstreaming youth policy across all sectors of the economy; Reconfiguring of technical vocational education; Developing and modernising the VET infrastructure, machinery and equipment; Promoting the creation and reinforcement of synergies between the youth and Youth Development Partners; Developing effective enabling legal and policy framework; and Establishing institutional mechanism with the capacity to identify and nurture youth innovations. Programmes

740. The following programmes will be implemented to achieve increased youth participation in development and decision making during the NDS1 Period:- Youth Leadership capacity development; Installation and support of junior councils and parliament; National Youth Service programme; 186 Youth Build Zimbabwe programme and development of Community projects; Women and Gender Mainstreaming

741. Although Government has made some progress with regards to Gender Mainstreaming, the current situation is largely characterised by pronounced youth exclusion and limited Gender Mainstreaming. Women still face hurdles in respect of opportunities to ascend to commanding heights in the national economy, including: i. Limited access to finance; ii. Limited access to land and freehold property; iii. Limited opportunities to influence policy; and iv. Legal, cultural and patriarchal barriers.

742. During the NDS1 Period, priority will be accorded to Gender Mainstreaming, through visible initiatives that confer equal opportunities to women.

743. In terms of Gender, Government has prioritised gender equality in order to enhance women’s participation in the development process, in line with the Constitution, the SADC Protocol on Gender and Development, the Protocol to the African Charter on Human and People’s Rights on the Rights of Women in Africa, United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 5, which seeks to “Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls”. Women account for 52 percent of the population and their inclusion in all, Political, Economic and Social activity is critical for the NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 attainment of Vision 2030.

744. Some of the interventions implemented in gender mainstreaming include, among others:- Operationalisation of the Zimbabwe Gender Commission to spearhead the gender agenda. 187 Enactment and popularisation of the Domestic Violence Act, to combat Gender Based Violence. Prioritisation of resource allocation and disbursement to women empowerment programmes. Capitalisation of the Women’s Microfinance Bank. Introduction and enforcement of policies for free maternal health care services, with the objective to reduce maternal mortality rates.

745. Gender equality and women empowerment remain unfinished business under the TSP and hence the NDS1 will prioritise gender issues in line with the theme of ‘leaving no-one and no place behind’. Strategies in Mainstreaming Gender in the Development Process

746. During the NDS1 Period, integration of gender mainstreaming across all sectors will strengthened, cognisant that gender equality is fundamental to achieving equitable, sustainable and inclusive socio-economic development. This builds on Government’s commitment under the Constitution, the Gender Responsive Budgeting Strategy, the National Gender Policy and Gender Equality and Women Empowerment Framework.

747. Key strategies and deliverables will relate to:- Further mainstreaming of gender sensitive policies and legislation; Integrating gender issues into national and sectoral economic policies, national budget policies; Programming and budgeting, which involves identification of gender issues, interventions, budget costings, and setting of performance benchmarks; Prioritisation of resource allocation, disbursement and implementation of national and sectoral gender plans and programmes through; 188 Implementation of gender sensitive programmes and projects, targeting women; and Monitoring and evaluation, which involves tracking performance, and feedback for policy review.

748. During the Strategy Period, the main actors in Gender Responsive Budgeting remain, among others, Government MDAs, Parliament, Development Partners and Civil Society. Lessons learnt from the national budgetary process to mainstream gender, partnering Government in gender responsive Budget capacity building programmes will inform follow up mechanisms. Outcomes of Women and Gender Mainsstreaming

749. The outcomes of the Youth and Gender Mainstreaming: Growing Women participation in the economy across all sectors; More Women in Decision Making Positions; Growing Women Incomes; and Equal Opportunities for Women. Strategies to Achieve Gender Mainstreaming

750. The following Strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period: Youth and Women Affirmative Action; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Equal Opportunity for All Program; Promoting Women into Positions of Influence; Promoting Equality at all levels of Society; Advancing Women Political Representation; Youth and Women Advocacy Initiatives; and Enhancing Access to Financing for Women in Business. 189 Sport, Arts and Culture Sport

751. Sport development includes regulated, formalised and structured sporting activities. Sport entails an active involvement in physical exertion and skills that is governed by a set of rules or customs and often undertaken competitively. Sport development ensures equitable access to all sporting opportunities which leads to the enjoyment of economic, social, psychological and environmental elements. This development when fully harnessed, unleashes competitive abilities of Zimbabwean sports persons to participate in local, regional, continental and international sport competitions. Sport also enhances peace, national tranquillity and social cohesion by bringing people together for a common goal and can be used to achieve and promote developmental initiatives at local, national, regional and international levels.

752. Recreation development entails the establishment of an ecosystem that allows for leisure time experiences in a structured, spontaneous or voluntary basis with flexible rules, fun, enjoyment, amusement whilst competing against self, nature or others. It contributes to nation building, a healthy nation, social cohesion, community relations, socio-economic development, peace, development of citizenship and the promotion of liveable communities amongst other areas.

753. Sports and recreation provide individuals with opportunities to improve their income, physical as well as mental well-being, development of confidence and social skills, social inclusion, community development and diversion from anti-social behaviour. Sport and active recreation provide opportunities for extended life-span and reduction in health expenditure. 190

754. In recent years, participation in sport and recreation in the country has been declining due to weak economic activity and more recently the impact of the COVID- 19 pandemic.

755. The country has inadequate sporting and recreational facilities, and some have deteriorated due to lack of maintenance. Increasing Participation in Sport and Recreation

756. During the NDS1 Period, it is envisaged that the levels of participation in sport and recreation activities will increase from 15% in 2020 to 27% by 2025. Strategies

757. During the NDS1 Period, levels of participation in sport and recreation activities will be increased through the implementation of the following strategies: - Establishment of world class sporting facilities; Promotion of high performance in sport by consistently awarding achievers in through the National Recognition and Award System; Developing an integrated sport management system; Participating and bid to host regional, continental and international sport events; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Commercialising sport and recreation activities; Developing an effective sport and recreation legal and policy framework; Establishing a sustainable funding model for sport and recreation, and Developing an incentive scheme to stimulate investment in sport and recreation. 191 Programmes

758. Under the NDS1 Period, the following programmes will be implemented; Development of an integrated sport system (school sport, NSAs, Tertiary sport, uniformed sport); Development of sport capacity building; Promotion of domestic sporting competitions and leagues to promote professionalism in sport; Development of a High-Performance System; Establishment of the Sport and Recreation Fund; Development of centres of excellence from district level; Development of a curriculum on Physical Education, and strengthening of Mass display; Participation at regional, continental and international platforms; Promotion of the bidding and hosting of sporting events; Development and Review of enabling Acts and Policies; Promotion and development of Sport and Recreation industries; and Refurbishment and construction of internationally recognised sporting facilities in selected provinces. Arts and Culture

759. Culture has the power to transform entire societies, strengthen local communities, foster strong family values and forge a sense of identity and belonging for people of all ages. Culture plays an essential role in promoting sustainable social and economic development for future generations.

760. Whereas, national identity is a sense of belonging to one state or to one nation. It is the sense of a nation as a cohesive whole that is represented by distinctive traditions, culture and languages. 192

761. As a collective phenomenon, national identity can arise as a direct result of the presence of elements from the "common points" in people's daily lives. These include national symbols, music, language, the nation's history, national consciousness, and cultural artefacts.

762. The expression of one's national identity seen in a positive light is patriotism, which is characterised by national pride and positive emotion of love for one's country. This is a cross cutting outcome in the priority area. The programmes in youth, sport and culture all contribute towards improved social cohesion, sense of national identity and pride.

763. The objective during the NDS1 Period is to increase the level of local consumption of cultural, sport and recreation products and services from 15% in 2020 to 40% by 2025. Strategies

764. In order to increase promotion and safeguarding of arts, culture and heritage, the country needs effective strategies that provide the framework for how to understand, preserve, manage, integrate, interpret and promote heritage and strengthen family values both in the immediate and long term future. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

765. The following strategies shall be adopted: Enhancing investment in local cultural resources including tangible and intangible heritage such as traditional knowledge and skills, as well as music, dance, theatre and festivals; Develop sustainable creative economies; Promoting creativity and harnessing people’s creative potential and energy; Building research and documentation capabilities for arts, culture and heritage; 193 Establishing and equipping new arts, cultural and heritage centres and rehabilitation of existing ones; Promotion and Coordination of development, marketing and management of arts culture and heritage centres, products, goods and services; Commercialising arts, culture and heritage activities and training; Institutionalising cultural data creation and data capturing systems; Aligning and enacting of laws governing the Cultural and Creative Industries (CCIs); Establish an institutional mechanism with the capacity to identify and nurture Cultural and Creative Industries’ talent, innovations and creativity; Adornment of Government and Zimbabwe’s foreign mission buildings to improve on the development of cultural infrastructure; Develop, promote and safeguard arts, culture and heritage products and services; Promote investment in Film and Audio-visual, Music, Theatre and Visual Arts for commercialisation and industry growth; and Establish Creative Community Hubs and Clubs. Programmes

766. During the Strategy Period, Government will continue to support the Arts and Culture sector through implementing the following programmes: - Develop infrastructure for Arts, Culture and Heritage; Conduct Arts and Culture Festivals (District, Provincial, National, Regional, International); Establish Arts and Culture Development Fund; Establish provincial Arts and Culture Hubs and Community Clubs; and Review and realign existing Policies and Legislation. 194 Financial Inclusion Situation Analysis

767. Financial inclusion is key in promoting inclusive growth by providing access to financial services, loans, credit and insurance, thereby allowing them to engage in gainful economic activity. Zimbabwe has been implementing the National Financial Inclusion Strategy (2016-2020), through various initiatives targeting previously marginalised segments. The financial inclusion gains that have been made were, however, threatened by the outbreak of COVID-19. Outcomes of Financial Inclusion

768. Financial inclusion has multiple benefits, which include conferring opportunities to the traditionally unbanked, thus lifting households out of abject poverty thereby promoting transformative and inclusive growth. Improving financial inclusion will entail increasing the percentage of financially included persons from 77% to 90% by 2025. Strategies to Achieve Financial Inclusion

769. The ongoing digitalisation of financial services on the back of rapid advancements NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 in ICTs and the accelerated evolution of Fintech and Techfin platforms have created a wider scope for deepening financial inclusion. The momentum for financial inclusion has also gained pace, reflecting the prevalence of ICT based new products and channel offerings.

770. To ensure that the marginalised groups of society are financially included, and can fully participate in various economic activities, Government will promote ICT driven innovation and innovation hubs across key sectors of the economy. 195

771. The confluence of banking and financial services and ICT has created the potent for new wealth creation through the provision of credit and other financial intermediation services. Notably, savings and credit cooperatives (SACCOS) have become an avenue for mobilising resources among the previously under banked.

772. Key programmes under financial inclusion include the following: - Youth and women empowerment; Financial access; and Savings mobilisation. Social Protection, Poverty Alleviation and Safety Nets Introduction

773. Effective social protection and safety nets, policies, systems and programmes play a major role in reducing poverty and vulnerability, redressing inequality, promoting inclusive growth and development of human capital, which will lead to the attainment of Sustainable Development Goal 1, Target 1.3.

774. Zimbabwe identifies and advocates for the need to provide social protection to its citizens as provided in Section 30 of its Constitution which states that”… the State must take all practical measures, within the limits of the resources available to it, to provide social security and social care to those who are in need”.

775. The Constitution also contains an inclusive Bill of Rights which underscores the provision of social protection. The Bill of Rights further places prominence on equality of opportunities and non-discrimination as well as empowerment and employment creation with special focus on children (including orphans and 196 vulnerable children), the elderly, and persons with disabilities, women and the youth as well as veterans of the liberation struggle.

776. Accordingly, guided by the National Social Protection Policy Framework (NSPPF), NDS1 will continue to implement appropriate social protection systems through provision of social assistance, social insurance, social support and care services, livelihoods support as well as labour market interventions. Situation Analysis

777. Poverty and vulnerability have been deteriorating in the past decades mainly due to droughts, cyclones and floods which exposed a number of citizens to food insecurity, hunger and starvation. The number of people under the food poverty line have increased from 3 million people in 2011 to about 6 million in 2019 and is expected to reach between 7.6 to 8 million in 2020.

778. Urban vulnerability is a new phenomenon coming up proving that it is not only those in the rural areas who are in need of assistance. The situation has exacerbated by COVID 19 pandemic Social exclusion with regards to access to basic social services and other public goods remains high.

779. The social protection system which once ranked impressively in coverage and other NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 measures, recent crises and structural challenges have eroded its quality and reach. About half of the food poor receive no benefits from any of the social assistance programs. Key challenges include the following:- Lack of fiscal space to cover all in need; Weak coordination of the country’s humanitarian response and furthering corruption in access to support and exclusion of disenfranchised groups; 197 Poor monitoring and accountability systems for resources allocated towards social protection; Lack of stakeholder coordination initiatives by different players resulting in double dipping by some beneficiaries; Inadequate capacities, to implement legal and policy frameworks that guarantee protection of vulnerable groups. Fragmented and silo-based approach to social protection with multiple programmes with limited reach; Weak underlying delivery systems, including the lack of Management Information Systems (MIS); and Lack of Specialised Protection Systems for children leading to increased child marriages, child labour, school drop-outs, drug and substance abuse.

780. Addressing the above challenges during the NDS1 Period will ensure that quality and affordable social protection services are availed to all those in need and various strategies, programmes and interventions have been identified. Quality and Affordable Social Protection

781. During NDS1, Government will ensure availability of social protection for all. This will entail undertaking measures that will improve access to inclusive social protection. Reducing Extreme Poverty and Improving Access to Basic Social Services.

782. Inflationary pressures, contraction in economic activity and the outbreak of the COVID- 19 pandemic have exposed livelihoods of many Zimbabweans. In relative terms extreme poverty rose mostly in urban areas while in absolute terms, rural extreme poverty remains much higher than urban. 198

783. The objective of NDS1 is to reduce extreme poverty and improve access to basic social services in all its forms and dimensions, including narrowing inequalities. Specifically, the NDS1 by 2025, will seek to fulfil the following:- Reduce the number of people below the food poverty line; Increase the number of people (men, women, persons with disabilities and children of all ages) receiving social assistance across all the social protection interventions from 65% in 2020 to 85% by 2025; Increase proportion of population with access to social care and support services from 15% in 2020 to 75% by 2025; Increase social insurance cover to 67% by 2025; and Increase Livelihoods support from 3% to 17% by 2025. Strategies to Improve Access to Basic Social Services

784. In order to reduce extreme poverty and improve access to basic social services, NDS1 will harmonise, integrate and strengthen social assistance programmes.

785. Appropriate targeting of the vulnerable groups will be prioritised so as to ensure they receive the much needed and relevant social assistance.

786. Further, NDS1 will scale up the provision of inclusive social assistance through rationalisation of beneficiaries to target deserving vulnerable groups.

787. Expansion of existing but modified and new social assistance programmes in urban NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 areas will be enhanced to address rising urban poverty and vulnerability, thus ensuring universal coverage.

788. The Strategy will develop and strengthen social protection delivery systems particularly improving on the payment system and Management Information System (MIS). 199

789. In addition, measures to improve the grievances handling mechanism, shock responsiveness, monitoring and evaluation as well as improved communication will be implemented.

790. In order to improve social protection during the Strategy Period, Government will enhance its coordination mechanisms through the re-establishment of the National Social Protection Steering Committee (NSPSC). Programmes and Projects

791. During NDS1, several programmes, projects and interventions will be implemented to reduce extreme poverty and improve access to basic social services across the life-cycle of vulnerable groups as follows:- Provision of food assistance, social cash transfers, health assistance, holistic education support including school feeding and provision of sanitary wear for female learners in schools; Provision of discretionary assistance in funeral and transport assistance; Support towards disaster preparedness and response programmes to build resilience in communities; and Strengthen social protection delivery systems inclusive of shock responsiveness. Improving Care and Protection of Vulnerable groups

792. Vulnerable groups need to be protected and these include persons with disabilities, children and the elderly. These need to be cared for and accordingly, NDS1 will ensure these groups are taken care of through new interventions and modification of existing programmes.

793. The aim for improved care and protection of vulnerable groups is to:- Increase the number of people receiving care and protection within set standards from 15% to 75%; 200 Decrease proportion of the population that are subjected to all forms of abuse disaggregated by gender, age among others from 35% to 10%; and Increase proportion of victims of violence who reported their victimisation to responsible authorities from 5% to 30%. Strategies to improve Care and Protection of Vulnerable groups

794. To ensure improved care and protection of the vulnerable groups, NDS1 will strengthen and coordinate mechanisms and enhance stakeholders’ engagement so as to build social cohesion. There will also be building of inclusive and sustainable livelihoods opportunities for the poor and vulnerable groups to build resilience.

795. Strengthening policy and legislative frameworks is another strategy that will be employed whilst an integrated case management system and child protection services will be enhanced

796. During the Strategy Period, Government will also provide platform for CSOs to monitor the implementation of social service delivery programmes in the country. Programmes and Projects

797. In order for the NDS1 to achieve improved care and protection of vulnerable groups, deliberate support will be extended to the vulnerable groups through the following: Introduction of old age and children grants; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Women and youth empowerment programmes; and Market linkage programmes for empowerment interventions.

798. In addition, Government will scale up the following: National Case Management for the care and protection of children; Expansion of child protection services; Promotion of adoption and foster care; 201 Registration and monitoring of Private Voluntary Organizations and Residential child-care Institutions; Information, Documentation, Tracing and Reunification of children living outside the family environment; Provision of probation services; and Support safe spaces for pregnant women at Maternity Waiting Homes including provision of food. Improving livelihoods for the Poor and Vulnerable

799. During the Strategy Period, Government will implement measures to improve livelihoods for the poor and vulnerable. The target will be to:- Increase the number of people with improved resilience (adaptive, absorptive, transformative) and disaggregated by gender, age and disability from 2% to 10%; Increase number of households supported with livelihoods initiatives from 5% to 25%; and Increase number of households with improved source of livelihoods from 2% to 15%. Strategies for Improving Livelihoods for the Poor and Vulnerable

800. To improve livelihoods, NDS1 will enhance inclusive and sustainable livelihoods opportunities for poor and vulnerable groups.

801. During the Strategy Period, community-based feedback mechanism to track the impact of social service delivery programs will be developed. Programmes and Projects

802. For inclusive and sustainable livelihood opportunities for vulnerable groups there will be enhanced support towards livelihoods activities: 202 Community Capacity Building for self-sustenance; growth of micro-small-medium enterprises and beyond through promoting value chain linkages; Linking small scale producers to relevant markets; Timely provision of inputs to vulnerable farmers to promote food security; Scale up youth empowerment and self-help programmes including for survivors of gender based violence and persons with disabilities to improve their livelihoods; and Capacitation of probation centres to ensure rehabilitation of children in conflict with the law. Enhancing Job and Income Security

803. The majority of workers are at the very bottom of the economic and social ladder and working under precarious conditions. They thus suffer from a deficit of decent work, with its defining characteristics that they are unprotected, excluded, unregistered and unrepresented. NDS1 will endeavor to ensure there is enhanced job and income security for the next 5 years.

804. In order to achieve job and income security and protection, Government will increase the coverage of social insurance for both formal and informal sectors. Strategies

805. Strategies to enhance income security during NDS1 will include development and NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 implementation of unemployment benefits scheme to cater for those who are unemployed so that they are protected as they seek to be employable.

806. Notwithstanding the economy being highly informalised, the National Social Security Authority has over the years targeted the formally employed. During NDS1 period, development of social security schemes targeting the informal sector will be accelerated. 203

807. Economic instability has eroded pension savings rendering most beneficiaries relatively poor. During NDS1, pension reforms will be accelerated to facilitate preservation of pension value, whilst mechanisms for portability and harmonization of social security benefits will be implemented.

808. Government will develop and implement the National Health Insurance Scheme to cover all citizens, which will entail moving away from the current Assisted Medical Treatment Order (AMTO). Programmes and Projects

809. To enhance job and income security, the following programmes will be implemented: Expansion of social insurance and social security coverage to cover the informal sector. Alignment of Labour laws to the Constitution; and Equipping Rehabilitation centres to take care of those injured at work. 204 Environmental Protection, Climate Resilience and Natural Resources Management Introduction

810. Environmental protection, climate resilience and natural resources management are key enablers for the attainment of vision 2030 and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The Global Agenda on Sustainable Development Goals 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 speak to environmental protection and target climate resilience, sustainable production and consumption, sustainable use of both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, reversing land degradation, and addressing bio-diversity loss.

811. This is in line with citizens’ environmental rights enshrined in Section 73 of Zimbabwe’s Constitution. Therefore, considering the centrality of this sector to the attainment of a prosperous and empowered upper-middle income society, it is imperative that the environment is sustainably managed for current and future generations. Environment and Climate Protection Situation Analysis

812. Despite being guided by a robust legal, policy and institutional framework, and having high level of biodiversity with global significance, Zimbabwe is experiencing NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 increasing environmental challenges which include water, land and air pollution, littering, mushrooming of illegal waste dumps, siltation, illegal mining, veld fires, deforestation, climate change, poaching and biodiversity loss.

813. Climate change has increased the frequency of extreme weather conditions such a drought, floods, storms and heat waves. Notable weather catastrophes include the 205 Tugwi-Murkosi floods of 2013-2014, which led to the displacement of thousands of communities in Masvingo and the recent Cyclone Idai disaster in 2019.

814. On the other hand, the country’s wetlands have come under severe pressure from development as the demand for housing and water increases. As a signatory to the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of 1971, the country has obligations to ensure wetlands are sustainably managed to ensure their regenerative capacities are not impaired and they continue to provide essential ecosystem services.

815. The productive sectors namely mining, energy, manufacturing, agriculture and tourism rely heavily on the environment for inputs to the production of goods and services. The increase in demand of environmental goods and services and the lack of sustainable alternatives has resulted in a number of daunting environmental challenges. Climate change tends to increase pressure on natural resources, impact ecosystem services and agricultural productivity. As a result, the poor are disproportionately affected.

816. Further, the country’s cities are the biggest polluters, poisoning rivers, dams and underground water with germ-laden sewage, industrial waste and small-scale miners dumping the worst poison mercury. Nationwide, council water sources are the most polluted and amongst the most polluted water bodies are Lake Chivero, Khami and Umguza dams, Odzi and Dora Rivers in Mutare, Darwendale and Biri dams.

817. However, while the general environmental outlook shows a reduction in both the quality and quantity of environmental resources, there has been a general improvement in the strategies and coordination in the sector. Successes include the following:- 206 (i) The National Clean-up Programme that was launched by His Excellency the President inculcating a culture of increased cleanliness across the various cities and towns with corporate entities infusing into initiatives for the recycling of waste; (ii) The recent ban on alluvial mining and mining in protected areas; and (iii) The continued observance of environmental days such as tree planting at the highest level. Protected Environment

818. The rate of natural resources depletion and environmental degradation is affecting environmental sustainability which further impoverishes the vulnerable groups. If changing climatic conditions continue, traditional agricultural systems will become increasingly unsustainable therefore, environmental protection will be prioritised during the NDS1 strategy period.

819. The main objectives under national outcome of a Protected environment are to:- (i) Increase the areas of wetlands sustainably managed from 701 100 hectares in 2020 to 1051 650 hactares by 2025; (ii) Reduce area burnt from 1 100 000 in 2020 to 6 000 by 2025; and (iii) Increase mined areas rehabilitated from 2 500 hectares in 2020 to 10 000 hectares by 2025. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Sector Outcomes

820. In order to achieve a national outcome of a Protected Environment by 2025 there is need to improve the health of ecosystems and climate action. Therefore, the following sector outcomes will be pursued under NDS1 strategy period to protect the environment: (iv) Improved ecosystems health; and 207 (v) Improved Climate Action. Improved Ecosystems Health Strategies

821. In order to achieve improved ecosystems health, the following strategies will be implemented during NDS1:- Reviewing the policy and legal framework for sustainable management of sensitive ecosystems; Mapping, gazetting, adoption and protection of sensitive ecosystems; Capacitate environmental protection institutions to restore and protect degraded landscapes and catchment areas including ground water; Engage communities on issues of sustainable mining, sand abstraction, brick moulding and stream bank cultivation to address land degradation and pollution; Enhancing and enforcing local by-laws; Promoting research and development, education, training and awareness; Promoting recycling initiatives; Strengthening Local Level Fire Management Committees and environmental information management systems; Enforcing laws for the rehabilitation of mined areas; Strengthening monitoring and environmental assessments; Capacitating local authorities to manage the environment; Upgrading waste management infrastructure; Promoting sustainable consumption and production; 208 Implementing current internationally funded programmes and projects; and Ratification, domesticating, implementing and monitoring Multilateral Environmental Agreements. Programmes

822. During the NDS1 Period, Government will promote implementation of the following programmes in order to improve ecosystems health:- Land and Ecosystems Management and Protection; Rivers and Catchment Area Management; and Pollution and Waste Management. Improved Climate action

823. Changes in weather patterns have limited agricultural potential in arid environments, particularly for maize, the country’s staple crop which is highly sensitive to water stress. Weather information dissemination is critical to all sectors of the economy therefore climate action will be prioritised during the NDS1 strategy period. Strategies to achieve Improved Climate Action NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

824. The following strategies will be implemented for improved climate action:- Prioritising the mainstreaming of climate change and related financing in all national programmes; Strengthening early warning systems; Promoting climate smart innovations and technology transfer; 209 Strengthening capacity building and awareness on climate change adaptation and mitigation; Upgrading meteorological radar seismology and weather station network; Implementing disaster risk management; Cloud seeding; Promoting low emissions development pathways; and Promoting the reduction of greenhouse gases and alternative energy solutions. Programmes

825. To improve climate action, the following programmes will be implemented: - Weather, Climate and Seismology; Climate Change Adaptation; and Climate Change Mitigation. Sustainable Natural Resources Utilisation Situational Analysis

826. Zimbabwe prides itself among the best in environment and natural resource management within the region. The country has about 12.3 percent of its land being protected National Parks and about 2.6 percent being State Forests. Over and above these, there are community and privately owned conservation and plantation areas which significantly increase the total area under some form of protection. 210

827. However, there has been a worrying reduction in both the quantity and quality of natural resources emanating from increased pollution, land degradation, deforestation, over exploitation, land use changes, siltation of rivers and water bodies as well as climate change. This reduction in quality and quantity of natural resources has a negative bearing on the country’s socio-economic development and other sectors, especially tourism which depends heavily on these resources.

828. The forestry and wildlife sectors, which includes fisheries, have also been affected by the declining quantity and quality of environmental resources. Timber plantations and most wildlife areas have been negatively affected by illegal activities, over exploitation, veld fires, land use changes and poaching.

829. Efforts to address these challenges have been affected by resource constraints. The country has not benefitted from major windows of financing as a result of international restrictions. International bans on the exportation of certain biological resources such as wildlife products has affected conservation programmes.

830. On the other hand, the rural areas are highly vulnerable to environmental shocks and characterized by low levels of resilience. In this regard, communities were engaged in community based natural resources management programmes such as the CAMPFIRE programme. The reduction in benefits from these initiatives has resulted in human wildlife conflicts, land use changes and negative perceptions. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Outcomes for Sustainable Natural Resources Utilisation

831. Forests contribute to the conservation of Zimbabwe’s rich biodiversity, concentrated mainly in designated parks and forest reserves, representing a major attraction to the tourism sub-sector.

832. The objective under improved biodiversity is to: - 211 Increase planted area from 11 500 hectares to 45 000 hectares by 2025; Increase the National Forest cover from 44.5 % in 2020 to 47% by 2025; and Increase the number of keystone species. Sector Outcomes

833. The following sector outcomes will be implemented under NDS1 strategy period: (i) Increased forest production and processing; and (ii) Improved status of Protected Areas. Increasing Forest Production and Processing Strategies to increase Forest Production and Processing

834. The following strategies will be implemented during NDS1 in order to achieve increased forest production and processing: - Reviewing and implementing Forestry policies and legislation; Intensifying implementation of the tobacco wood energy programme; Developing and implement ecosystem service incentives and strategies; Conducting forest inventories; Promoting the establishment and development of commercial plantations; Promoting Value addition; Managing woodlots and tree planting; Increasing area under forest and tree planting by commercial plantations; Strengthening biodiversity information management; Strengthening research and technology development; Addressing illegal land use change; and Implementing environmental valuations and satellite accounting. 212 Programmes

835. To increase forest production and processing a Forest Restoration Programme will be implemented during the NDS1 Period. Improving Status of Protected Areas

836. Protected areas are the hallmark of Zimbabwe conservation efforts. Improving their protection status will not only assist the country to attain vision 2030, but will significantly impact on other sectors such as tourism and fisheries. Strategies to achieve Improved Status of Protected Areas

837. To improve the status of protected areas, the following strategies will be implemented during the NDS1 Period: - Engaging local, regional and international communities to unlock value of wildlife; Improving fisheries management and utilisation Valuating protected areas; Improving Transboundary collaborations and Joint law enforcement; Creating community wildlife conservancies and partnerships; Completing and implement reviewed Communal Areas Management Programme for Indigenous Resources (CAMPFIRE); NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Aligning Policies and legislation for wildlife management with the constitution; Developing and implementing key species and protected area action plans; Implementing natural capital accounting; Strengthening research and development; Implementing habitat conservation and Integrated land use planning; Increasing the total area under conservation; and Maintaining the integrity of protected areas by increasing investments and improving infrastructure. 213 Programmes

838. To improve the status of protected areas the following programmes will be implemented: (i) Protected Area Management; and (ii) Community Based Natural Resources Management (CBNRM). Governance Introduction

839. Good Governance is the process whereby public institutions conduct public affairs, manage public resources and guarantee the realisation of human rights in a manner essentially free of abuse and corruption, and with due regard for the rule of law. The rule of law is the restriction of the arbitrary exercise of power by subordinating it to well defined and established laws.

840. The overarching objective of the Governance National Priority Area during the Strategy Period is to improve Public Service Delivery, Justice Service Delivery and uphold National Unity, Peace and Reconciliation as the building blocks for achieving equitable and sustainable National Development. Public Service Delivery Situational Analysis

841. The delivery of public services in Zimbabwe is mainly through the Central Government, Local Authorities, and State Enterprises and Parastatals (SEPs). These public entities combined account for approximately 50% of GDP. 214

842. These key institutions combined employ the greater proportion of those formally employed. However, this has not translated into improved performance, productivity, or improved service delivery.

843. Public service delivery has been affected by a number of factors such as high levels of human capital attrition, poor services delivery by Local Authorities and SEPs, and the high cost of doing business.

844. Zimbabwe has 32 Urban Councils and 60 Rural District Councils, which play a crucial role in public service delivery. However, efficient provision of services by Local Authorities has been compromised due to the following challenges: Corruption, particularly in the sale of land; Rapid and uncontrolled urban migration, which stresses the existing infrastructure; Financial imbalances and capacity constraints resulting in inadequate funding for operations; Erosion of Local Authorities budgets due to inflationary pressures; Debt-overhang by Local Authorities, which constrains their capacity to access loans; and Ineffective role delineation structure. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

845. SEPs play a pivotal role in the provision of services as key enablers or regulators. In 2017, SEPs represented about 14 percent of the country’s GDP, with commercial SEPs contributing about 7.5 percent, against a potential of over 40%.

846. Despite the critical role of SEPs, corruption, poor financial and operational performance, ineffective monitoring and evaluation, and poor corporate governance have limited their potential to deliver services. This has resulted in most of them 215 incurring significant losses, accumulating short-term debt and arrears, resulting in loss of equity.

847. The entities are also faced with high levels of human capital attrition attributed to low salaries and loss of value of the local currency and this has also impacted negatively on effective public services delivery.

848. Government, during the NDS1 Period, will prioritise enhancement of service delivery. The main objective under the NDS1 Period will be to increase the Citizen Satisfaction Index from 60% in 2020 to around 70% by 2025. Key strategies to Enhance Public Service Delivery

849. In order to enhance public service delivery during the Strategy Period, Government will implement the following strategies:- Institute broad based public sector reforms; Review functions of all MDAs for purposes of aligning them to fit for purpose; Devolving and decentralising power and responsibilities to lower tiers of Government; Promotion of new work culture that is able to produce cadres who are loyal, patriotic, professional, ethical, high performance oriented and accountable; Strengthening enforcement of procurement legislation through the Procurement Regulatory Authority of Zimbabwe (PRAZ); Accelerating SEPs reforms processes that include privatisation, commercialisation and integration; Strengthening enforcement of the Public Entities Corporate Governance Act; and Centralising the administration and housing of SEPs shareholding under a new professional and competent entity. 216 Programmes to Enhance Public Service Delivery

850. To achieve enhanced public service delivery, Government will implement the following key programmes:- Human Capital Management and Development; Pay and Benefits Development; and Public sector reforms inclusive of SEPs. Transparency and Accountability Strategies

851. In order to improve the country’s transparency and accountability, Government will implement the following strategies: Strengthening institutions of accountability (Auditor General, Zimbabwe Anti- Corruption Commission, National Prosecuting Authority and Judicial Service Commission) while ensuring their impartiality, Strengthening the benefits and sanctions mechanism, and implement anti- corruption mechanisms (prevention, reporting and prosecution mechanisms) across the board, Accelerating implementation of an integrated e-Government system, including alignment of the PFM legal framework with Zimbabwe’s Constitution, Strengthening fiscal transparency through budgeting and expenditure reforms, NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Strengthen the oversight role of Parliament and the Auditor General’s Office, Strengthen enforcement and compliance with good corporate governance principles within Local Authorities and SEPs, and Strengthen financial oversight of Local Authorities and SEPs. 217 Programmes

852. To achieve enhanced transparency and accountability, Government will prioritise implementation of the following programmes:- Public Accounting, Compliance and Reporting enhancement; and Legislative and oversight enhancement. Disaster Risk Management Strategies

853. In order to achieve improved disaster risk management, the following strategies will be implemented: Capacitating the Civil Protection Department; Promoting linkages between the Meteorological Services Department and the University of Zimbabwe for utilisation of the High Performance Computer; Establishing and implementing a citizen feedback mechanism; and Strengthening provision of psycho-social support mechanisms in the aftermath of disasters for affected communities, to reduce post disaster trauma. Programmes

854. The following programmes will be implemented in order to improve disaster risk management:- Disaster Risk Management; Public Health Care; Defence and Security; and Weather, Climate and Seismology Services. 218 Consumer Satisfaction Strategies

855. In order to improve consumer satisfaction levels, Government shall adopt the following strategies: Strengthening enforcement of relevant legislation and policies; and Strengthening advocacy and awareness campaigns on consumer rights and protection. Programmes

856. Government will implement the following programmes: Consumer Protection; and Quality assurance. Ease of Doing Business

857. The country’s doing business environment has for long been unfavorable due to deteriorating national competitiveness, macroeconomic and financial sector instability, among others. However, overall doing business environment has been gradually improving as shown in Figure 18 below. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 219 Figure 18: Zimbabwe’s Ease of Doing Buisiness Ranking Zimbabwe's Ease of Doing Business Ranking 180 171 170 170 168 168 161 159 160 157 155 Ranking 153 150 140 140 130 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Years Source: World Bank Strategies

858. In order to improve the business environment during the Strategy Period, the following strategies will be implemented: Accelerate Ease of Doing Business reforms; and Aligning and implementing relevant laws and policies. Programmes to Enhance Ease of Doing Business

859. To achieve the outcome of enhanced ease of doing business during the Strategy Period, Government will strengthen implementation of the following programmes: International Trade Facilitation; and Ease of Doing Business Reforms. 220 Justice Delivery Situational Analysis

860. Over the last five years, the country has taken steps to align provisions of the Constitution as well as domesticate international and regional obligations to allow citizens to benefit from the provisions of the amended Constitution. To date, 350 out of 396 laws have been aligned to the Constitution.

861. The country has successfully reported during the first and second cycles to the UN Human Rights Council under the Universal Periodic Review (UPR) mechanism, agreeing to implement a litany of over 300 civil, political, economic, social, cultural, and environmental rights recommendations for both cycles.

862. The Judicial Service Commission (JSC) successfully completed the separation of the Constitutional Court and the Supreme Court in line with the Constitution to ensure autonomy and improve efficiency and access to justice for all.

863. Corruption is a major stumbling block in the delivery of public services. Consequently, the country is ranked lowly at 158 out of 180 countries, according to the 2020 Corruption Perception Index.

864. The following work to improve justice delivery, however, remains outstanding: Alignment of the remaining 46 pieces of legislation to the Constitution; NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Decentralisation of the Legal Aid Directorate to district level; Establishment of the High Court and specialised Courts in all Provinces; Construction of additional Courts in small towns and remote areas as well as revamping of outstanding court rooms to make them accessible to persons with disabilities; Implementation of the Intellectual Property Policy and Strategy; Continued decongestion of prison population; and Revamping of police and prison holding cells to meet best practices. 221

865. Challenges as well as constraints, however, remain and these relate to inadequate financial support to key institutions responsible for ensuring good governance, rule of law and protection and promotion of human rights. There is also low citizen participation in democratic and governance processes as well as high levels of corruption.

866. The NDS1 seeks to achieve the national outcome of improved justice delivery. The main objective under improved justice delivery is to improve the country’s Rule of Law Index ranking from 116 in 2019 to around 100 by 2025. Strategies

867. Government during the NDS1 Period, will prioritise improving the rule of law through complying with the Judicial Court Decisions and strengthen rule-based governance.

868. To promote access to justice during the Strategy Period, Government will implement the following strategies: Strengthen state institutions responsible for Justice Delivery. Decentralise state institutions responsible for Justice Delivery (Legal Aid Directorate and courts); Establish integrated electronic case management system; Review and rationalise legal costs; improving access to courts by people with disabilities; Improve access to justice for vulnerable people and those from minorities; Continued capacitation of the justice delivery system; Government will review and simplify courts procedures; Professionalisation of the security services; and Alignment of legislation to the Constitution.

869. The following programmes will be implemented to improve justice delivery:- 222 Access to Justice; Institutional Capacitation; Adherence to Rule of Law; Human Rights Protection and Promotion; And Human Rights Promotion and Administrative Justice. Human Rights and Freedoms Strategies

870. The following strategies will be implemented during the Strategy Period: Strengthening capacity of Independent Commissions to deliver on their mandates, Domesticate and comply with international and regional human rights obligations, Setting up an Independent Complaints Review Commission (ICRC) to ensure that all citizen complaints against the police, army and other security agents are investigated independently and expeditiously. Programmes

871. The following are the programmes for improved human rights and freedoms: Human rights protection and promotion; and Human Rights promotion and Administrative Justice. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Combating Corruption

872. During the implementation of the NDS1, Government shall reduce corruption by ensuring speedy prosecution and resolution of all corruption cases. 223

873. Further, Government shall capacitate institutions of transparency and accountability such as ZACC, National Prosecuting Authority and the Zimbabwe Republic Police as well as the Judiciary to ensure uncompromised implementation of justice.

874. During the NDS1 Period, a system shall be put in place to protect whistle blowers who report corruption through enacting an Act of Parliament on the protection of whistle blowers.

875. Government shall also implement the anti-corruption strategy and enforcement of assets forfeiture. The following programmes will be prioritised to combat corruption: Public Prosecution and Asset Forfeiture; and Combating corruption. Secure Property Rights

876. Respect for property rights is a key enabler to unlocking investment potential in the country. In this respect, Government shall accelerate digitalisation of the property and proprietary registration system under the Deeds Office, strengthening the regulatory environment and protection of property rights and establish a secure agriculture land tenure system. Public Safety and Order

877. To improve public safety and order in the country, Government shall strengthen capacities of law enforcement agencies and other relevant institutions.

879. Further, implementation of smart policing in line with global adaptation of new technologies that reduce human interference such as adoption of technological devices, including but not limited to drones, cameras and Closed Circuit Televisions, will be pursued. 224 National Unity, Peace and Reconciliation Situational Analysis

880. Zimbabwe has experienced conflict and, in some instances, violent conflicts before and after independence which have negatively impacted on social cohesion within communities.

881. In order to address the legacy issues of conflicts, Government established the National Peace and Reconciliation Commission (NPRC).

882. Significant progress has been made in ensuring peace and reconciliation. However, the country continues to face some challenges related to unresolved historical and current conflicts leading to polarisation.

883. Cognisant of the 10 year Constitutional lifespan of the NPRC, sufficient resources will be availed for the Commission to expedite and resolve all outstanding conflicts.

884. The main objective under improved national peace and reconciliation outcome is to increase the number of incidents of conflicts reported and resolved from 530 in 2020 to 1 000 by 2025. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Social Cohesion

885. During the Strategy Period, the outcome of improved social cohesion will be achieved through the following strategies: Promotion of inclusive dialogue and tolerance among citizens; Promotion of peace building initiatives among communities; 225 Strengthen citizens’ engagement through establishment of Local Peace Committees; and Uphold and promote the Constitution as a form of social contract.

886. To achieve the outcome of improved social cohesion outcome, Government will implement the National Peace and Reconciliation Programme. 226 CHAPTER 13 NDS1 FINANCING

887. Successful implementation of the NDS1 including attainment of the targeted National and Sectoral Outcomes hinges on the ability to mobilise financial resources required for the execution of planned programmes and projects.

888. In this regard, various financing strategies and options will be aggressively pursued to ensure timely availability of resources during the Strategy Period. Possible financing options underpinning the NDS1 include fiscal revenues, loans, grants, public entities own resources and private sector own resources, including PPPs, FDI and Diaspora Investments.

889. The various strategies under Image Building, Engagement and Re-Engagement drive and initiatives on arrears clearance, are critical in unlocking resources from Development Partners and the Private sector.

890. Furthermore, various investment initiatives will be pursued through the operationalised Zimbabwe Investment and Development Agency (ZIDA). Investment will also benefit from accelerated and intensified implementation of the Ease of Doing Business Reforms and policies towards cost reflective user and tariff charges. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1

891. During the Strategy Period, implementing agencies will be required to develop bankable projects that are key in attracting private sector funding for infrastructure projects coupled with capacity building reforms aimed at strengthening the Public Investment Management architecture. 227

892. Implementation of Macro-economic stabilisation measures outlined in this Strategy also provides a solid foundation for resource mobilisation and predictable cash flows that allow efficient and effective implementation of programmes and projects. Additionally, the domestic financial market will be capacitated to provide affordable and long term financing at concessionary terms.

893. A compendium of duly costed and high impact programmes and projects earmarked for implementation during the Strategy Period will be outlined in the NDS1 Programmes and Projects Investment Plan. 228 CHAPTER 14 NDS1 MONITORING AND EVALUATION Introduction

894. The attainment of an upper middle-income status under Vision 2030 is backstopped by the National Monitoring and Evaluation Policy (NMEP) that was developed by Government in 2020.

895. The robust monitoring and evaluation policy framework is anchored on the principles of IRBM, where developmental results, as outlined in the National Development Results Frameworks (NDRFs) and Sectoral Development Results Frameworks (SDRFs) will be monitored throughout the NDS1 implementation period.

896. Further, emphasis will be on high performance and delivery of quality services to the Zimbabwean people. Through the NMEP, all MDAs are to mainstream Results- Based Monitoring and Evaluation (RBM&E) in the implementation of programmes and projects for the successful attainment of the NDS1 targets. Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation of NDS1

897. The NDS1 M&E framework is drawn from the National and Sectoral Development NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Results Frameworks, which outline National Priorities, Key Result Areas, Outcomes, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), Baselines and Targets. The RBM&E will place greater emphasis on measurement of livelihoods and economic transformative results, that is, outputs, outcomes and impacts. It will take cognisance of the use of inputs and completion of activities as the programmatic entry points. 229

898. During the NDS1 Period, the RBM&E framework will ensure that cross cutting issues have been properly mainstreamed.

899. The framework will also ensure that international and regional initiatives such as SDGs, Africa Agenda 2063, and the SADC Regional Indicative Strategic Development Plan (RISDP) are mainstreamed.

900. Further, the RBM&E framework will track the utilisation of financial resources allocated for programmes and projects to ensure transparency and accountability as key tenets for good governance. To ensure efficacy in the implementation of NDS1, bi-annual reviews, coupled with a Mid-Term and Terminal Evaluation will be undertaken. Coordination of NDS1 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation

901. The Implementation and Coordination Architecture shows institutions responsible for implementation and reporting. The NDRFs and SDRFs are annexed. Policy Level

902. In making decisions on new policy directions or strategies, Cabinet will be informed by timely, accurate and valid information from the WoGPMES on the progress and implementation status of all approved national programmes and projects.

903. Ministers, Accounting Officers and Programme Managers will be held accountable for the delivery of outcomes and outputs identified in the Development Results Frameworks of the Strategic Performance Plans at Ministry, Programme and Activity levels.

904. Regular feedback to the Cabinet on the progress and performance is critical under the IRBM system. The High level NDS1 National Steering Committee will therefore; 230 provide periodic reports on RBM&E to the Ministerial Committee. This will be supported by the e-enabled WoGPMS which will produce periodic and on-demand performance data for informed decision making. Implementation Level

905. There will be efficacy in delivering the mandated national development results. The programme or project’s results chain will show the different levels of results which consists of inputs, activities, outputs, outcomes and impacts. The MDAs are the mechanisms to deliver their respective programme outputs and outcomes which will in turn contribute to the achievement of the development results at the national, sector/sub-sector levels.

906. Harmonisation of systems and frameworks under the overarching WoGPMS is essential for effective tracking, monitoring, evaluation and reporting of programme performance results at institutional level and for enhanced accountability.

907. The M&E Department in the OPC will be key in the overall oversight of the implementation on NDS1 across Government. It will in this regard: (a) Provide technical guidance based on RBM&E technical guidelines; (b) Resolve technical issues on RBM&E, (c) Review policy guidelines, ministry plans, external evaluations and reports, RBM&E training curricula, RBM&E professional competency, and certification NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 programme. (d) Manage the WOGPMS

908. In order to determine the level of achievement of expected results, programme performance planning, monitoring and evaluation will be continuous and carried out through the RBM&E framework. This will guarantee planned results of a 231 development programme and results, validate the achievements as well as contributory role of cross-cutting issues such as gender and development.

909. This will be done through the signing of Performance Contracts between the Tripartite and Permanent Secretaries or Heads of Agencies. The Tripartite consists of:- The OPC which will be responsible for creating an enabling policy environment and the overall oversight of the NDS1; The PSC will ensure the relevant skills and adequate staff is deployed; and Treasury will ensure provision of adequate financial and material resources to implement the NDS1. Devolution and Decentralisation

910. In view of the implementation of the Devolution Policy, lower level tiers of Government will be guided by NDRF and SDRF in the M&E of programmes and projects under the NDS1. This will ensure the measurement of their contribution to national targets from the Wards, Districts, and Provinces.

911. The Provincial and Chiefs Council will be critical in the monitoring of the NDS1 in the lower tiers of Government. Further, planning, financing and implementation capacities at Provincial and District levels will be strengthened to support the devolved functions. Figure 19 below shows NDSI Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation Architecture. 232 Figure 19: NDSI Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation Architecture NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 Source: Office of the President and Cabinet, 2020 233 Cabinet

912. Cabinet is the highest executive authority to demand the consistent provision of efficient, effective and quality public services from Government structures benefiting the citizenry at all times on a sustainable basis. In this regard, all M&E reports generated by High Level NDS1 National Steering Committee will be submitted to Cabinet for consideration and approval. Below are the terms of reference of various Committees in NDS1. A. Terms of Reference for the National Steering Committee

1. Provide strategic policy direction during NDS1 implementation.

2. Mobilise resources for the NDS1 during implementation.

3. Convene regular meetings to assess the progress in the implementation of NDS1.

4. Monitor and evaluate the implementation of the NDS1. B. Terms of Reference for the National Joint Review Committee

1. Coordinate the work of the NDS1 Thematic Working Groups.

2. Engage all key Stakeholders to ensure that the NDS1 is inclusive during implementation.

3. Ensure the NDS1 is consistent with strategic policy direction as outlined by the National Steering Committee.

4. Make periodic progress reports to the National Steering Committee.

5. Undertake any work as directed by the NDS1 National Steering Committee. 234 C. Terms of Reference for the Secretariat Tripartite Technical level

1. Assist in the organisation of the key stakeholder during implementation of NDS1.

2. Work closely with Thematic Working Group Chairs during implementation of NDS1.

3. Undertake any other work as directed by the National Steering and Joint Review Committees. NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 1 235 ANNEXES NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORKS (NDRF) AND SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORKS (SDRF) ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Key National Outcome Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Results Area Player (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Macro- Declining General Price Annual Average Inflation (%) 654 134.8 23.7 10.5 7.5 5.8 RBZ economic Level Stability Maintaining Sustainable Ratio of Fiscal Deficit to GDP (%) -0.47 -1.29 -1.55 -1.71 -0.93 -0.72 MOFED Fiscal Deficit Declining Debt levels Ratio of Public Debt to GDP 78.7 64.7 65.0 64.7 63.8 61.6 MOFED 236 Improving Balance of Ratio of Current Account Balance to GDP ϲ͘ϯ ϯ͘ϭ ϭ͘ϰ Ϭ͘ϰ ͲϬ͘ϳ Ͳϭ͘Ϭ RBZ Payments (%) Months of Import cover ϭ͘Ϭ Ϯ͘Ϭ ϯ͘ϱ ϰ͘ϱ ϱ͘Ϭ ϲ͘Ϭ RBZ Sustainable Increased GDP Real GDP growth (%) (4.5) 7.4 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 MOFED Economic Growth Increased per capita Per capita Income (US$) 1,155 1,835 2,128 2,704 2,951 3,199 MOFED Incomes Improved ease of doing Ease of Doing Business Ranking 140 120 100 90 80 80 ZIDA business ranking Inclusive Increased Decent Jobs Percentage of people in Formal 24% 25% 26% 27% 29% 30% MPSLSW Economic employment Growth Improved financial Percentage of financially included persons 77% 80% 83% 87% 90% 90% MPSLSW inclusion ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Natio Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Key nce Resul Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/L Commun Dev’t Part. t 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector NGOs ity Areas ntral (KRA Agency s) (Lead) Macro Econo Improved Total 16.3% 16.4% 16.9% 17.8% 18.6% 19.3% MoFED All All All Statutory Private Sector NGO All IMF, World - mic revenue Revenue Provincial Local bodies CZI, ZNCC communit Bank, AfDB econo (Fiscal collection to GDP Governmen Authori Zimbabwe ies UN Agencies mic ) Ratio ts ties ZIMRA Chamber of Stabili MMCZ SMEs ty Chamber of Mines Federation of Small Scale Miners Confederation of Zimbabwe 237 Retailers Improved Wage bill 40.6 44.2 43.0 40.3 40.2 40.1 MoFED All Local Parliament Private Sector NGO, IMF, World public as a % of Provincial Counci AFROD Bank, AfDB expenditu Revenue Governmen ls AD re ts managem ent Improved Debt to 78.7 64.7 65.0 64.7 63.8 61.6 MoFED All Local All Statutory Banks NGO, All IMF, World Debt GDP Provincial Counci bodies AFROD communit Bank, AfDB, Managem Ratio Governmen ls AD ies MEFMI ent ts Improved Level of 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.75 0.8bill 1 MoFED All Local All Statutory Private Sector All NGOs All Donor Develop coordinat billion billion billion billion ion billion Provincial Counci bodies communit Community ment ed Governmen ls ies Assistanc Develop ts e ment coordinati Assistanc on e Improved Budget 49/100 51/100 55/100 58/100 56/100 60/100 MoFED All Local All Statutory Private Sector All NGOs All IMF, World Budget Transpare Provincial Counci bodies communit Bank, transpare ncy Index Governmen ls ies MEFMI, ncy ts AfDB Econo Price Annual 654 134.8 23.7 10.5 7.5 5.8 RBZ All All All Banks All NGOs All IMF, World mic Stability Average Provincial Local Communi Bank, AfDB (Monet Inflation Governmen Counci ties ary and rate ts ls ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Natio Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Key nce Resul Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/L Commun Dev’t Part. t 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector NGOs ity Areas ntral (KRA Agency s) (Lead) Financi Improved proportio 69% 80% 83% 87% 90% 90% RBZ All All All Banks All NGOs All IMF, World al Levels of n of Provincial Local Communi Bank, AfDB Sector) Financial banked Governmen Counci ties Inclusion adults ts ls Develope Portfolio 12.7% 10% 9% 7.5% 6% 5% RBZ All All All Banks All NGOs All IMF, World d and at Risk Provincial Local Communi Bank, AfDB sustainabl Governmen Counci ties e ts ls microfina nce sector Improved Ratio of 1.03% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5% RBZ Banks IMF/WB Financial Non- stability performin g loans to Total loans Improved Current 6.3 3.1 1.4 0.4 -0.7 -1.0 RBZ All All All Banks All NGOs All IMF, World 238 BOP Account Provincial Local Communi Bank, AfDB Account Balance Governmen Counci ties ts ls Sustai Produc Increased Agricultu -0.2% 11.3% 8.9% 7.6% 9.5% 10.4% MLAWRR All All ARDA, Millers, NGOs in Farmers FAO, UNDP, ned tive growth in re Growth MoFED Provinces Local ZESA, banks, inputs the Food Organizat IFAD, CG Growt and the Rate (%) MoIC Authori ZINWA, providers, and ions, Centre’s, h Service Agricultu MoLGPWD ties AGRIBAN Seed Nutrition Farmers UNICEF, s ral MoTID K, GMB, producers, Sector, WFP, EU, Sector sector MoFAIT AMA, Chemical Christian CIGAR, MoEPD TIMB, TRB, Producers, Care, COLEACP MoECTHI COTCO, Fertilizer Plan UN women MoYSAR CSC, PIB, producers Internatio World Bank MoWASME ARC, NBA, nal , Care CD ZIMTRADE Internatio MoJLPA nal, MoPSLSW GOAL, World Vision, ICRISAT , ADRA Increased Mining -4.7% 11.0% 7.4% 8.8% 9.2% 8.0% MoMMD All Urban RBZ Chamber of Transpare Communi UNIDO, growth in growth MoLAWRR Provincial and ZIDA Mines ncy ty Share World Bank, the Rate (%) MoFED Rural MMCZ IMF ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Natio Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Key nce Resul Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/L Commun Dev’t Part. t 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector NGOs ity Areas ntral (KRA Agency s) (Lead) mining MoIC Governmen District ZMDC Miners Internatio Ownershi AfDB, sector MoECTHI ts Counci IDCZ Federation, nal, p Trusts AFREXIM MoEPD ls NRZ Association of ZELA BANK MoTID EMA Small scale PUM MoLG FPR Miners JICA MoHA ZESA Zimbabwe UNDP MoDWA IMR Mining WHO MoHTE ZERA Federation MPC ZGS ZCDC Banking Institutions institutions of Higher 239 Learning ZEPARU Increased Manufact - 6.4% 6.5% 8.0% 6.0% 6.1% MoIC All Urban RBZ CZI SNV Communi UNIDO, growth in uring 10.8% MoMMD Provincial and ZIDA ZNCC Plan ty Share World Bank, the Growth MoEPD Governmen Rural ZIMTRADE Zimbabwe Internatio Ownershi IMF Manufact Rate (%) MoHTE ts District TNF Chamber of nal World p Trusts AfDB,AFRE uring MoLAWRR Counci MMCZ SMEs Vision XIM BANK sector MoICTs ls ZEPARU Chamber of Camfed UNECA MoFED SIRDC Mines Lutheran UNCTAD MoYSR NBA Federation of Develop ACFTA MoTID ZERA Small Scale ment UNDP MoWSMEs ZPC Miners Services ILO ZETDC CEO Round Care ITC IDCZ Table Internatio UNESC0 NCC Confederation nal COMESA CTC of Zimbabwe High Life SADC ZTA Retailers Foundati PUM ZIMRA Research on EU, AU ZINWA Institutions Save our JICA, SES NRZ Souls COMESA- ARDA EAC-SADC HDC TRIPATITE ZENT YOUNG AFRICA Increased Electricit -19.2 18.8 14.4 5.9 4.5 4.8 MoEPD 10 All ZESA CZI, CoM Relevant AfDB growth in y Growth MoTID Provinces Local REA ZNCC NGOs WB the energy Rate MoFED Authori ZERA SAPP ZERO UNDP sector MoMMD ties ZRA SNV IAEA ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Natio Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Key nce Resul Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/L Commun Dev’t Part. t 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector NGOs ity Areas ntral (KRA Agency s) (Lead) MoLAWRR ZINWA Renewable WWF UNOPS MoHTE IDBZ Energy Environm UNIDO MoLGPW NOIC EMA Association ent Africa IRENA MoNHSA Petrotrade of Zimbabwe Hivos RBZ ZIE ZPC Local Banks ZETDC IPPs ZENT Oil, CTC Marketing ZIDA Companies Gas suppliers ZFU, CCZ ZMF Increased x Tourism -7.5 5.7 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.2 MoECTHI All All ZTA TBCZ & CBOs, UNWTO, growth in Growth MoFAIT provinces local PWMA Sub- Churches, WTTC, the Rate MoHACH authorit FC Associations Tradition UNDP, AfDB, tourism MoTID ies NMMZ al WB, EU 240 sector MoFD EMA All tourism Leaders, MoIC ZIDA operators MPs MoWAG ZimSTAT MoYRSC RBZ MoALWRR NSSA MoEPD ZIMRA ZYIT MoHA CAAZ ZWITA MoMIP ACZ NRZ AIRZIM NHS Inclus Social Improved Level of 24% 25% 26% 27% 29% 30% MoHTE Provincial Local ZimCHE EMCOZ NANGO Disabled ILO ive decent formal MoPSL Councils authorit S Trade Unions Care Persons UNCEF Growt jobs employm MoPS ies MSMEDCO Employers’ Plan Organisat IOM h ent MoYSAR TNF Associations Human ions UN Agencies MoWA ZimDev Financial rights Women IMF MoIC Zimnbabwe Institutions organisati and World Bank MoHTE Gender ons Youth AfDB MoPSL Commission Associati AU MoPS NAMAC ons commission MoYSAR O Tradition SADC MoWA al leaders ECA MoIC ARLAC ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STABILITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Natio Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Key nce Resul Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/L Commun Dev’t Part. t 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector NGOs ity Areas ntral (KRA Agency s) (Lead) UNDP ILO UN Women Improved % of 77% 80% 83% 87% 90% 90% MOFed Banks Local World Bank financial financiall RBZ Pvt Sector leadershi AfDB inclusion y included IPEC companies p; AU persons SECZEC CCWs; commission Communi SADC ty ECA Selection ARLAC Committe es; UNDP 241 Communi ILO ty UN Women FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National Key National Key Performance Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Area Results Area Outcome Indicator Player (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Food and Food Security Improved food Proportion of food 59% 30% 25% 14% 9% 5% MLAWRR Nutrition security insecure people Security Improved Self Percentage of maize 45% 60% 63% 89% 93% 100% sufficiency production over total requirements Percentage of milk 67% 68% 75% 83% 92% 100% production over total requirements Percentage of beef 40% 50% 58% 75% 91% 100% production over total requirements Increased farm Per capita farm income US$1 440 US$2 000 US$2 626 US$3 200 US$3 740 US$4 000 incomes Nutrition Security Improved Proportion of households 77.1 77% 77% 77% 77% 78% MoHCC Nutrition status accessing safe water Proportion of households 68.8 70% 72% 73% 75% 77% 242 accessing safe sanitation Proportion of children 23.50% 21% 20% 19% 18% 17% Stunted Prevalence of childhood 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% obesity Prevalence of iron 27% 24% 21% 18% 15% 13% deficiency anaemia in women of child bearing age Improved Value of Horticultural US$3.3 US$3.4 US$3. 5 US$3.6 US$3.7 3.9 MLAWRR Horticulture products billion billion billion billion billion billion production FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Food Economic Improved Quantity of 907 1 2 2 2 3 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers FAO Security (Agricultu maize maize 629 800 000 400 600 000 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio UNDP re) production produced (Mt) 000 000 000 000 000 East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns IFAD Midlands, s suppliers Farmers CG Centre’s Manicaland UNICEF Improved Quantity of 94 685 120 200 250 350 450 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers WFP wheat wheat 000 000 000 000 000 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio World Bank production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns EU Midlands, s suppliers Farmers DFID Manicaland SDC Improved Quantity of 152 300 500 700 800 1 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers USAID traditional traditional 515 000 000 000 000 000 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio grains grains 000 East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns 243 production produced (Mt) Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 154 175 200 250 300 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers tobacco tobacco 926 000 000 000 000 300 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) 000 East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 101 120 150 200 250 265 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers seed cotton seed cotton 000 000 000 000 000 000 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 47 088 100 250 300 400 600 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers soya beans soya beans 000 000 000 000 000 MoDWV Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 12 650 30 50 80 120 150 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers sugar beans sugar beans 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 87 480 100 120 140 180 200 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers groundnuts groundnuts 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Improved Quantity of 18 430 20 25 30 35 40 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers cowpeas cowpeas 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Economic Improved Quantity of 151 170 200 230 250 259 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers (Agricultu oranges oranges 772 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio re) production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 18 438 20 22 23 24 25 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers lemons lemons 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 271 280 285 300 310 319 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers bananas bananas 404 000 000 000 000 200 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns 244 Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 4 347 5 5 5 6 6 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers apples apples 000 200 500 000 600 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Economic Improved Quantity of 8 040 8 8 9 9 9 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers (Agricultu peaches peaches and 200 500 000 600 975 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio re) and nectarines East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns nectarines produced (Mt) Midlands, s suppliers Farmers production Manicaland Improved Quantity of 84 091 86 87 88 89 90 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers avocado avocado 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 96 120 100 105 120 128 132 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers mango mango 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Improved Quantity of 5 600 5 6 6 6 6 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers sugarcane sugarcane 000 800 000 100 200 400 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production produced (Mt) 000 000 000 000 000 East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of tea 37 835 37 38 38 38 38 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers tea produced (Mt) 950 000 500 750 750 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio production East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Improved Quantity of 43 064 45 50 55 60 63 MLAWRR Mash Local All Millers All NGOs Farmers macadamia macadamia 000 000 000 000 000 Central, Counci Ministry Banks in the Organizatio 245 production produced (Mt) East, West, ls Parastatal Input sector ns Midlands, s suppliers Farmers Manicaland Economic Increased Quantity of 49 115 60 70 90 110 120 MLAWRR Provincial RDCs ARDA Stock feed All NGOs Community DFID (Agricultu meat beef produced 000 000 000 000 000 MoHCC councils PIB manufactur in the leadership EU re) production (Mt) MoFED CSC ers; livestock (Chief, local USAID and other MoEPD GMB Abattoirs subsector councilors, SDC by products MoTPD AMA and village UN family MoM ARC processors; heads) IFAD MoE Tertiary Farmers WB Quantity of 476T 500 800 1 1 2 MoWA Institutio Unions and IAPRI mutton 000 500 000 MoY ns association AU AIBA produced (Mt) OPC SIRDC s; Quantity of 6 183T 8 10 15 16 18 NBAZ Veterinary pork produced 000 000 000 000 000 Supply (Mt) merchants; Quantity of 98 100 110 120 130 150 Oilseed poultry 000T 000 000 000 000 000 expressors; produced (Mt) Agrodealer Quantity of 9 166 10 15 20 30 40 s; Suppliers table eggs 666 000 000 000 000 000 of Genetic produced 000 000 000 000 000 Resources; (million LMAC; Dozens) BAZ, Quantity of 4 196T 5 7 9 10 12 Insurance goat meat 000 000 000 000 000 companies, produced (Mt) FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Quantity of 12 15 17 18 19 20 microfinan farmed fish 000T 000 000 000 000 000 ce produced (Mt) institutions Quantity of 79 900 82 90 100 110 120 milk produced 000 000 000 000 000 000 (Litres) 000 000 000 000 000 Economic Improved Maize grain 0 500 500 500 500 500 MLAWRR Provinces District GMB Private Value (Agricultu Food reserves (Mt) 000 000 000 000 000 s traders chain re) Reserves actors Economic Improved Number of 0 80 75 75 75 75 Provincial District EMA; - - Traditional - (Agricultu Land Farms 000 000 000 000 000 leaders Lands AGRIT Zim re) Utilisation Audited Parks; Office EX ZIMSTA ZLC offices T 246 Registrar DDF; General’s RDCs Office Number of 139 780 2 1 1 1 Provincial District - - - - - Disputes 000 600 400 200 Lands Lands resolved Office Office Dispute Disput e resolution resolut Assessors ion Assess ors Number of 0 1 16 16 16 16 Provincial District - - - - - Farms 800 000 000 000 000 Lands AGRIT inspected Office EX Office, DDF FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Improved Number of 31 200 200 200 200 200 Provincial - - - - - - Security of Farms Lands Tenure inspected for and 99-year lease Office greater recommenda investmen tions t in Registrar agricultur General’s al land Office Nutrition Social Improved Number of 18 30 50 60 70 0.9 MLAWRR Provincial RDCs ARDA Food All NGOs Communit FAO Security (Nutrition Access households MoHCC councils PIB processors in the y EU ) and consuming MoFED CSC ; livestock leadership USAID 247 Utilization fortified MoEPD GMB Farmers subsecto (Chief, SDC of products MoTPD AMA Unions r local UN family Nutritious including MoM ARC Resources councilors, Food Bio-Fortified MoE Tertiary ; village Crops MoWA Institutio LMAC; heads) Women 43% 45 50 55 58 60 MoY ns BAZ, Minimum % OPC SIRDC Insurance dietary NBAZ companies diversity score , Acceptable 10.70% 12 14 16 18 20 microfinan Diet for % ce Children 6-59 institution months s Food 47% 50 52 55 57 60 consumption % score Improved Proportion of 85% 85 85 85 85 90 Nutrition Children % Specific under five Interventio receiving ns Vitamin A Proportion of 33% 35 40 45 50 50 Children % % under five with access to treatment of acute malnutrition FOOD AND NUTRITION SECURITY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance e Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Communit Dev’t Part. (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Ce Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs y 1 2 3 4 5 ntral Para Agency (Lead) Proportion of 88% 90 90 90 90 90 pregnant % women receiving iron and folate supplementati on Social Proportion of 41% 50 50 50 50 50 (Nutrition Nutrition Children % ) sensitive under 6 Social months who assistance are and exclusively protection being breast fed Nutrition 0 1 1 1 1 1 Basket in place 248 MOVING THE ECONOMY UP THE VALUE CHAIN AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Key Performance Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Area Key Outcome Indicator Player Results Area (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Moving the Structurally Improved value Contribution of the 11.7 12.1 12.4 13.6 14.5 15.0 Ministry of economy up balanced addition secondary sector to GDP Industry and the Value economy Commerce Chain and Structural Improved Manufacturing -10.8 6.4 6.5 8.0 6.0 6.1 Ministry of Transformation Contribution of contribution to GDP (%) Industry and manufacturing Commerce to GDP Improved Contribution of value 16.2% 16.9% 17.7% 18.4% 19.1% 18.4% Ministry of contribution of added exports to total Industry and value added exports Commerce exports to total 249 exports Improved Value of beneficiated 8.3Billion 8.9 10.7. 12.4Billion 13.5Billion 14.1Billion Ministry of Mines earnings from minerals Billion Billion and Mining beneficiated Development minerals Improved Value of exports in Ministry of US$4.5 US$4.95 US$5.45 US$5.99 US$6.59 US$7.25 earnings from Goods and Services to Industry and billion billion billion billion billion billion trade in goods GDP Commerce and services /Ministry of Foreign Affairs and international Trade Improved Global Competitiveness National Competitiveness Index Competitiveness 127/140 120/140 114/140 110/140 105/140 100/140 Commission/ZIDA SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025- MOVING THE ECONOMY UP THE VALUE CHAIN AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION Nation Sector Sect Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key or Performance e Public Sector Other Result Outc Indicator Areas ome Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Commu Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/C Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs nity ) entral Para Agency (Lead) Structu Econo Impr Percentage 11.7 12.1 12.4 13.6 14.5 15.0 MoIC All Urba RBZ CZI SNV Commu UNIDO, rally mic oved contribution of MoMMD Provin n and Zimbab ZNCC Plan nity World Bank, transfor (Manuf perfo manufacturing to Other ces Rural we Zimbabw Internation Share IMF med acturin rman GDP Members of Distri Investme e al World Owners AfDB, econo g) ce in Manufactured 727.5 839.9 965.9 1104.0 1262.4 1337.1 the TWG ct nt and Chamber Vision hip AFREXIM my the Exports (US$ MoEPD Coun Develop of SMEs Camfed Trusts BANK manu million) MoHTE cils ment Chamber Lutheran UNECA factu Contribution of 16.2% 16.9% 17.7% 18.4% 19.1% 18.4% MoLAWRR Agency of Mines Developme UNCTAD ring manufactured MoEWC ZIMTR Federatio nt Services ACFTA secto exports to total MoWACS ADE n of Care UNDP r exports MED TNF Small Internation ILO Capacity 36.4% 50% 60% 70% 75% 100% MoPSE MMCZ Scale al ITC Utilisation MoICTs ZEPAR Miners High Life UNESC0 Share of MoFED U CEO Foundation COMESA manufacturing 84% 50% 47% 47% 46% 44% MoYSR SIRDC Round Save our SADC sector investment NBA Table Souls PUM to total investe ZERA Confeder EU Manufacturing ZPC ation of AU 250 Value added 19309 ZETDC Zimbabw JICA (ZWL$ million) 14978 3 197347 237838 244813 267855 IDCZ e COMESA- Manufacturing NCC Retailers EAC-SADC Real Growth (%) CTC, CZI TRIPATITE ZTA ZIDA YOUNG -10.8 6.4 4.1 7.4 5.1 5.2 ZIMRA AFRICA ZINWA NGZ ARDA Econo Impr Soyabean 60000 70000 100000m/ 110000m/ MoIC All Urba RBZ CZI SNV Commu UNIDO, mic oved throughput m/t m/t 80000m/t 90000m/t t t MoMMD Provin n and Zimbab ZNCC Plan nity World Bank, (Manuf value Crushing of 60000 70000 100000m/ 110000m/ Other ces Rural we Zimbabw Internation Share IMF acturin of soyabean m/t m/t 80000m/t 90000m/t t t Members of Distri Investme e al World Owners AfDB, g) Agro Production of 60000m 65000 the TWG ct nt and Chamber Vision hip AFREXIM Proc Phosphates t mt 70000mt 80000mt 90000mt 100000mt MoEPD Coun Develop of SMEs Camfed Trusts BANK essed Production of MoHTE cils ment Chamber Lutheran UNECA Good Ammonium 30000m 50000 MoLAWRR Agency of Mines Developme UNCTAD s Nitrate t mt 100000mt 150000mt 200000mt 240000mt MoEWC ZIMTR Federatio nt Services ACFTA Importation of 180000 17500 MoWACS ADE n of Care UNDP Phosphates(m/t) mt 0mt 170000mt 160000mt 150000mt 140000mt MED TNF Small Internation ILO Importation of 220000 18000 MoPSE MMCZ Scale al ITC AN(m/t) mt 0mt 150000mt 10000mt MoICTs Miners UNESC0 SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025- MOVING THE ECONOMY UP THE VALUE CHAIN AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION Nation Sector Sect Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key or Performance e Public Sector Other Result Outc Indicator Areas ome Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Commu Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/C Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs nity ) entral Para Agency (Lead) Local MoFED ZEPAR CEO High Life COMESA manufactured MoYSR U Round Foundation SADC fertiliser uptake 30% 35% 45% 50% 60% 70% SIRDC Table Save our PUM (%) NBA Confeder Souls EU Cotton uptake 12 ZERA ation of AU 9000mt 000mt 17 000mt 22 000mt 25 000mt 30000mt ZPC Zimbabw JICA Dairy herd 16000 18000 22000 24000 28000 30000 ZETDC e COMESA- Production of raw IDCZ Retailers EAC-SADC milk(litres) 70000 80000 100000 110000 120000 130000 NCC CZI TRIPATITE Raw milk uptake 70000 80000 100000 110000 120000 130000 CTC ZIDA YOUNG Percentage of ZTA AFRICA locally produced ZIMRA essential 30 35 40 50 55 60 ZINWA 251 medicines NGZ Proportion of ARDA companies complying fully with category A of 0 5 15 25 40 50 the WHO (%) Structu Econo Impr Value of export 8.3Billi 8.9 10.7. 12.4Billio 13.5Billio 14.1Billio MoIC All Urba RBZ CZI SNV Commu UNIDO, rally mic oved earnings from on Billion Billion n n n MoMMD Provin n and Zimbab ZNCC Plan nity World Bank, transfor (Minin mine beneficiated Other ces Rural we Zimbabw Internation Share IMF med g) ral minerals (USD) Members of Distri Investme e al World Owners AfDB, econo benef % Contribution to 39 40.8 45.2 48.8 51 52.1 the TWG ct nt and Chamber Vision hip AFREXIM my iciati GDP MoEPD Coun Develop of SMEs Camfed Trusts BANK on Number of 5 10 15 20 25 30 MoHTE cils ment Chamber Lutheran UNECA beneficiation MoLAWRR Agency of Mines Developme UNCTAD plants MoEWC ZIMTR Federatio nt Services ACFTA Value of 5 10 15 20 25 30 MoWACS ADE n of Care UNDP investments in MED TNF Small Internation ILO value addition MoPSE MMCZ Scale al ITC Direct 77799 89349 106151 117951 127 461 130 299 MoICTs ZEPAR Miners High Life UNESC0 employment in MoFED U CEO Foundation COMESA mineral MoYSR SIRDC Round Save our SADC beneficiation NBA Table Souls PUM Indirect 388 995 714 849 208 943 608 943 608 1 019 688 ZERA Confeder EU employment in 792 ZPC ation of AU beneficiation ZETDC Zimbabw JICA Gold bullion 15tonne 17tonn 18tonnes 21tonnes 23tonnes 24tonnes IDCZ e deliveries to FPR s es NCC Retailers SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025- MOVING THE ECONOMY UP THE VALUE CHAIN AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION Nation Sector Sect Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key or Performance e Public Sector Other Result Outc Indicator Areas ome Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/L Commu Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/C Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector NGOs nity ) entral Para Agency (Lead) by small scale CTC CZI COMESA- miners ZTA ZIDA EAC-SADC Gold Service 1 3 5 8 10 15 ZIMRA TRIPATITE Centres ZINWA YOUNG Level of locally 0.5% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% NGZ AFRICA cut and polished ARDA diamonds Level of 0% 5% 8% 10% 15% 100% completion in establishing Base Metal Refinery Established 6 7 8 9 10 11 chrome to ferrochrome processing facilities Number of the 5 6 7 8 9 10 coal to coke 252 processing plants Structu Econo Impr Value of exports in rally mic oved Goods and transfor (Servic earni Services to GDP med es) ngs econo from US$4. US$4.5 US$5.45 US$5.99 US$6.59 US$7.25 my trade 95 billion billion billion billion billion in billion good s and servi ces Impr Value of export US$56 oved earnings from US$513 5 US$620m US$683m US$750m US$826m expo services million millio illion illion illion illion rts of (2019) n servi ces Proportion of shelf 80:20 80:20 80:20 80:20 80:20 80:20 space occupied by local basic products INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Key Performance Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Key Results Outcome Indicator Player Area Area (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Transport, Provision of Improved Infrastructure Index Year 2017 112/137 109/137 106/137 103/137 100/137 Ministry of Infrastructure improved infrastructure and (access to utilities and Quality of transport and and Utilities Infrastructure access to services infrastructure) overall Infrastructure and services infrastructure Development 115/137 World Bank Year 2018 140/160 130/160 120/160 110/160 100/160 Logistics Performance Index 253 152/160 World Bank INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) Provision Econo Improved Energy Sent Out 9,23 12,8 14,316 16,220 17,766 19,173 MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB of mic Energy (GWh) 0 87 MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB improved (Energ Supply New Capacity 2317 2367 2567 2917 3167 3467 MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP Infrastruc y) Capacity. Installed (MW) MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA ture and Substation capacity 365 400 450 500 300 300 MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS services restored (MVAs) R Zimbabwe Power transmission 420 600 670 700 700 700 MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC and distribution TD River ZIE Lines constructed MoLGP Authorit Local, Regional (kms) W y and International National LPG - 500 500 2000 2000 2000 MoNHS Banks storage capacity A ZINWA ZFCU (MTs) IDBZ ZFU Fuel pipeline 2.19 2.19 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 NOIC CCZ capacity (litres) 0 0 EMA Competition and Increased National Tariff Commission Ethanol storage 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 Petrotrad Zimbabwe Miners (litres) e Federation 254 Improve national 21 23 25 27 29 29 RBZ ZIDA fuel retail network capacity. Improved Electricity access 44 46 48 50 52 54 MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB access to (rural, urban) MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB modern Number of 14,0 30,0 40,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP energy households using 00 00 MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA services. modern energy MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS forms R Zimbabwe Average end user 2.4 10.4 10.73 11.05 11.39 11.73 MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC tariff. 2 TD River ZIE Consumption 4 5 5 5 5 5 MoLGP Authorit Banks growth. W y ZFCU Ratio of residential 31:6 30:7 30:70 30:70 30:70 30:70 MoNHS ZFU versus non- 9 0 A ZINWA CCZ residential IDBZ Competition and consumption. NOIC Tariff Commission Per capita electricity 501. 713. 773.8 856.1 915.6 975.8 EMA Zimbabwe Miners consumption. 7 3 Federation Petrotrad ZIDA e RBZ INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) Improved Energy MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB Energy Conservation and MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB Efficienc Renewable Energy MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP y Percentage loses 18 14 13.5 13.0 12.5 11 MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA during transmission MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS and distribution R Zimbabwe MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC TD River ZIE MoLGP Authorit Banks W y ZFCU MoNHS ZFU A ZINWA CCZ IDBZ Competition and 255 NOIC Tariff Commission EMA Zimbabwe Miners Federation Petrotrad ZIDA e RBZ Econo Improved Percentage of 77% 79% 83% 85% 87% 90% MLAWR All Local All DDF Contractors Loca Mvurman mic Water population using an R Authorities Provinci NIHR WASH Service l and zi Trust (Water Supply improved drinking MLGPW Urban and al NAC Providers Inter and water source MoPSE Rural Govern ZINWA natio World Sanitat MoHCC ment nal Vision ion) MoHTEI Catchme NGO ST nt s Goal MLPSS Councils World W Rural Bank Storage Capacity 15.4 15.4 16.236 16.719 16.979 16.979 MoNHS and Water 15.3 X106ml 23X 46X1 x106M X106M X106 X106 A Urban Sector 106 06 L L ML ML MoWAC Commu Donors ML ML SMED nities MECTHI Improved %population using 70.2 71.6 73.06% 74.48% 75.9% 77.32% MLAWR All All Contract Mvur All World Sanitatio improved sanitation 2% 4% R Provincial Local ors manz Comm Bank n and facilities MLGPW Governmen Authorit i unities Afdb hygiene MEPD t ies WASH Trust MECTHI Urban Service All UN DDF and Provider Worl agencies MHCC Rural s d INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) MTID Visio All Donor MFED n Countries MNHSA Goal Econo Improved Percentage of road Surfa MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB mic roads and network conversion ced MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB (Trans bridge to meet SATCC roads MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP port) infrastruc standard 6% 7% 8% 9% 10% MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA ture 5% MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS Percentage of road Goo 12% 14% 16% 18% 20% R Zimbabwe network in good d = MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC condition 10% TD River ZIE MoLGP Authorit Local, Regional W y and International Long-term national MoNHS Banks road infrastructure A ZINWA ZFCU improvement plan IDBZ ZFU developed and in NOIC CCZ 256 place EMA Competition and Tariff Commission Petrotrad Zimbabwe Miners e Federation RBZ ZIDA Improved Number of VID 5 12 19 19 19 19 MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB transport depots MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB roads Computerised MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP services (ELLT) MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA Reduction in road Acci 2755 26100 24650 23200 21750 MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS accidents and dents 0 R Zimbabwe fatalities 2900 1634 MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC 0 1552 1461 1371 TD River ZIE 1734 MoLGP Authorit Local, Regional Fatal W y and International ity MoNHS Banks 1850 A ZINWA ZFCU IDBZ ZFU Road Service Loca NOIC CCZ permits issued l 24000 28000 33000 39000 INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) 1700 2040 EMA Competition and 0 0 15000 18000 21000 25000 Tariff Commission Petrotrad Zimbabwe Miners Forei 1380 e Federation gn 0 RBZ ZIDA 1150 0 No. of Institutions 8 10 10 10 10 10 connected Econo Improved Track Quality Index 57% 58% 59 60% 64% 68% MOEPD 10 92 Local ZESA Southern African NGO AfDB mic rail (Proportion of track MOTID Provinces Authorit ZPC Power Pool s WB (Rail) infrastruc meeting set MOFED ies ZETDC REAZ ZER UNDP 257 ture standards) MoMMD ZEREF CZI O IAEA Number of route 2760 2760 2760K 2760K 2760K 2760K MLAWR ZERA Chamber of Mines SMV UNOPS kilometres Km Km m m m m R Zimbabwe Number of MHTEIS Zambezi ZNCC locomotives, 32 36 46 65 71 94 TD River ZIE wagons and coaches MoLGP Authorit Local, Regional available. 3568 3717 4020 4320 4520 4610 W y and International 59 MoNHS Banks 81 81 81 95 95 A ZINWA ZFCU IDBZ ZFU Rolling Stock 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 NOIC CCZ Export Fit EMA Competition and Index/turnover Tariff Commission (Proportion of Petrotrad Zimbabwe Miners available wagons e Federation that meet export RBZ ZIDA SARA standards vs export freight demand) Improved Freight cargo moved MoTID 10 92 Local ZERA REAZ NGO AfDB rail 2.6m 4.5m 4.8m 5.4m 6.2m 6.7m MoFED Provinces Authorit NRZ CZI s WB services. Intercity passenger 0.33 0.89 1.1m 1.2m 1.3m 1.9m MoLGP MoF ies CiPF ZNCC ZER UNDP volume moved 7m 9m W IDBZ ZIE O IAEA Commuter 0.86 2.7m 2.8m 2.9m 3.1m 3.8m NOIC Banks SMV UNOPS passenger volume 1m EMA ZFCU DBSA moved BBR ZFU CCZ INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) Petrotrad ZIDA e RBZ Econo Improved Passenger and cargo Pass 5.5m 8.5mln 8.5mln 9.0mln 9mln MOEPD 10 92 Local ZERA AfDBZ NGO AfDB mic air handling capacity enge ln MOTID Provinces Authorit ZIE s WB (Aviat transport r 40.2ml 43mln 43mln MOFED ies Zambezi CCZ ZER UNDP ion) infrastruc 5.5m 40.2 n 43mln MoMMD River CIFOZ O IAEA ture ln mln MLAWR Authorit SMV UNOPS R y Carg MHTEIS o (t) TD ZINWA 40.2 MoLGP IDBZ mln W NOIC Number of 0.5m 0.7m 0.8mln 1mln 1.5mln 2mln MoNHS EMA passenger ln ln A Petrotrad e RBZ 258 22.5 23.6 24.8ml 26mln 27.3ml 28.7ml Cargo tonnage mln mln n n n uplifted Improved Number of aircrafts 2500 3000 33000 35000 42000 45000 MOEPD 10 92 Local ZERA TOAZ NGO AfDB Air handled 0 0 MOTID Provinces Authorit IDBZ ZNCOO s WB Services Compliance to Safet 60% 65% 70% 75% 85% MOFED ies NOIC ZNCC ZER IAEA ICAO Standards and y MoMMD EMA CAAZ O ICAO recommended 54% MLAWR ACZ SMV practices) 75% 76% 79% 82% 84% R Petrotrad Air lines World Average Secu MHTEIS e Association Safety 62% rity TD RBZ Security 2% 73% MoLGP W Number of aircrafts MoNHS purchased 0 1 1 1 0 0 A Econo Improved No. of Shipping MOEPD 10 92 Local Zambezi IDBZ NGO AfDB mic Marine Permits Issued MOTID Provinces Authorit River s WB infrastruc MOFED ies UNDP INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Base NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance line Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Gov’t Local Stat. Private Sector ING Comm Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry Auth. Body/ Os/L unity Part. /Central Para NG Agency Os (Lead) (Marit ture and 200 200 230 240 270 300 MoMMD Authorit ZER IAEA ime) services Number of boats MLAWR y O UNOPS Survey certificates R ZINWA SMV issued MHTEIS IDBZ 1300 1300 1350 1360 1380 1400 TD EMA Number of boats 1 2 2 3 4 5 MoLGP RBZ purchased W MoNHS A 259 DIGITAL ECONOMY NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Key Outcome Players Area Results Area 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (KRA) Digital Digitally Improved ACCESS INDICATORS OPC Economy enabled access and MICTPCS economy usage 1. of Internet subscribers per 100 inhabitants 59.1% 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase ICTs – Internet penetration rate (62.055%) (65.15%) (68.41%) (71.8%) (75.42%)

2. Broadband Internet subscribers per 100 59.1% 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase 5% increase inhabitants (62.055%) (65.15%) (68.41%) (71.8%) (75.42%)

3. International Internet bandwidth 124,627Mbps 134,597Mbps 145,365Mbps 156,994Mbps 169,554Mbps 183,118Mbps (8% (8% (8% (8% 8% per year increase) increase) increase) increase) USAGE INDICATORS

4. Percentage of population covered by 13,724,522 14,410,748 15,131,285 15,887,849 16,682,242 17,516,354 mobile cellular telephony (mobile (5% (5% (5% (5% (5% 260 penetration rate) increase) increase) increase) increase) increase)

5. Percentage of localities with public 94.2% 95% 96% 97% 98% 99% Internet access centers (PIACs) by number of inhabitants (rural/urban) Internet penetration rate

6. Average money spend on ICTs 59.1% 61% 62% 64% 65% 65% proportional to disposable income (Revenue generated by ZWL3.1 i. mobile telephone networks Billion 14 % 14% 14% increase 14% increase 14% increase increase increase 7. % contribution of ICTs to GDP 7.1% 7.5% 8.2% 9.8% 11% 12% DIGITAL ECONOMY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nati Sec Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS onal tor Outco e Public Sector Other Key me Res Line Prov Local Stat. Private ING Com Dev’t ult 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ . Auth Body/ Sector Os/L muni Part. Are Central Gov’ Para NGO ty as Agency t s (KR (Lead) As) Digit Ec Improv Percentage completion of the e- 10 25 35 55 65 75 OPC All All All ally ono ed Government Enterprise Architecture MICTPC Provi RDCs com enab mic efficien and e-Government Interoperability S ncial Muni munit led (IC cy and Framework MoFED Mini cipalit ies econ Ts) effectiv Percentage completion of Whole-of- ZIDA sters ies omy eness of Govt. (WoG) Management All other Town Govt’s Information System components: MDAs All Coun internal Executive Electronic Dashboard (EED) 90 100 100 100 100 100 provi cils operatio WoGPMS 90 100 100 100 100 100 ncial Local ns and coun Board adminis PPS 30 100 100 100 100 100 cils s 261 tration Project Hub 30 100 100 100 100 100 Percentage completion of Government 25 75 100 100 100 100 Cloud Computing System based on National Data Centre (NDC) Improv Online Services Index - OSI (UN -0.5235 0.60 0.75 0.85 0.95 1.0 OPC All All All ed DESA) MICTPC Provi RDCs com service Percentage completion of National 75 100 100 100 100 100 S ncial Muni munit delivery Local ICT Device Assembly Factory MoFED Mini cipalit ies by ZIDA sters ies govern Percentage completion of Common 0 50 100 100 100 100 All other Town ment to Digital Identity System (Public Key MDAs All Coun citizens Infrastructure for: Digital ID, Digital provi cils through signatures, Mobile ID) ncial Local online Percentage of Govt. officials with 10 100 100 100 100 100 coun Board digital digital ID cils s platfor Percentage of Govt. officials with 10 100 100 100 100 100 ms. digital signature Percentage of Govt. Officials with 10 100 100 100 100 100 official Govt. e-mails Percentage of completion of Electronic 0 100 100 100 100 100 Document Management System Number of Provinces connected to 10 100 100 100 100 100 VOIP System Percentage of MDAs with access to 10 100 100 100 100 100 Virtual Conferencing Systems DIGITAL ECONOMY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nati Sec Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS onal tor Outco e Public Sector Other Key me Res Line Prov Local Stat. Private ING Com Dev’t ult 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ . Auth Body/ Sector Os/L muni Part. Are Central Gov’ Para NGO ty as Agency t s (KR (Lead) As) Increase Level of ICT usage by Public (ICT 59.1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% MICTPC All All ZIMS Computer All UNIC d ICT index): increase increas increas increase increas S Provi RDCs TAT Society of Com EF Usage (62.055% e e (71.8%) e MHTEIS ncial Muni POTR Zimbabwe munit UND ) (65.15 (68.41 (75.42 TD Mini cipalit AZ Computer ies P, EU, %) %) %) MOFED sters ies ZIMR Suppliers UNES Email 25% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% MIPBS Town A Associatio CO,D increase increas increas increase increas MIC All Coun Neton n FID, (62.055% e e (71.8%) e OPC provi cils e ICT JICA, ) (65.15 (68.41 (75.42 ncial Local Telone Associatio USAI %) %) %) coun Board Telece n of D, Mobile $2,078, 2,390,805 2,629,8 2,892,8 3,182,162 3,500,3 cils s l Zimbabwe CHIN Electronic transactions 961,45 ,668.65 86,235. 74,859. ,344.97(1 78,579. Power Zimbabwe A, 1 (15%) 51(15 06(10 0%) 47(10 tel Institution WB, %) %) %) Zarnet of ITU, Number of Smart Solutions 5 10 15 20 20 20 ZESA Engineers ATU Implemented guided by Smart ZIMP Econet UPU 262 Zimbabwe 2030 Master Plan OST Liquid Japan ICT Development index (ICT Skills 2.89 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 Africo Dandemuta index, ICT use, ICT skill) m nde Improv number of areas covered by broadband 59% 62% 65% 70% 72% 75% MICTPC All All ZIMS Computer All UNIC ed - -internet penetration rate 59.1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% S Provi RDCs TAT Society of Com EF Access increase increas increas increase increas MOFED ncial Muni POTR Zimbabwe munit UND to ICTs (62.055% e e (71.8%) e MHTEIS Mini cipalit AZ Computer ies P, EU, ) (65.15 (68.41 (75.42 TD sters ies ZIMR Suppliers UNES %) %) %) MIPBS Town A Associatio CO,D mobile penetration rate 94.2% 2% 2% 2% -% -% MIC All Coun Neton n FID, increase increas increas increase increas OPC provi cils e ICT JICA, (96.08%) e e100.0 (100.00% e ncial Telone Associatio USAI (98.00 0%) ) (100.00 coun Telece n of D, %) %) cils l Zimbabwe CHIN Power Zimbabwe A, tel Institution WB, Zarnet of ITU, ZESA Engineers ATU ZIMP Econet UPU OST Liquid Japan Africo Dandemuta m nde ZOL ZBC TOAZ DIGITAL ECONOMY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nati Sec Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS onal tor Outco e Public Sector Other Key me Res Line Prov Local Stat. Private ING Com Dev’t ult 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ . Auth Body/ Sector Os/L muni Part. Are Central Gov’ Para NGO ty as Agency t s (KR (Lead) As) Ec Increase ICT induced Employment creation 6039 2% 5% 10% 20% 22% MICTPC All All ZIMS Computer All UNIC ono d increase increas increas increase increas S Provi RDCs TAT Society of Com EF mic Investm e e e MHTEIS ncial Muni POTR Zimbabwe munit UND (IC ents in number of ICT companies created 5 7 10 15 20 20 TD Mini cipalit AZ Computer ies P, EU, Ts) ICTs MOFED sters ies ZIMR Suppliers UNES - number of innovations developed 5 7 10 15 20 20 MIPBS Town A Associatio CO,D - percentage increase of ICT 7.1% 7.5% 8.2% 9.8% 11% 12% MIC All Coun Neton n FID, contribution to GDP 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% OPC provi cils e ICT JICA, increase increas increas increase increas ncial Telone Associatio USAI e e e coun Telece n of D, cils l Zimbabwe CHIN 263 Power Zimbabwe A, tel Institution WB, Zarnet of ITU, ZESA Engineers ATU ZIMP UPU OST Japan Africo m BAZ Improv Percentage Compliance to policies and 75% 77% 81% 82% 83% 85% MICTPC All All ZIMS Computer All UNIC ed regulations S Provi RDCs TAT Society of Com EF complia MHTEIS ncial Muni POTR Zimbabwe munit UND nce to Number of policies and regulations 0 1 1 1 1 1 TD Mini cipalit AZ Computer ies P, EU, Regulat developed MOFED sters ies ZIMR Suppliers UNES ions and MIPBS Town A Associatio CO,D policies MIC All Coun Neton n FID, OPC provi cils e ICT JICA, Increase ICT Consumer satisfaction index 0.7 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 ncial All Telone Associatio USAI d coun RDCs Telece n of D Consum Number of complains 65 61 60 58 55 52 cils Muni l Zimbabwe CHIN er cipalit Power Zimbabwe A, Satisfac ies tel Institution WB, tion and Town Zarnet of ITU, Protecti Coun ZESA Engineers ATU on on cils ZIMP Econet UPU use of OST Liquid Japan ICTs DIGITAL ECONOMY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nati Sec Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS onal tor Outco e Public Sector Other Key me Res Line Prov Local Stat. Private ING Com Dev’t ult 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ . Auth Body/ Sector Os/L muni Part. Are Central Gov’ Para NGO ty as Agency t s (KR (Lead) As) Increase ICT literacy rate 60% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Africo Dandemuta d ICT increase increas increas increase increas m nde ZOL. literacy (62.055% e e (71.8%) e BAZ TOAZ ) (65.15 (68.41 (75.42 ZBC %) %) %) ICT Development index (ICT Skills 2.89 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 index, ICT use, ICT skill) 264 HOUSING DELIVERY NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National Key National Key Performance Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Results Area Outcome Indicator Player Area (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Housing Delivery of Improved Number of housing units 49,870 20,000 40,000 40,000 50,000 50,000 Ministry of Delivery affordable and access to delivered as a function of houses built National quality affordable and effective demand (2019) Housing and settlements in quality housing Percentage Households 77.3% 77.5% 77.7% 77.9% 78.1% 78.3% Social Amenities urban and and social with access to safe (MoNHSA) rural areas amenities drinking water (Urban) Percentage Households 51% 53% 55% 57% 59% 61% with access to safe drinking water (Rural) Percentage households 43% 45% 47% 49% 51% 53% with access to proper sanitation / sewerage 265 system (Urban) Percentage households 34% 35% 37% 39% 41% 43% with access to proper sanitation systems (Rural) Percentage change in 62% 63% 65% 67% 69% 71% households with access to social amenities HOUSING DELIVERY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2020 Nationa Secto Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS l Key r Outco Performance e Public Sector Other Result me Indicator 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/ Commun Dev’t Part Areas Ministry/Centr Gov’t Auth. Body/Pa Sector LNGOs ity (KRAs) al Agency ra (Lead) Delivery Social Increas Number of N/A 20,0 40,000 40,000 50,00 50,000 MoNHSA All 10 All 92 UDCOP ZCIA Relevant Traditiona IMF; of (Urba ed housing Units 00 0 MoLGPW Provin Local R ZNCC NGOs l Leaders WB; affordab n and shelter Delivered MWACSMED ces Authorit DDF Telecoms Church AfDB; le and Rural for Number of N/A 2 5 5 5 5 MoFED ies NRZ Companies Leaders SADC; quality Housi househ urban housing ZESA Private Land CSOs UNDP; settleme ng) olds renewal POTRAZ Developers CBOs UNICEF; nts in projects ZINWA Banks and Cooperati UNOPS urban implemented IDBZ building ve UNW and rural (suburbs) SIRDC societies societies Shelter areas. EMA Pension and Afrique; Universiti insurance Number of 0 10 10 20 20 20 es and funds homestead colleges Private models corporates developed Micro- finance Number of 0 460 460 460 460 460 institutions integrated housing projects designed 266 Improv Land N/A 1,00 2,000 2,000 2,500 2,500 MoNHSA All 10 92 ZINWA ZCIA Traditiona ed land hectarage 0 MoLGPW Provin Local Zimbabw ZIRUP l Leaders for acquired for MoLAW&RR ces Authorit e Land housing housing MoFED ies Commiss deliver development MoJLPA ion y Forestry Commisi on EMA UDCOR P HOUSING DELIVERY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2020 Nationa Secto Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS l Key r Outco Performance e Public Sector Other Result me Indicator 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/ Commun Dev’t Part Areas Ministry/Centr Gov’t Auth. Body/Pa Sector LNGOs ity (KRAs) al Agency ra (Lead) Residential 20,8 40,800 40,800 50,80 50,800 IDBZ and ancillary 00 0 stands created on approved layout plans Number of N/A 8 16 32 64 124 new villagized and planned 267 rural settlements established Improv Percentage 77% 79% 83% 85% 87% 90% MoNHSA All 10 All 32 NRZ CIFOZ World Traditiona World ed Households MoLGPW Provin Urban ZESA ZNCC Vision l Leaders Vision access with access to MWACSMED ces Local POTRAZ Telecoms GAA/W Church GAA/WH to basic safe drinking MoTID, Authorit ZINWA Companies HH Leaders H service water (Urban) MoICT ies IDBZ Oxfam CSOs Oxfam s Percentage 51% 53% 55% 57% 59% 61% MoE&PD SIRDC FTCZ CBOs FTCZ Households MoLAW&RR Save the Cooperati Save the with access to MOHCC Children ves Children safe drinking MoFED Institute societies Institute of water (Rural) of Water Water and Percentage 43% 45% 47% 49% 51% 53% and Sanitation households Sanitatio Developme with access to n nt proper Develop Higher sanitation / ment Life sewerage Higher Foundation system Life IMF, (Urban) WB, HOUSING DELIVERY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2020 Nationa Secto Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS l Key r Outco Performance e Public Sector Other Result me Indicator 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/ Commun Dev’t Part Areas Ministry/Centr Gov’t Auth. Body/Pa Sector LNGOs ity (KRAs) al Agency ra (Lead) Percentage 34% 35% 37% 39% 41% 43% Foundati AfDB, households on SADC, with access to UN- proper Habitat. sanitation UNDP, systems UNICEF, (Rural) UNOPS UNW GIZ, Shelter Afrique Improv Percentage 62% 63% 65% 67% 69% 71% MoNHSA All 10 All 92 NRZ ZCIA World Churches World ed population MoLGPW Provin local ZESA Private Vision Traditiona Vision, access with access to MWACSMED ces authoriti POTRAZ corporates GAA/W l Plan to social MoTID, es ZINWA HH leadership Internation social amenities) MoICT IDBZ Oxfam Communi al, ameniti MoE&PD SIRDC FTCZ ties SNV, es in MoLAW&RR EMA Save the Practical urban MOHCC Children Action and MoFED Institute UNDP, rural of Water UNICEF, 268 areas and UN- Sanitatio Habitat n UNOPS Develop UNW ment DFID, Higher EU, Life Foundati on Improv Funding $93. $187 $187 $233. $233.75 MoLGPW All 10 All 92 NRZ CIFOZ Relevant Traditiona IMF, ed availed for 5mil millio million 75 million MWACSMED Provin Local ZESA ZNCC NGOs l Leaders WB, access Housing lion n millio MoTID, ces Authorit POTRAZ Telecoms Church AfDB, to Finance n MoICT ies ZINWA Companies Leaders SADC, housing MoE&PD IDBZ Banks and CSOs UNDP, finance MoLAW&RR building CBOs UN- MoFED societies Cooperati Habitat, Pension and ves UNICEF, insurance societies UNOPS funds UNW Private Land Shelter Developers Afrique HOUSING DELIVERY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2020 Nationa Secto Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS l Key r Outco Performance e Public Sector Other Result me Indicator 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/ Commun Dev’t Part Areas Ministry/Centr Gov’t Auth. Body/Pa Sector LNGOs ity (KRAs) al Agency ra (Lead) Increas Percentage 0% 2% 10% 15% 20% 30% MNHSA All 10 All 92 NRZ ZCIA Relevant Traditiona IMF, ed Households MoLGPW Provin Local ZESA ZNCC NGOs l Leaders WB, regulari with access to MWACSMED, ces Authorit POTRAZ Telecoms Church AfDB, sation basic services MoTID ies ZINWA Companies Leaders SADC, of MoICT IDBZ Banks and CSOs UNDP, informa MoE&PD UDCOR Building CBOs UN- l MoLAWC&RR P Societies Habitat, settlem MoFED EMA Law Society UNICEF, ents MOHCC of Zimbabwe UNOPS MOPSE UNW MoJLPA Shelter Afrique 269 HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Key Performance Baseline Lead Priority Key Outcome Indicator Player Area Results Area 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (KRA) Human Innovation Specialised % of Critical Skilled Experts MHTEISTD Capital and Workforce available 38% 40% 45% 47% 49% 51% MOPSE Development Knowledge (verified by National Critical MoHCC and Driven Skills Surveys) MoLAWR Innovation Economy Increased Number of commercialised 23 28 36 45 56 60 MoYASC Innovation for International Property Rights Industrialisation Issued Improved access Average money spend on ICTs 29% 33% 36% 38% 40% 42% and utilisation of proportional to Disposable advanced Income(Revenue Generated by knowledge and HTEIs) technologies Percentage of Institutions with 94% 95% 96% 97% 98% 99% public Internet access centers (PIACs) (verified HTEIs 270 Internet penetration rate) HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance Public Sector Other Result Indicator 2020 202 202 Line 2020 2021 2022 Private INGOs/L Comm Dev’t Part. Areas 1 2 202 202 2025 Sector NGOs unity (KRAs) Ministry/Cent 3 4 ral Agency (Lead) InnovaWLRQ Social Improved ECD NER 15.3% 16% 17% 18% 19% 20% MHTEISTD All All ZIMCH CZI SNV Comm UNIDO and (Educatio access to EMIS MOPSE Provincia Local E ZNCC Plan unity World Bank Knowled n and quality, Junior school 81.2% 82% 83% 84% 85% 86% MYSAR l Auth NAMAC Zimbabwe Internatio Share IMF ge training) equitable NER (EMIS) MOHCC Governm oritie O Chamber of nal World Owners AfDB Driven and Secondary School 58.2% 59% 60% 61% 62% 63% MLAWRR ents s ZIMSEC SMEs Vision hip AFR EXIM Economy inclusive (GER) (EMIS) MOMMD Universiti HEXCO Chamber of CAMFE Trusts BANK education Literacy rate 92.4 92.5 92.6 92.7 92.8 93% MECHI es Mines D UNECA, ZIMST MCOS Polytechn Federation Lutheran UNCTAD ATS OPC ics of Small- Develop ACFTA, Grade 7 Pass rate 49.9% 52% 53 54 55 56% MOFED Teachers Scale Miners ment UNDP ZIMSE MFAIT Colleges Services ILO C Industrial CEO Round Care ITC O level pass rate 31.6% 32 45% 46 47 48 Training Table Internatio UNESC0 271 ZIMSE * Colleges nal COMESA C Confederatio High Life SADC A Level Pass rate 83.1% 85% 87 89 91 92% n of Foundatio PUM ZIMSE Zimbabwe n EU C Retailers Save our AU Trade Test pass 59% 60% 62% 65% 67% 70% Professional Souls JICA rate HEXCO Bodies COMESA- Independent EAC-SADC Artisans and 63% 64% 65% 67% 69% 70% Examination TRIPATITE Technicians pass HEXCO Boards YOUNG rate Private AFRICA Trade Tests 4843 485 496 499 512 5235 college Graduates HEXCO 0 4 9 3 Turnaround time 32% 35% 37% 45% 50% 60% for provision of goods and services Public 60% 70% 80% 85% 87% 90% satisfaction index percentage of 65% 70% 80% 90% 95% 100 qualified % professionals/spe cialists in posts Retention rate 15% 20% 30% 40% 50% 65% HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance Public Sector Other Result Indicator 2020 202 202 Line 2020 2021 2022 Private INGOs/L Comm Dev’t Part. Areas 1 2 202 202 2025 Sector NGOs unity (KRAs) Ministry/Cent 3 4 ral Agency (Lead) % of Reviewed 15% of 15% 30% 50% 75% 90% MoHCC All Urba Health WHO, Health Training curriculu MHTEISTD Provincia n and professio CHAI, manuals/modules m l City nal UNICEF reviewe Governm Healt Councils d ents h ZIMCH E HEXCO Increased Number of 17% in 18% 19% 21% 23% 25% MHTEISTD All All ZIMCH CZI SNV Comm UNIDO uptake and Students taking 2019 MOPSE Provincia Local E ZNCC Plan unity application up STEM MYSAR l Auth NAMAC Zimbabwe Internatio Share World Bank of subjects MOHCC Governm oritie O Chamber of nal World Owners IMF STEM/STE MLAWRR ents s ZIMSEC SMEs Vision hip AfDB AM 150 150 300 300 300 450 MOMMD Universiti HEXCO Chamber of CAMFE Trusts AFR EXIM Subjects Number of STEM MECHI es Mines D BANK teachers trained MCOS Polytechn Lutheran UNECA, annually OPC ics Federation Develop UNCTAD % of schools with 12% of 14% 16% 19% 22% 30% MOFED Teachers of Small- ment ACFTA, science primary MFAIT Colleges Scale Miners Services UNDP 272 laboratories schools Industrial Care ILO currently Training CEO Round Internatio ITC have Colleges Table nal UNESC0 labs High Life COMESA Confederatio Foundatio SADC 60.84 n of n PUM secondar 62% 64% 66% 68% 70% Zimbabwe Save our EU y Retailers Souls AU Improved % of Skills 38% 39% 40% 45% 59% 60% Professional JICA availability Surplus/ Deficit critical Bodies COMESA- of (62% skills deficit skills Independent EAC-SADC specialist as at 2018) availabil Examination TRIPATITE skills for ity by Boards YOUNG industry 2019 Private AFRICA ,commerce % of Critical 38% 40% 45% 47% 49% 51% college and public Skilled Experts sector available Ranking of 62 out of 60 58 56 54 52 Universities 200 (Highest ranked position of the top Zimbabwean HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance Public Sector Other Result Indicator 2020 202 202 Line 2020 2021 2022 Private INGOs/L Comm Dev’t Part. Areas 1 2 202 202 2025 Sector NGOs unity (KRAs) Ministry/Cent 3 4 ral Agency (Lead) university in Africa) Transition rate to 13% 15% 17% 19% 23% 25% specialised workforce Number of MBKs 400 410 450 480 560 660 developed standardised and harmonised registered them on the ZNQF from Level 4 to 273 10 annually Number of 34 36 45 47 53 55 Qualification Standards, Skills Proficiency Schedules, Course Regulations reconfigured to Education 5.0 annually (ZNQF levels 4 to 8 ) Number of 56028 561 562 565 571 5723 HEXCO Artisans 00 00 64 20 5 and Technicians Number of TVET 479 481 498 523 535 545 Compliance inspections undertaken annually % of post O’level 30% 31% 32% 36% 42% 45% graduate s undergoing tertiary education trade tests Number of new 20 22 25 35 45 55 trades designated HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance Public Sector Other Result Indicator 2020 202 202 Line 2020 2021 2022 Private INGOs/L Comm Dev’t Part. Areas 1 2 202 202 2025 Sector NGOs unity (KRAs) Ministry/Cent 3 4 ral Agency (Lead) in emerging skills annually Percentage of 5% 7% 9% 11% 17% 30% MHTEISTD All Urba RBZ CZI All UNIDO, health specialists MOPSE Provincia n and ZIDA ZNCC Comm World Bank, available locally MYSAR l Rural ZEPAR CEO Round unities IMF MOHCC, HSB Governm Distri U Table AfDB, MLAWRR ents ct SIRDC Buy AFREXIM Percentage of 10% 15% 25% 35% 40% 45% MOMMD Coun IDCZ Zimbabwe BANK Paramedic MECHI cils Company JICA programmes on MCOS CZI offer OPC ZNCC % of Engineering 6% 8% 10% 15% 20% 30% MOFED CEO Round specialists MICTCPS Table programmes OTHER supported or RELEVANT trained locally PUBLIC&PRI Percentage of 20% 22% 28% 38% 48% 58% VATE Agriculture PLAYERS 274 specialists MFAIT programmes supported or trained locally Economi Improved Number of goods 23 28 36 45 56 60 MHTEISTD All Urba RBZ CZI All UNIDO, c Research and services MOPSE Provincia n and ZIDA ZNCC Comm World Bank, (Innovati ,Developm derived from MYSAR l Rural ZEPAR CEO Round unities IMF on, ent & local research and MOHCC, HSB Governm Distri U Table AfDB, Science Innovation technological MLAWRR ents ct SIRDC Buy AFREXIM and throughput advancement MOMMD Coun IDCZ Zimbabwe BANK Technolo % increase in crop 25% 35% 45% 55% 65% 75% MECHI cils Company JICA gy and livestock MCOS CZI Develop production with OPC ZNCC ment) new genetics MOFED CEO Round MICTCPS Table % increase in 1 1 2 3 4 5 OTHER Creative Arts and RELEVANT Sporting PUBLIC&PRI profession VATE through Research PLAYERS and Development MFAIT HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION: SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance Public Sector Other Result Indicator 2020 202 202 Line 2020 2021 2022 Private INGOs/L Comm Dev’t Part. Areas 1 2 202 202 2025 Sector NGOs unity (KRAs) Ministry/Cent 3 4 ral Agency (Lead) Number of 1 2 4 6 8 10 predictive models developed for civil protection (verified by the ICT Development Index) Improved % of programmes 4 5 6 7 8 9 MHTEISTD All Urba RBZ CZI All UNIDO, innovation with digital skills MOPSE Provincia n and ZIDA ZNCC Comm World Bank, ecosystems mainstreamed MYSAR l Rural ZEPAR CEO Round unities IMF under ZIMCHE, MOHCC, HSB Governm Distri U Table AfDB, HEXCO, MLAWRR ents ct SIRDC Buy AFREXIM ZIMSEC and MOMMD Coun IDCZ Zimbabwe BANK Public Service MECHI cils Company JICA Academy MCOS CZI % of youths 5% 6% 7% 10% 13% 18% OPC ZNCC gainfully MOFED CEO Round employed in the MICTCPS Table digital workspace OTHER Online Service 0.5235 0.6 .75 0.85 .95 1 RELEVANT Index PUBLIC&PRI Products and 3 4 5 6 7 8 VATE services derived PLAYERS from predictive MFAIT modelling e- applications Number of Hi- 1 1 2 3 4 4 Tech industries established HEALTH AND WELL-BEING - NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Outcome Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Key Player Area Results Area 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (KRA) Health Public Improved quality of life Life expectancy at birth 61yrs 61.5yrs 62yrs 63yrs 64.5yrs 65yrs(M) MoHCC and Health (disaggregated) (M) Wellbeing and Well 66.5yrs 67yrs 67.5yrs 69yrs 70yrs(F) Being 65yrs (F) Maternal Mortality Ratio (deaths per 425 388 351 314 277 240 100 000) Under 5 Mortality 61 57 53 49 45 41 Overall Vacancy rate 15% 14.1% 12% 10.3% 8% <5% AIDS Mortality per 100 000 147.5 120.0 113.0 99.98 91.93 86.9 TB Mortality rate 32 29 26 23 21 <20 Cholera case fatality <0.5 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs) >15% 13.5% 11% 9.5% 7.1% <5% Mortality Rate (Cervical Cancers) 276 Malaria Mortality Rate 1.9 1.34 1.12 0.89 0.67 0.5 % of availability of selected tracer 51% 55% 62% 70% 74% 80% medicines Vital, Essential and Necessary (VEN) Public Health Expenditure Per Capita US$30.29 $35 $46 $57 $69 US$86 % Availability of functional equipment 40% 44% 51% 60% 66% 70% Sanitation Coverage 67% 69% 73% 75% 78% 80% Portable Water Supply Coverage 77% 79% 83% 85% 87% 90% Service availability index 42% 50% 57% 62% 68% 70% Client Satisfaction index 75% 76% 77% 78% 79% 80% HEALTH AND WELL-BEING - SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nation Secto Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key r Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Result nce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector GOs ) ntral Agency Para (Lead) Public Social Increased Total Gvt $30.2 $35 $46 $57 $69 $86 MOFED, All RDC, NAC, Companies CORDAID, HEALTH UN Family, GF, Health (Healt Domestic Health 9 MoHCC, Provincia Urban ZNPC with health Crown CENTRE GAVI, EU, and h) Funding for Expenditu MoPSLSW, l Council , facilities, Agents, COMMITT Dfid, JICA, wellbei Health re MoLGPW Minister, s Natph corporate CWGH, EES, CBOs PEPFER, ng (Millions MoDWA, Provincia arm social Save The USAID, CHINA USD) MoNHSA l Councils responsibility, Children, AID, CHAI, MoDWV Private ZACH MSF GFF, WB Hospitals Association Public Improved Overall 15% 14.1 12% 10.3 8% <5% MOHC All RDC, Health Companies CORDAID, Health UN Family, GF, Health human Vacancy % % Provincia Urban Servic with health Crown Center GAVI, EU, and resource rate l Council es facilities, Agents, Committees, Dfid, JICA, wellbei performanc Human 9374 120 150 160 170 180 Minister, s Board corporate CWGH, CBOs PEPFER, ng e in the Resources 00 00 00 00 00 Provincia social Save The USAID, CHINA health for Health l Councils responsibility, Children, AID, CHAI, sector (HRH) Private ZACH MSF GFF, WB Competen Hospitals ce (# of Association MDLs) Public Improved % of 51% 55% 62% 70% 74% 80% MoHCC All Urban Natph Medicine CORDAID, Health UN Family, GF, Health access to availabilit &MoFED Provincia and arm, Manufacturin Crown Center GAVI, EU, and availability y of (lead) l Rural MCA g Companies Agents, Committees, Dfid, JICA, wellbei of essential selected Minister, Authorit Z, (Datlabs, CWGH, CBOs PEPFER, ng medicines. tracer Provincia ies Univer CAPs, Save The USAID, medicines. l Councils sities Varichem) Children, (VEN) ZACH MSF Public Increased Proportion 77% 79% 83% 85% 87% 90% MoLGPW & Provincia All LAs ZINW National UNICEF, Africa Health access to of DDF l Councils A Streering Development and water, population Committee Bank wellbei sanitation using ng and healthy safely environme managed nt drinking water services. ( 6.1.1) Proportion 67% 69% 73% 75% 78% 80% of population using HEALTH AND WELL-BEING - SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nation Secto Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key r Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Result nce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector GOs ) ntral Agency Para (Lead) safely managed sanitation services including a handwashi ng facility with soap and water (6.2.1) Public Improved % of 40% 44% 51% 60% 66% 70% MoHCC Metropoli Urban ZESA Private NGOs e.g, Local Level European Health infrastructu Health MoDWV tan and and Companies World Developmen Union, GF, UN and re facilities facilities Provincia Rural and Vision, t Structure Family wellbei and critical with l Councils Local individuals (Community ng equipment functional Authorit Based for Health equipment ies Maintenance 278 Service % of 10 15 25 30 42 50 MoHCC, DDF ZIMFUND Delivery newly MoPLW, establishe MoFED d or renovated Health Facilities Public Improved Proportion 0 0 0 0 0 0 MoHCC & Local Audito OAG-GF Health enabling of audit MOFED authoriti r and environme reports es Gener wellbei nt for with al ng health adverse services observatio delivery ns Public Reduced Malaria MOHCC Local Natph Private USG, GF, PMI, Health morbidity incidence authoriti arm Hospitals PLAN,WHO and and rate per es wellbei mortality 1000 ng due to persons communica per year ble and (Eliminati Non- on Communic settings) 0.56 0.18 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.01 HEALTH AND WELL-BEING - SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nation Secto Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key r Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Result nce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector GOs ) ntral Agency Para (Lead) able -TB MoHCC Local Natio Private USG,GF,UZT, Diseases incidence 210 185 167 154 150 130 authoriti nal Hospitals WHO es Aids Counc il, Natph arm -HIV 2.04 1.23 1.07 0.94 0.76 0.57 MoHCC Local Nation Private UN incidence authoriti al Hospitals Family,USG,GF (per 1000 es AidsC uninfected ouncil, population Natph ) am 279 Local Private Bilharzia authoriti Hospitals incidence 297 290 285 280 275 270 MoHCC es Incidence of hypertensi Local on (per authoriti Private 100 000) 232 184 161 150 140 132 MoHCC es Hospitals WHO Incidence of Diabetes Local (per 100 authoriti Private 000) 59 48 45 41 37 35 MoHCC es Hospitals WHO Local Cervical authoriti Private Cancer 25 23 19 14 11 8 MoHCC es Hospitals WHO, UNFPA, Improved Institution MoHCC Local Private CWGH, CBOs EU, DfiD, UN Public Reproducti al authoriti Hospitals ZACH Family, CHAI, Health ve, Maternal es ZNPF Save the and maternal, Mortality C Children wellbei new-born, Ratio 102 98 86 73 60 51 ng child and Perinatal adolescent mortality health and rate 29 26 22 19 15 10 Nutrition Modern Contracep tive 67% 68% 70% 73% 75% 80% HEALTH AND WELL-BEING - SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 Nation Secto Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS al Key r Outcome Performa ne Public Sector Other Result nce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t Part. (KRAs 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector GOs ) ntral Agency Para (Lead) Prevalenc e Rate Cure rate for children with severe acute malnutriti on (%) 69% 70% 75% 75% 75% 75% Improved 1.Percenta public ge of health outbreaks surveillanc detected e and within 48 disaster hours in preparedne line with Local CWGH, 280 ss and IDSR 100 100 100 100 100 authoriti ZACH WHO, response guidelines 90% % % % % % MoHCC es CBOs UNICEF 2. Percentag e of outbreaks Public controlled Health within 2 and weeks in wellbei line with Local ng IDSR authoriti Private CWGH, guidelines 43% 60% 70% 75% 86% 95% MoHCC es Hospitals ZACH CBOs WHO, UNICEF Improved Service 42% 50% 57 62 68% 70% access to availabilit primary, y index Public Secondary, 75% 76% 77% 78% 79% 80% Health Tertiary & UN Family, and Quaternary Local Other wellbei health care Client authoriti Private Development ng services Satisfactio es Hospitals CBOs Partners n Index MoHCC IMAGE BUILDING, INTERNATIONAL ENGAGEMENT & RE-ENGAGEMENT NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Priority Area National Key National Key Performance Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Results Area Outcome Indicator Player (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Image building, International Image building Improved Country Good Country Index 100/153 98/153 96/153 96/153 92/153 90/153 MOFAIT Engagement and Re- image engagement Country Brand Ranking 120/189 116/189 112/189 108/189 104/189 100/189 Global Travel and Tourism Competitiveness 114/140 113/140 112/140 111/140 110/140 109/140 Ranking 281 Global Happiness index 146/191 136/191 126/191 119/191 110/191 100/191 International Improved Country Risk Index Grade CCC Grade Grade Grade Grade C Grade C MOFAIT engagement and international High Risk CC CC low CC re-engagement relations Medium risk Risk Good Country Index 100/153 98/153 96/153 96/153 92/153 90/153 Removal of sanctions 30% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% IMAGE BUILDING, INTERNATIONAL ENGAGEMENT & RE-ENGAGEMENT SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performan ne Public Sector Other Result ce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LNG Communit Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2 202 202 202 Ministry/Cent Gov’t Auth. Para Sector Os y Part. 0 3 4 5 ral Agency 2 (Lead) 2 Image Informed Universal 40% 55 60% 65 70 75 MIPBS Ministers Urban ZMC ZIPR ZUJ Traditional UNDP Building nation and access TV % % % % OPC of States authoritie BAZ ZIMA MAZ Leaders UNESC internation MFAIT for s ZBC TBCZ ZINEF Faith-based O al MECTHI Provincial ZIMPAPE Association MISA organisatio UNICE communit MICT Affairs & Rural RS of Taxi ZACRAS ns F y Radio 60% 65% 7 75 75 80 MYSAR Dev District POTRAZ Operators. UNWT 0 % % % MHACH Councils NETONE O % MFED TELONE IOM MWACSM ZTA, WHO Parliament ZIDA China Diversity 1 6 8 9 10 12 NMMZ, EU TMC US SAZ, ZIFA UK Print 80% 82% 8 86 88 90 NACZ, Sweden Penetration 4 % % % NGZ SADC % RBZ, NAZ AU Chapter 12 COMES 282 Knowledge 0 1 1 1 1 1 Commissio A , Attitudes ns ITU and Universitie Practices s, Training research and Research institutions Chiefs Council Improved Country 2.8 2.8 2 2.9 2.9 3.1 MECTHI Ministers Urban ZTA, ZIPR Traditional UNDP competitiv Policies . MIPBS of States authoritie ZMC, ZIMA leaders UNESC e national and 9 MFAIT for s BAZ TBCZ Faith based O brand Institutions MYSAR Provincial ZBC, organisatio SADC Assessment MHACH Affairs & Rural ZIMP- ns AU (CPIA) MFED Developm District APERS, Artists and COMES Rating MHCC ent Councils ZIDA Sportsperso A MLGPW NMAM, ns UNWT MWACSMED TMC O MIC SAZ, JICA Other ZIFA, AfDB ministries NACZ World NGZ, SRC Bank EU IMAGE BUILDING, INTERNATIONAL ENGAGEMENT & RE-ENGAGEMENT SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performan ne Public Sector Other Result ce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LNG Communit Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2 202 202 202 Ministry/Cent Gov’t Auth. Para Sector Os y Part. 0 3 4 5 ral Agency 2 (Lead) 2 ZWCB, ZIMTRAD E All media Internatio Econom Improved Volume of MFAIT Ministers Local ZIDA CZI December UNDP nal ic internation Trade MFED of States Authoriti ZTA ZNCC 12Movement UNWT engageme al relations Access to MHACH for es ZIMTRAD CCZ Lobbyists O nt and re- internation MIC Provincial E Farmer IMF engageme al financing MLAWRR Affairs IDC Organisatio WB nt (concession MJLPA ZIMRA ns EU al MECTHI Immigratio EIB financing) MWACSMED n Bankers OACPS 283 Number of MYSAR ZIMSTAT Association countries in MTID RBZ of Paris political ZIDA Zimbabwe Club solidarity RBZ Zw with ZimStat Diaspora Bilateral Zimbabwe ZITF Partners Level of ZAS technical SADC and AU financial COMES assistance A Econom Improved Diaspora 7% 8% 9 10 11 12 MFAIT Ministers RBZ The ZW IOM ic diaspora remittances % % % % MFED of States ZIDA Diaspora EU participati as MPSLSW for Zimtrade SADC on in Percentage MHACH Provincial Zimra AU national of GDP MHCC Affairs ZTA COMES developme MHTESTD ZimStat A nt DEVOLUTION AND DECENTRALISATION NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National National Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Key Results Outcome Players Area Area (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Devolution Equitable Improved 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 80% Ministry of Devolution and Decentralisation Level regional inclusive Local development Governance Government and Socio- & Public Economic Works Development 284 DEVOLUTION AND DECENTRALISATION SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baselin NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performan e Public Sector Other Result ce Areas Indicator Line Prov. Local Auth Stat. Privat INGOs/LNG Communi Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 202 202 202 202 202 Ministry/Centr Gov’t Bod e Os ty Part. 1 2 3 4 5 al Agency y/ Sector (Lead) Para % 5% At At At At At MoLGPWMoF All All RDCs SOE Privat All NGOs All All Improved Equitable allocation Lea Lea Lea Lea Leas ED Provinci Municipaliti s e communiti Dev. Economic funding of regional from the st st st st t 5% OPC al es Sector es Partner devolution developme National 5% 5% 5% 5% All other MDAs Minister Town s and nt Budget s Councils decentralisa Local tion agenda All Boards provinci al councils 285 Administration Improved Number of - 3 7 10 15 20 MoLGPW All All RDCs SOE Privat All NGOs All All (Public Administrat services OPC Provinci Municipaliti s e communiti Dev. Administration ive decentralise All other MDAs al es Sector es Partner ) Decentralis d to Minister Town s ation provinces s Councils Local All Boards provinci al councils YOUTH, SPORT AND CULTURE NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 TARGETS National Nation National Key Performance Indicator Base NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority al Key Outcome line Player Area Result s Area (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Youth, Youth, Increased youth Proportion of youth involved in decision making and development processes (%) 3.3 5 10 15 20 25 Ministry of Sport and Sport and participation in Number of youth trained in vocational and entrepreneurial skills annually 12 000 18 500 20 000 22 500 25 000 31 000 Youth, Arts, Culture Culture development Number of youth who accessed empowerment opportunities in all sectors of the 16 000 52 800 89600 126 400 163 200 200 000 Sports and promotion and decision economy Culture and making developme processes nt Increased Number of cultural and heritage centres 4 6 8 10 12 18 Ministry of promotion and Number of active marketing platforms 10 10 15 20 20 25 Youth, Arts, safeguarding of Amount of Revenue generated from the consumption of cultural products and services 20 72 124 176 228 280 Sports and cultural and (USD Millions) Culture creative Annual number of Culture for Development Indicators (CDIS) survey reports 2 2 2 2 2 2 practices, Proportion of locals participating in cultural activities out of 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 goods and Number of ratified national and international standards and protocols dealing with 2 3 2 1 2 1 services culture and heritage per annum Proportion of CCIs practitioners involved in the protection of intellectual property and 1 2 3 4 5 6 copyrights out of 10 286 Percentage increase of CCIs practitioners trained & capacity built (%) 5 6 8 10 12 15 Percentage of government and foreign missions buildings adorned (%) 2 10 15 20 30 40 Percentage increase on research papers/publications on Cultural and Creative 2 3 4 6 8 10 Industries (CCIs) and heritage (%) Increased levels Percentage increase in number of participants in sport and recreation programs and Ministry of of participation activities (%) 15 17 19 23 25 27 Youth, Arts, in sport and Sports and recreation Number of standard sport and recreation facilities constructed/refurbished per annum 10 10 12 12 15 15 Culture activities Amount of revenue generated through sport and recreation per annum USD million 10 10 10 10 10 10 Number of sport and recreational events participated in or hosted (national, regional 3 15 20 25 30 35 and international) Increase in consumption of local sport and recreation goods and services. (%) 10 30 40 50 60 70 Increased social Percentage increase in level of local consumption of cultural, sport and recreation 15 20 20 25 30 40 cohesion , products and services (%) sense of Number of youth involved in voluntary community and National Development 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 45 000 50 000 national identity and pride YOUTH, SPORT AND CULTURE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance ne Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 20 202 20 20 20 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector GOs Part. 21 2 23 24 25 ntral Agency (Lead) Youth, Social Increased Proportion of 3.3 5 10 15 20 25 Ministry of Provinc Local ZYC EMCOZ YETT Traditional UNFPA Sport and (Youth) youth youth involved in Youth, Arts, ial authorit Empower Bank CZI Youth leaders UNV Culture participatio decision making Sports and Junior ies CCZ Associations UNICEF promotio n in and development Culture Parliam Junior Albinos UNDP n and Leadership processes (%) ent council association SNV develop developmen s Higher Life ment t Foundation programme s Improved Number of youth 12 18 20 22 25 31 Ministry of Provinc Local Empower Bank BATZ Say What Traditional ILO Vocational trained in 000 50 000 50 00 00 Youth, ial Gvt authorit Ltd Old Mutual Fact leaders UNDP skills and vocational and 0 0 0 0 Sports, Arts, ies ZYC BancABC Care SNV entrepreneu entrepreneurial and Culture SRC Agribank World UNESC 287 rship among skills annually ZNBWCB Cairns Vision O the youth Holdings Plan IOM Increased Number of youth 16 52 896 12 16 20 Liquid International access to who accessed 000 80 00 6 3 0 Telecom VSO empowerme empowerment 0 40 20 00 Nzeve Deaf nt opportunities in 0 0 0 opportunitie all sectors of the s for youth economy Social Improved Number of 4 6 8 10 12 18 Ministry of Ministe Rural ZYC Banks Culture CCIs UNICEF (Culture and cultural and Home rs of Local NACZ Fund of Associations Southern ) coordinated heritage centres Affairs and State authorit NMMZ Net1 Zimbabwe /Organisatio Africa developmen Number of active 10 10 15 20 20 25 Cultural Line ies NGZ JAICA ns Intangibl t of marketing Heritage Ministr SRC Tel1 Embassies institutions e infrastructur platforms ies at Junior UNESC e, Amount of 20 72 124 17 22 28 Provinc council Econet O frameworks Revenue 6 8 0 ial Nyaradzo/D British , products generated from Level oves council and services the consumption Delta in arts, of cultural Alliance culture, and products and Pepsi France heritage services (USD cultural Millions) Media Heritage Annual number 2 2 2 2 2 2 Houses (SAICH) of Culture for Cooperat Development Music ion Indicators Crossroads platform YOUTH, SPORT AND CULTURE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance ne Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 20 202 20 20 20 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector GOs Part. 21 2 23 24 25 ntral Agency (Lead) (CDIS) survey reports ABC Foreign Proportion of 1 2 3 4 5 6 Communicat Embassi locals ions es and participating in Savannah zimbabw cultural activities and other ean out of 10 corporates Missions Number of 2 3 2 1 2 1 abroad ratified national and international Music standards and and arts protocols dealing and with culture and Culture heritage per promoter annum s Proportion of 1 2 3 4 5 6 CCIs practitioners 288 involved in the protection of intellectual property and copyrights out of 10 Percentage 5 6 8 10 12 15 increase of CCIs practitioners trained & capacity built (%) Percentage of 2 10 15 20 30 40 government and foreign missions buildings adorned (%) Social Improved Percentage Ministry of Ministe Rural Sport and Banks AUSC Local UNESC (Sport sport increase in 15 17 19 23 25 27 Youth, Sport, rs of and Recreation DELTA Sport Community O and performanc number of Arts and State Local Commission Netone International NSAs and UNICEF Recreati e participants in culture Line Authori (SRC) Nyaradzo Federations Clubs WHO on) sport and Ministr ties Zimbabwe and International NADC UNDP recreation ies at National Olympic NAPH YOUTH, SPORT AND CULTURE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance ne Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 20 202 20 20 20 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector GOs Part. 21 2 23 24 25 ntral Agency (Lead) programs and Provinc Boxing and Other Committee NASH activities (%) ial Wrestling Corporates (IOC) ZITISU Number of 10 10 12 12 15 15 Level Control Board And other ZITCOSA standard sport (ZNBWCB) Deployment ZUSA and recreation Zimbabwe partners TESA facilities Olympic RADO Uniformed constructed/refur Committee WADA Services bished per annum (ZOC) AUSC Sport Amount of 10 10 10 10 10 10 Zimbabwe Region 5 Clubs revenue Tourism Academies generated Authority through sport and (ZTA) recreation per ZIMRA 289 annum USD ZESA million ZINWA Number of sport 3 15 20 25 30 35 Registrar and recreational General events CAAZ participated in or National Parks hosted (national, regional and international) Increase in 10 30 40 50 60 70 consumption of local sport and recreation goods and services.(%) Number of 10 10 12 12 15 15 standard sport and recreation facilities constructed/refur bished per annum Increased Amount of Ministry of Ministe Rural Sport and Banks AUSC Local Local participatio revenue Youth, Sport, rs of and Recreation DELTA Sport Community Commun n in generated from USD US US US US US Arts and State Local Commission Netone International NSAs and ity recreation recreation 100 D D D D D culture Line Authori (SRC) Nyaradzo Federations Clubs NSAs activities 000 12 150 20 25 27 Ministr ties Zimbabwe and International NADC and 5 000 0 0 5 ies at National Other Olympic NAPH Clubs 00 00 00 00 Provinc Boxing and Corporates Committee NASH NADC 0 0 0 0 Wrestling (IOC) ZITISU NAPH YOUTH, SPORT AND CULTURE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcome Performance ne Public Sector Other Result Indicator Areas Line Prov. Local Stat. Body/ Private INGOs/LN Community Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 20 202 20 20 20 Ministry/Ce Gov’t Auth. Para Sector GOs Part. 21 2 23 24 25 ntral Agency (Lead) ial Control Board And other ZITCOSA NASH Level (ZNBWCB) Deployment ZUSA ZITISU Zimbabwe partners TESA ZITCOS Olympic RADO Uniformed A Committee WADA Services ZUSA (ZOC) AUSC Sport TESA Zimbabwe Region 5 Clubs Uniform Tourism Academies ed Authority Services (ZTA) Sport ZIMRA Clubs ZESA, ZINWA Academi Registrar es General CAAZ National Parks Increased Percentage 15 20 20 25 30 40 Ministry of Ministe Rural Sport and Banks AUSC Local UNESC social increase in level Youth, Sport, rs of and Recreation DELTA Sport Community O 290 cohesion , of local Arts and State Local Commission Netone International NSAs and UNICEF sense of consumption of culture Line Authori (SRC) Nyaradzo Federations Clubs WHO national cultural, sport Ministr ties Zimbabwe and International NADC UNDP identity and and recreation ies at National Other Olympic NAPH pride products and Provinc Boxing and Corporates Committee NASH services (%) ial Wrestling (IOC) ZITISU Number of youth 15 20 25 30 45 50 Level Control Board And other ZITCOSA involved in 000 00 000 00 00 00 (ZNBWCB) Deployment ZUSA voluntary 0 0 0 0 Zimbabwe partners TESA community and Olympic RADO Uniformed National Committee WADA Services Development Zimbabwe AUSC Sport Tourism Region 5 Clubs Authority Academies (ZTA) ZIMRA, ZESA ZINWA Registrar General CAAZ National Parks SOCIAL PROTECTION: NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National Key National Key Performance Indicator Baseline Yearly Targets Lead Priority Area Results Area Outcome (KRA) Player 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Social Quality and Improved Percentage of population covered by social Ministry of Public Protection affordable social access to protection systems: Service, Labour protection for all inclusive social Social Assistance 62% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% and protection Social Welfare

1. Social Care and support services 15% 30% 40% 50% 60% 75%

2. Livelihoods support 3% 5% 8% 10% 13% 17%

3. Social Insurance 0% 17% 37% 50% 58% 67% 291 SOCIAL PROTECTION SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Bas NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Result Outcome Performance elin Public Sector Other Areas Indicator e (KRAs) Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Communi Dev’t 202 202 202 202 202 2025 Ministry/Cen Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector Os ty Part. 0 1 2 3 4 tral Agency Para (Lead) Quality and Social Reduced % of people 65% 50 40 30 20% 10% MoPSLSW Provinc Local Grain Private Local and Local UN affordable (Social extreme below the food % % % MoLGPW; ial Authoriti Marketing Sector International leadership; Agencies social assistance) poverty. poverty line MLAWRR; Govern es Board Companie Non- Communit World protection for MWACSME ments s Government y Level Bank all MoHCC Agencies Committee AfDB DDF s USAID MoPSE SIDA MoHACH DfID MoIC SDC MoFED China Aid MoHTESITD EU MoDWV % of people 62% 65 70 75 80% 85% MoPSLSW Provinc Local Grain Private Local and receiving social % % % MoLGPW; ial Authoriti Marketing Sector International assistance MLAWRR; Govern es Board Companie Non- across all MWACSME ments s Government Local 292 interventions MoHCC Agencies leadership; DDF Communit UN MoPSE y Level Agencies MoHACH Committee World MoIC s Bank MoFED AfDB MoHTESITD USAID SIDA DfID SDC China Aid EU JICA SOCIAL PROTECTION SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Bas NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Result Outcome Performance elin Public Sector Other Areas Indicator e (KRAs) Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Communi Dev’t 202 202 202 202 202 2025 Ministry/Cen Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector Os ty Part. 0 1 2 3 4 tral Agency Para (Lead) Social Improved % of people 15% 30 40 50 60% 75% MLGPW Provinc Local National Pvt Sector Local and Communit (Social Care care and receiving care % % % MLAWRR ial Gvt Authoriti Social Companie International y Level and protection and protection MWACSME es Security s; Non- Committee Support) of within set DDF Authority Government s vulnerable standards MoHCC Agencies groups MoJLPA MoHACH Proportion of 35% 30 25 20 15% 10% MoWAGCD the population % % % ZGC that are MoPSE subjected to all MoHACH forms of abuse MoDWV (disaggregated) 293 Proportion of 5% 10 12 20 25% 30% victims of % % % violence who reported their victimisation to responsible authorities Social Improved Percentage of 2% 3% 5% 6% 8% 10% MoPSLSW Provinc Local Pvt Sector Local and Local (Livelihood Livelihoods people with MLGPW; ial Authoriti Companie International Leadership s Support) for the poor improved MLAWRR; Govern es s Non- CCWs and Resilience MWACSME ment Local Government Communit GMB vulnerable (absorptive, MoDWV Provinc Authoriti Agencies y level ZIMDEF adaptive, ial es Committee NSSA transformative) Govern s; %. of 5% 8% 12 15 20% 25% ment Communit Households % % y supported with SOCIAL PROTECTION SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Bas NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Result Outcome Performance elin Public Sector Other Areas Indicator e (KRAs) Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Communi Dev’t 202 202 202 202 202 2025 Ministry/Cen Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector Os ty Part. 0 1 2 3 4 tral Agency Para (Lead) Livelihood Initiatives % of 2% 5% 8% 10 12% 15% MOHCC Households % DDF with improved MOPSE source of MHACH Livelihoods MOJLPA MOFED MOYSAR Social Enhanced Proportion of 0 40 50 65 70% 75% Provinc Local (Social job and Retrenchees % % % ial authoritie Insurance) income with improved Council s security. sources of s livelihoods EMCOZ Trade Unions Local NSSA Employers Provinc auothoriti SMEDCO ’ Retrenchees 294 MoPSLSW ial es TNF Associatio Associations MoICT UN Council ns Professional MoPSLSW Agencies s Financial Associations MoFED IMF Institution MoHCC World NSSA s MoYSAR Bank IPEC ICZ MoWA ARLAC NAC Informal Traditional MoFAIT SRC Sector Pensioners leaders MoDWV Associatio Association ns EMCOZ Trade Unions SOCIAL PROTECTION SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Bas NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Result Outcome Performance elin Public Sector Other Areas Indicator e (KRAs) Line Prov. Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Communi Dev’t 202 202 202 202 202 2025 Ministry/Cen Gov’t Auth. Body/ Sector Os ty Part. 0 1 2 3 4 tral Agency Para (Lead) Proportion of 0 10 20 35 45% 55% the informal % % % sector workers covered by social insurance Proportion of 0 0 40 50 0% 70% the formally % % employed workers covered by the unemployment benefit scheme 295 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, CLIMATE RESILIANCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT NDRF FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National National Key National Outcome Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Priority Area Results Area Player (KRA) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Environmental Environment Environment protected Area of wetlands sustainably managed (Ha) 701100 751100 841320 911430 981530 1051650 MoECTHI protection, and Climate climate Protection Area burnt (ha) 1100000 1 000000 900000 800000 700000 60000 resilience and natural Number of landfills established 3 4 7 10 13 15 resources management Level of penetration of early warnings systems (%) 45 5 5 5 5 65 Number of districts integrating climate change in 3 15 30 45 55 60 development planning frameworks levels of GHGs emissions (MtCO2eq) 36.6 36 35 33 31 30.0 Mined area rehabilitated (Ha) 2 500 4000 5500 7000 8500 10000 Area of land under protection (Million Ha) 24 25.2 26.4 27.6 28.8 30 296 Number of recycling initiatives 40 43 46 49 52 55 Sustainable Improved Biodiversity Planted Area (Ha) 115 000 25 000 30 000 35000 40000 45000 MoECTHI Natural Resources National Forest cover (%) 44.5 % 45.0% 45.5% 46.0% 46.5% 47% Utilisation Number of keystone species Elephant 83500 84000 84500 85000 85500 83 000 Rhino 850 880 895 920 950 990 Lion 1900 1950 1980 2000 2150 2200 Improved Community Net CAMPFIRE revenue for communities (US$ 2 2.1 3 3.5 4 5 MoECTHI Livelihood Millions per year) Sustainable Increased contribution Contribution to GDP (US$) Billions 1.1 1.5 1.6 2.6 3.0 5.0 MoECTHI Tourism to the economy/GDP Development ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, CLIMATE RESILIANCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SDRF FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcom Performa ne Public Sector Other Result e nce Areas Indicator Line Pro Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Commun Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Cen v. Auth. Body/ Sector Os ity Part. tral Agency Gov Para (Lead) ’t Environm Economic Improve Area of 70110 7511 8413 9114 9815 10516 MoECTHI Urban EMA, CZI, ZNCC, COSMOS, CBOs, UNDP, ent and (Environme d wetlands 0 00 20 30 30 50 MLAWRR and ZINWA, BCSD, TPF, HWT Churches GEF, Climate nt) Ecosyste restored MoLGPW Rural PWMA, PETRECOZ ZSG, ZIE Traditiona RAMS Protection m health and MoMMD Authoriti FC, ATZ im ZMF, ZILGA,UCA l Leaders, AR protected MoJLPA es CoM Z, EA, Councilor UNIDO, (Ha) MoIC SAFFIRE, s, MPs WWF, Area burnt 11000 1 9000 8000 7000 60000 MoICT ZELA, PPF, (Ha) 00 0000 00 00 00 MoMIP FAO, 00 MoWASME EU, Number of 40 43 46 49 52 55 WB, recycling KfW initiatives 297 Number of 3 4 7 10 13 15 landfills established Mining 2 500 4000 5500 7000 8500 10000 area rehabilitate d (Ha) Economic Improve Number of 3 15 30 45 55 60 MoECTHI Urban EMA, BCSD, ZSG, CBOs, GCF, (Climate ) d districts MoLGPW and rural PWMA, ZNCC, CZI, AYICC, Churches UNDP, Climate integrating MoWAG authoriti FC, CoM, ZELA, GLA CBOs, UNIDO action climate MoLAWRR es IDBZ, REAZ, YVE Traditiona AF, change in MoTID POTRA l Leaders, GEF, developme MoIC, Z, BAZ, councilors GCF, nt planning MoEPD ZERA, , MPs FAO, framework MoMIP ZESA, UNDP, s MoMMD ZSE, WB, Level of MoWASME REA EU, penetration 45 50 55 60 65 70 CTCN, of early PA, warnings SNV, systems OXFA (%) M, levels of WFP, GHGs 36.6 36 35 33 31 30 GIZ, emissions NDCP, (MtCO2eq GGF, ) ILO, UNICE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, CLIMATE RESILIANCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SDRF FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcom Performa ne Public Sector Other Result e nce Areas Indicator Line Pro Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Commun Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Cen v. Auth. Body/ Sector Os ity Part. tral Agency Gov Para (Lead) ’t levels of F, GHGs 36.6 36 35 33 31 30.0 DFID, emissions CIDA (MtCO2eq ) Sustainabl Economic Increase MoECTHI Urban FC, SAA, CTDT, CBOs, UNDP, e Natural (Forestry) d forest Area 115 140 1700 2050 2450 29000 MoLAWRR and rural AGRITE Tobacco SAFIRE, Churches, GEF, Resource producti planted 000 000 00 00 00 0 MoIC authoriti X, EMA, Merchants, Environment Traditiona WWF, Utilization on and (Ha) MoFAIT es TIMB, FOTE, Africa l Leaders, FAO processi MoLGPW ZRP Wattle, IHTA MPs, UNDP, ng Area under MoMMD FC, Border, TPF, UCAZ, Councilor GEF, indigenous 9,9 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 MoEPD ZTA, ATZ ARDC, CA s FAO, forests MoHAC PWMA, Conservanci WWF (Million MoJLPA es, Private GIZ, Ha) MoHTESTD Reserves MoMIP Corporate Volume of MoWASME Bodies e.g. timber 26515 2850 2950 3050 3150 32500 Pioneer 298 sustainably 6 00 00 00 00 0 MoECTHI produced MoLAWRR SOAZ, (m3) MoIC PHGA,WPA, CBOs, Area of MoFAIT CA, Tourism Churches, Timber 68848 7884 8884 9884 1088 11884 MoLGPW Urban Business Traditiona plantations 8 8 8 48 8 MoMMD and rural PWMA, Council of l Leaders, UNDP, planted MoEPD authoriti FC, ZRP, Zimbabwe MPs GEF, (Ha) MoHAC es ZTA, AWF, MoJLPA EMA PPF, Value of MoHTESTD APN, processed 54,1 60 70 80 90 100 MoMIP IFAW, timber MoDWA EU, (Million MoWASME KfW, US$) IUCN, SCIF, Improve Increase in DSCI d status area under 5mill 1,4% 1.2% 1.1% 1% 0.5% of protection Ha Protecte (%) d Areas Value of investment 12 14 16 18 20 20 s in ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, CLIMATE RESILIANCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SDRF FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Sector Sector Sector Baseli NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS Key Outcom Performa ne Public Sector Other Result e nce Areas Indicator Line Pro Local Stat. Private INGOs/LNG Commun Dev’t (KRAs) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/Cen v. Auth. Body/ Sector Os ity Part. tral Agency Gov Para (Lead) ’t protected areas (Million US$) Sustainabl Economic Improve Number of MoECTHI Urban ZTA TBCZ & WIT CBOs, UNWT e Tourism (Tourism) d Tourist MoFAIT and rural PWMA Sub- YIT Churches, O, developm tourism arrivals 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.5 MoHACH authoriti FC Association Traditiona WTTC, ent growth (Millions MoTID es NMMZ s l Leaders, UNDP, of MoFD EMA MPs AfDB, Tourists) MoIC ZIDA WB, EU Amount of MoWAG ZimSTA Tourism 0.467 0.571 0.623 0.675 1.09 1.505 MoYRSC T receipts MoALWRR RBZ 299 (US$) MoEPD NSSA billions MoHA ZIMRA MoMIP CAAZ Employme ACZ nt 93 96 100 104 108 110 NRZ contributio n (thousands ) Value of Tourism 229 280 305 330 534 600 investment (Millions of US$) Average Room 8 30 45 55 65 75 Occupancy (%) Average 3 3 4 4 5 5 Length of Stay (Number) GOVERNANCE NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-2025 National Key National Outcome Key Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Targets Lead Results Area (KRA) Year Value Player 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Public Service Enhanced service delivery Citizen satisfaction Index 2017 60% 50% 55% 65% 70% 75% The Tripartite Delivery (OPC, PSC and Treasury) Justice Delivery Improved justice delivery Ranking on Rule of Law Index (RLI) 2019 116 114 112 106 104 100 MOJLPA National Unity, Enhanced social cohesion Social Cohesion and Reconciliation Index - 20% 30% 40% 50% 50% OPC, Foreign Peace and Affairs, Reconciliation , NPRC, MoJLPA Number of Incidents of conflicts reported and 2020 530 1500 2000 2500 1500 1000 OPC, Foreign resolved Affairs, , NPRC, MoJLPA 300 GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) Public Adminis Enhanced Citizens Satisfaction Index 60% (201 40% 45% 55% 65% 70% All All All All EMCOZ Local Tradit All Servic tration service 7) Governm Minis urba Gover , GMAZ, NGOs ional Multi e (Public delivery ent ters n nment CZI, Leade - Delive sector ) Ministries of auth Institu TRADE rs, latera ry , State oriti tions UNION Com l Institution and es and S, munit Partn s and Devo and Agenc CHAMB y ers agencies lution rural ies of ER OF based UND of State, . distr the MINES, organi P, ict State BANKE sation Worl cou RS s, d 301 ncils ASSOCI Faith Bank ATION, Based , FARME Organ EU, R isatio AFD ORGAN ns. B, ISATIO DFI NS D, USA ID Bilat eral Partn ers Adminis Enhanced Open Budget Survey score 49 (2019) 55 55 62 62 67 Parliamen All All Audit Transp Tradit All tration transpare t, Minis urba or arency ional Multi (Public ncy and MOJLPA, ters n Gener Interna Leade - PEFA score Sector ) accountab OPC, of auth al, tional, rs, latera ility Budget classification score C C B B B B PSC, State oriti ZAAC NANG Com l MoFED and es O munit Partn PEFA score on reduced D D D C C C Devo and y ers expenditures and revenues outside lution rural based UND the financial reports . distr organi P, PEFA score on public access to key D D C B B B ict sation Worl fiscal information cou s, d PEFA score on Improving audit C C C C B B ncils Faith Bank follow ups Based , GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) CPIA Score 2.9 2.9 2.9 3 3.2 3.5 Organ EU, (2019) isatio AFD ns. B, DFI D, USA ID Bilat eral Adminis Improved Level of disaster preparedness 40% 45% 50% 55% 65% 70% MLGPw, All All NetOn Mining Local Tradit All tration disaster MOLSW, Minis urba e, sector, NGOs, ional Multi (Public risk Min Of ters n TelOn Telecom Interna Leade - Sector) managem Health, of auth e s sector, tional rs, latera ent Min of State oriti POTR Contract NGOs Com l Home and es AZ, ors, Red- munit Partn affairs, Devo and ZINW Business Cross y ers 302 OPC, lution rural A, Associat Society based UND PSC, . distr ZETD ions of organi P, MoFED, ict C Zimba sation Worl Min of cou NSSA bwe s, d Environm ncils Unive Faith Bank ent rsities Based , Organ EU, isatio AFD ns. B, DFI D, USA ID Bilat eral Partn ers Admini Enhanced Ease of doing business ranking 140 135 130 120 110 100 All Tradit All stration ease of (2019) Governm ional Multi (Busines doing ent Leade - s) business Ministries rs, latera , Com l GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) Institution munit Partn s and y ers agencies based UND of State, organi P, sation Worl s, d Faith Bank Based , Organ EU, isatio AFD ns. B, DFI 303 D, USA ID Bilat eral Partn ers Justic Security Improved Ranking on Rule of Law Index 116 114 112 106 104 100 MoJLPA All All LSZ Private WILS Com • e (Justice rule of (RLI) (2019) JSC Minis loca CLE security A munit UND Delive Law and law NPA ters l Counc compani ZWLA y P ry Order ZRP of auth il of es NANG leader • Sector ) ZACC State, oriti Estate O s UN ZHRC Provi es Admi LRF Wom MoHAC ncial nistrat CALR Tradit EN H Coun ors Musas ional • OPC cils Counc a leader UNI MoDWV il Project s CE A Metr Justice F MoFED opolit for • MoPLSW an Childre ICR Parliamen Coun n Trust C t cils • ICJ Improved Clearance rate of court cases 94.8% 95% 95.5% 96% 96.5 97% MoJLPA All All LSZ Private WILS Com • access to (2019) % JSC Minis loca CLE security A munit UND justice NPA ters l Counc compani ZWLA y P ZRP of auth il of es NANG leader • ZACC State, Estate O s UN GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) ZHRC Provi oriti Admi LRF Wom MoHAC ncial es nistrat CALR Tradit EN H Coun ors Musas ional • OPC cils Counc a leader UNI MoDWV il Project s CE A Metr Justice F MoFED opolit for • MoPLSW an Childre ICR Parliamen Coun n Trust C t cils • ICJ Security Enhanced Level of crime rate per 100,000 2,704 2,544 2,468 2,394 2,32 2,252 MoHAC All All • LSZ Private • • • (Public public people 2 H Minis loca Traffi Security CATC Com UND sector) safety and MoJLPA ters l c Compani H munit P order JSC of auth Safety es • y • NPA State, oriti Counc Childli leader UNI ZRP Provi es il ne s CE ZACC ncial • • F 304 ZHRC Coun Musas Tradit • OPC cils a ional IOM MoDWV Project leader • UN A Metr • Save s O MoFED opolit the DC MoPLSW an Childre • Parliamen Coun n INT t cils ERP Ministry OL of • Transport SAP CO • UNH CR Reduced Corruption perception index 158 156 153 148 144 140 MoJLPA All Private WILS • • corruptio ranking (2019) JSC Minis security A Com UND n NPA ters compani ZWLA munit P ZRP of es NANG y • ICJ ZACC State, O leader • ZHRC Provi LRF s AU/ MoHAC ncial CALR • ABC H Coun Musas Tradit • GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) OPC cils a ional UNO MoDWV Metr Project leader DC A opolit Justice s • EU MoFED an for • MoPLSW Coun Childre SAC Parliamen cils n Trust C t • BAS EL Secured Property rights score 27.6% 30% 34% 40% 45% 50% MoJLPA Minis Rur LSZ, REIZ NANG • ARI Property (2018) Ministry ters al ZHRC Council O Com PO Rights of Lands, of and of land WILS munit WIP 305 OPC, State, urba Surveyor A y O Land n s ZWLA leader Commisio cou Land s n, ncils Develop • Property rights index ranking 123 119 115 110 105 100 Surveyor ers Tradit (2019) General, Cooperat ional Ministry ive leader of Local Societies s Governm ent MoHAC H ZRP Improved Human Freedom Index Partly Free Free Free Free Free All Minis All LSZ, NANG • • human free Ministries ters loca ZHRC O Com UNH rights Parliamen of l WILS munit CR Mo Ibrahim Index 44.7% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% t State, auth A y • oriti ZWLA leader SAD Universal Human Rights Index (% Provi es s C Recommendations Implemented) ncial • • EU 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% Coun Tradit • AU cils ional • Metr leader ICR Number of confirmed 630 820 1,065 1385 1,80 2,34 opolit s C administrative justice and human 0 0 an • rights abuse cases reported Coun UNI cils CEF • GOVERNANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT RESULTS FRAMEWORK 2021-202 Natio Sector Sector Sector Performance Indicator Baseline NDS1 Yearly Sectoral Targets CONTRIBUTING PARTNERS nal Outcome Public Sector Other Key Line Prov. Loc Stat. Private INGO Com Dev’ Resul 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ministry/ Gov’ al Body/ Sector s/LNG munit t t Central t Aut Para Os y Part. Areas Agency h. (KRA (Lead) s) UND P Natio Social Improved Number of Incidents of conflict 530 1500 2000 2500 1500 1000 OPC, All All NPRC NANG Faith UND nal sector social MJLPA Minis urba ZHRC O based P Unity, cohesion Ministry ters n ZGC, Organ Worl Peace of of auth ZEC isatio d and Legislative and policy framework 5 5 5 5 5 5 Finance State oriti Media ns Bank Recon for peace recommended and recomme recomme recomme recom reco reco and es Comm Tradit EU ciliati adopted ndations ndations ndations mendat mme mme All Provi and ission, ional AFD on made made made ions ndati ndati Ministries ncial rural Land Leade B made ons ons , Home Gove distr Comm rs AU made made Affairs rnme ict ission, SAD Improved Number of truth telling and truth 0 At least 1 At least 4 At At At nt cou JSC, C peace and seeking programs accessible to program programs least 2 least least ncils Unive UNH tranquillit citizens as provided for in the per per progra 4 4 rsities CR 306 y Constitution and NPRC Act district district1 ms per progr progr and UNI district ams ams other CEF per per institu UNE distri distri tions SCO ct ct of UN Infrastructures for peace building, 10 35 peace 50 peace 70 70 70 higher WO including Conflict Early Warning structures structures peace peac peac learni MEN Early Response (CEWER) system structur e e ng established es struc struct tures ures Number of persons affected by 50 100 per 500 per 500 per 500 500 conflicts who have been given province province provinc per per assistance (disaggregated by sex, e provi provi age, disability, category and nce nce location) Number of documented historical 1 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per 1 per conflict narratives and conflict risk province province provinc provi provi models defined by periods and e nce nce geographical areas 3URJUDPVWRWDUJHWGLVWULFWVDVWKHQDWLRQSUHSDUHVIRUHOHFWLRQV NDS1 MACROECONOMIC FRAMEWORK: 2021-20 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 National Accounts (Real Sector) Real GDP at market prices (Million ZWL$) 19,593.3 20,663.4 21,735 22,872.3 24,013.3 25,211.7 26,448.4 27,589.1 28,770.3 29,952.7 GNI Per Capita Income (US$) 1,842.16 2,137.08 2,712.65 2,960.74 3,207.33 3,396.91 3,571.23 3,721.25 3,883.16 4,034.90 Nominal GDP at market prices (Million 2,399,08 3,045,73 3,560,34 4,002,506 4,465,893 4,966,323 5,482,199 5,998,101 6,571,994 7,170,21 ZWL$) 7.71 9.99 6.7 .7 .3 .3 .9 .2 .3 5.8 Real GDP Growth (%) 7.4 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.3 4.3 4.1 Gross Capital Formation (% of GDP) 9.45 10.60 12.01 13.69 15.65 19.09 22.91 26.89 32.11 38.52 GDP Deflator 20.4 11.1 6.8 6.3 5.9 5.2 4.9 5.1 4.8 Inflation (Annual Average) % 134.8 23.7 10.5 7.5 5.8 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.5 Formal employments (000) 963.2 1094.7 1236.6 1398.4 1572.8 1769.0 1985.9 2200.1 2435.6 2685.8 307 % of People in Extreme Poverty 24.5 19.2 15.4 12.3 10.1 9.6 9.2 9.2 9.3 9.5 Government Accounts 390,803. 512,434. 632,639. 1,007,219 1,165,920 1,273,549 1,398,105 1,536,88 Revenues (excluding Retained Revenue) 50 20 5 742,112.9 861,930.8 .8 .6 .6 .1 7.4 % of GDP 16.3 16.8 17.8 18.5 19.3 20.3 21.3 21.2 21.3 21.4 Expenditures & Net Lending (Million 421,616. 559,451. 693,191. 1,030,857 1,173,589 1,290,909 1,440,936 1,605,46 ZWL$) 26 83 1 779,371.9 894,176.7 .4 .3 .2 .4 4.1 % of GDP 17.6 18.4 19.5 19.5 20.0 20.8 21.4 21.5 21.9 22.4 290,019. 387,305. 485,891. 960,144. Recurrent Expenditures 97 38 5 541,117.1 627,411.5 683,214.7 745,977.7 811,061.1 882,316.8 7 % of GDP 12.1 12.7 13.6 13.5 14.0 13.8 13.6 13.5 13.4 13.4 Employment Costs including 172,635. 220,359. 255,106. 298,456.0 345,727.9 374,551.6 405,887.4 439,970.2 477,058.2 517,435. Pension 01 97 96 1 9 8 6 4 3 15 % of GDP 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.5 7.7 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.3 7.2 % Total Expenditure 40.9 39.4 36.8 38.3 38.7 36.3 34.6 34.1 33.1 32.2 % of Revenue 44.2 43.0 40.3 40.2 40.1 37.2 34.8 34.5 34.1 33.7 131,596. 172,146. 207,299. 645,319. Capital Expenditure & Net lending 29 45 6 238,254.8 266,765.2 347,642.6 427,611.6 479,848.1 558,619.5 4 % of GDP 5.5 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.0 7.0 7.8 8.0 8.5 9.0 - - 30,812.7 47,017.6 - - - - - - - - Overall Balance 6 3 60,551.6 37,259.0 32,245.9 23,637.5 7,668.7 17,359.6 42,831.3 68,576.7 % of GDP -1.28 -1.54 -1.70 -0.93 -0.72 -0.48 -0.14 -0.29 -0.65 -0.96 1,972,84 2,297,79 2,545,06 2,743,227 2,890,036 3,190,239 3,274,254 3,375,353 3,476,011 3,342,47 Public Debt 8.34 1.09 7.72 .92 .69 .13 .50 .64 .16 5.47 % of GDP 64.5 64.8 64.5 63.6 61.4 58.2 54.6 51.4 48.5 46.6 Balance of Payments Accounts 420,475. 433,344. 471493. 629750. Exports (Million ZWL$) 23 45 0 511621.7 553298.8 621934.5 615791.7 625806.3 624120.8 0 % of GDP 17.53 14.23 13.2 12.8 12.4 12.5 11.2 10.4 9.5 8.8 430,184. 469,116. 532381. 715771. Imports (Million ZWL$) 92 75 9 616791.6 677974.5 751842.8 747521.5 737816.2 728825.9 8 % of GDP 17.9 15.4 15.0 15.4 15.2 15.1 13.6 12.3 11.1 10.0 - - - - - - Current Account Balance (million ZWL$) 73837.3 41646.7 14,697.1 26,654.0 43,123.2 167,114.0 107,801.3 58,772.5 16,883.5 18,782.6 - - - - - - % of GDP 3.1 1.4 0.4 0.7 1.0 3.4 2.0 1.0 0.3 0.3 International Reserves (Months of Import Cover) 2.0 3.5 4.5 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Deposit Corporations Survey 492,185. 861,323. 1,507,31 2,260,974 2,826,218 2,967,529 3,115,906 3,271,701 3,435,286 3,607,05 Broad Money (Million ZWL$) 02 79 6.6 .9 .7 .6 .1 .4 .5 0.8 308 Growth % 75.0 75.0 50.0 25.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Ministry of Finance and Economic Development Mgandane Dlodlo Building Cnr Simon V. Muzenda & Samora Machel Ave Harare, Zimbabwe www.zimtreasury.gov.zw Webmail: nds1@zimtreasury.gov.zw